Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
9730 SW CASCADE AVENUE-7
`ham: I v� to 1^ I I 9730 SW CA3CADE 1 low SIGN PERMIT PERMIT M: SGN92-0114 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 07/24/92 EXPIRATION DATE: 0y/o`�/9ciL PAR':EI.. . . . . . . . . 1S 127DD-00100 ZOWE. . . . . . . . . . . . C—G BUSINESS NAME.. . : SHANE CO. JEWELRY STORE SIGN LOCATION. . : 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD APPLICANT/AGENT: DICK MILLER BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 7 X 13.9 TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 96 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3537 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : W SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . : 7 ft. PROJEC`..'ION FROM WALL. : 9 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 13.9' = 96 SQ.FT MATER ?'LLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . ALUMIN17M EXISTING SIGHS. . . . . . . : 3. ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE^ $ 25.00 / ^`� 14 APPROVED BY: DATE: 07/24/92 a Permit No. �C-•n) Yc�=� . C1'17Y OF TIGARD SIGN PERMIT APPLIC7GIOiN Thi applicant t--ereby applies for a permit for the work indicat-dor as shown in the aoc-A mpanying pl,anS aril specificati0m- srGZJ trD=oN ADDRESS: � � r _ V;.ME OF BUSINESS., AP1?LICANr/A-ENr.- � _/V 11[_ I� (0WANY: J JAIU v W y- SK�y PRUNE: U9 3-V773" The City of Tigard imposes an arum- Business Tax which must be kept au-rent on all persons dn.img t.usin2ss in the Cti,y. Do yvu M-(-,- it-y have a azresit- bLL%uA ss tax? ICES ( ) NO ( ) U.T . Latxl PRJPO5F3) SIGN: ((Ii(A--k as many as apply) Pmimurr (X ) FREESDANDING ( ) HIMiAY ( ) TFMPORAFZY ( ) M L (x ) F7.OcIM11C ommt ( ) BHL QARD ( ) BATILlOON ( ) SIGN D114ENSIONS: +_ �it�' ----- EXL']RATxAY 'E: lum SIGN ARIA (Sq_ Ft.) : - jTATi ;J*M (Sq- Ft-): -_ W", FACE: -- W 5 T _-- FiErUtr (F't): -- P.n7DCTION FIM WALT:.: ILI,ty MU TION: YES (X) NO ( ) TYPE: -}_}1J1,003PY: Ir i F-G1 ING SIGNS: ATX' 1N- II?ATIVE 1XI- lr-ON: N/A ( APPROVED ( ! HOW NUC'ft��_o AREA ( ) If_rGI r1" ( ) PLANNING DEPATLiMFM' All sign permits mi-st be accompanied by a scale Permit Fee: 2 — drawing aryl plot plo i. If work authorized under Receipt No: �� 2�-� - a sign permit has rut_ beech completed within ninety AP-P-ruved DY: V�-_ days after the issuance of Y1hn permit, the permit Date � ;►-�-' _ shall tram null and void.. EL EMPICAL PUTU'Tf I Cl-Mn-Y RFJ T11AT I AH 131E CrM. ED OWER OF 'INE RBDy RFD: YES V1 M ( ) 172f'I E[M AN N, AIMMIZI.) BY `IliE OWNM. BUM)3NG PE Z-WF _- RMJnZ ): YES ( ) NO �/� 1q)p1icant-s Signature c S- IVA ����-� M av �7 110 err,n _ �'• �: L.. — —. — __.--- — � t N d'-t �ics�+ LOCATI o►v x� �QQ���.,,ep�,� ��°�, Irl�n1�D q�•�e,,81�7� CL.I N �F v1+Toir/ S ,moo T o , — N � oiG�rtt C1T�` 'y�ja4 WL �,► T -E L//q-Tl ort,, . ss• i ro 7 QL�o r teN cg i �+yam SloV. � l � ----- r= NORTH SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0113 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 07/24/92 EXPIRATION DATE: PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 1S127DD-00100 `LONE. . . . . . . . . . . . C-C BUSINESS NAME. . : SHANE CO. JEWELRY STORE SIGN LOCATION. . : 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD APPLICANT/AGENT: DICK MILLER BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ( ) BII,LP `ARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 5 X 11 TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 55 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6446 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : N SIGN HEIGHT.. . . . . . . . . . . 5 ft.. PROJFrTION FROM WALT. : 9 in.. ILLUMIKATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIrTION OF SIGN: PERMA14ENT WALL SIGN. 5' X 11' = 55 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . : ALUMINUM EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : 0 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 25.00 APPROVED BY: DATE: 07/24/92 M�VRKMR�� I',rmit Iro_ SGN got CITY OF TIGARD SIGN PERMIT APPLIC7MUN .tie applicant hereby applies for a permit for the work .indicated or as shown in the ac ccupanying Plans and spE.�cificatiors. SIGN UDCATION ADDR;-"�S: 7 30 �. ��'��-�"�''--�-- ZONIW,-. --rte C' tIAME OF BUSINESS: APPL.ICAKr/AC;FNr: �7!c K_n� ,tet. �_- OWANY: L'A� e& S li+�(� PHONE: 77 .tte City of Tigard ilposes an annual Business Tac :which must be kept ax-xent on all persons dc,ing business in the City. Do you presently Have aqwrent hisiness tax? YE-c- NO ( ) U_L_Labe?_ f - — Gnu-,,._,►�, �3-�E. (.t�3�J5� PRD1KGED SICK]: (Qieck as many as apply) PM'4:NFW (K ) FJZU--SrAPIDING ( ) I-RFEIAY ( ) fir ( ) ULCI1tlVTC j ) T1:IVC3P11RSC R[11 ( ) )J B11113DARD BALLOON OTRER SIC N DIMENSIONS: --- � / y- It r - M-IMTION DATE: TOTAL SIS P.i2FA (Sq_ FL-) : E --- --- WAIL ARFT (S4- Ft-) : - (,Y`f — llu ar.' (Ft): - PFJJI DCTION FANS WALL- jjjDKMTIOcN: YES NO ( ) TYPE- MATUUALS' EXISTING SIG14SAUvaNISTPATIVF: F IPnON- N/A (v'/ APPROVFI) AREA CXXRENM: - --�-- pIW4G pEP — All sign permits mist be aooca�atned by a scale Permit Fee- drawing aryl plot plan- If vatic authorized uryler Receipt t4o: -2 a sign permit IV-is not been (XMPle-ted within nirr-ty AWroved . � Vim _ days after the issuance of the permit, the permit- Ar,: y shall beooQr_ null aryl void. Elk)=CAL PF Zhff I CEM-ff C 'INAT I AM -HUE JjEMT.2DED OI+ M OF -INF RBO IZED: YES NO ( ) PRDPr-WY OR AN AGI jT "ZTZED BY 'IIIF OHMFR- BUILDING PF_izu'I' (' ----- ----- RHZZW-2ID: YFS ( ) NO (ti'J Appl .ant's Signature C,/ _171FT.-.Ir tddress Telea'.ro�' U: I: NEW SIGN I I NGT IN CONTRACT; i f I -NEV) WOOC =IDING TO — 1 MATCr EXISTING IAO*rOXtMAT= LINE f 1 0- XIS-G R00r-\ jw IBM ,rr . - NEW C:ASS BLOCK i IN EXISTING WALL— ` MQ rWMW •/9-r0M Awfs '2N L I- L E- V P-T ION 7-6Tq P P-F,v 'OL)SLY 7-/1,06 16NACoE N E W S l6 N A6lE- sq- r007-/9-&F -'S-S-- AM �. SOD los, rr-•., -- --"N kD 4 kc 5XC.51 C.a' C I f L INE 0NEW ROOF NEW SIGN A00ROXIMA7 LINE rN0' 'N ..DNT;iAC': EXIST'G Rc0r— —NFW WOOL i101NG TO \ MATCH :XISTING \ DEJ � \tip\. .'�\� \. �,� /,• ,' � � `. '!••, � /r� ///A•',�!!'' viv 4v4wlLacic/,'00, .01 Ir � �•s ftra r.. I 11 M ,� •, 4u c \ e APPROVED CITY OF TIGARD ,..i . ' 1g WAX G r P-To A T1gv `� MA. some'I Com, 3t7�o , aOpi�t o 'r� cdp \ a NORTH IddbkL �r wr SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0112 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 07/24/92 EXPIRATION DATE: PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 13127DD-00100 ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . . C-G BUSINESS NAME. . : SIiANE CO. JEWELRY STORE SIGN LOCATION. . : 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD APPiCANT/AGENT: DICK MILLER ;,USINESS TAY. NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 7 X 13.9 TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 96 sq.f.t. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5501 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : S SION HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . 7 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 9 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 13.9' = 96 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . : ALUMINUM EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : 1 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 25.00 i APPROVED BY: DATE: 07/24/92 Penn it P1o_ 1- CITY OF TIGARD Slat PFjz�Wf APPLTCATI(N -,tie applicant hereby applies for a permit for the work-M diCated or as shown in the a 'ing F'Lirr, and spe'-ifications. SIGN INION ADDRESS: � `-' �� 2�ON1rIG: GC' NAcE of k3USINI S: (/i Tc:wy--L c-y APPLICANT'/A(;FNr: �l A�1 u- �oaMANY:,//�LYu! PHONE: 4;253- 77.� ,be City of Tigard imposes an annual BL siness Tax wludi mist be kept int on aL•L rxnsons doing business in the City_ Do yru presently have a cwt buslrx?ss tax' U.L. Iabel f — I,)Pcx,-FD srGN: (c2uecc as nary as aMIY) --*5DUT# l�'Ig�L' PM4A[uw FRE T ( ) •Y ( ) TMJORARY ( ) LFII, ELBC CNIC ( ) Onnt p ( ) BlYI 30ARD ( ) BALTDW ( ) I/ E�CPIRATION DATE.: TGN DII°u4LSI `': — C UJ � `I..YjM SIGN ARM (Sq_ FL_) F9U,�s — WATI, AREA (Sq- Ft-) : -. VTL FA(E: 11EI(3rr (Ft): : --- In�aTTxrION FILM WALL: TJU114INATIW: YES ( x) No (-. ) TYPE: rcrsrlNc Slots: -- N ALTUNISMATIVE EXCFVTf0N: N/A ( A1434vED ( ) HOW MMI - AR ( ) rTs(;Irr ( ) PLANNING DQ'AIZ�SENr — — -- All sign penni.ts asst be a000apanied by a scale Ppirut Fide_ - drawing and plot- plan_ If we r-k authorized zed ups Re(--x--i NO:_ = ��9��3� a sign periniL Ivau Wt been oanplet od within ninety day _�----� _ s after tlx-- i srx-e of. 'sem pc-z-it, tine Patmit Date:_. 7;�c � steal-1 tx3oam_ rntl.l. and void_ FI,I)CIRICAI, PFRMIT I (-EMyY TIIAT I APi IMF, IZECORDE) (-.VT-R OF MtE MQUIRII): YES (✓ ' a) ( ) PROPI_, A(;t'7r'F Y11F)2T7F1) BY `11F: (MNM. 1 / 7 tlUT71)IIJG PF_iZtIT F-W RrM-I): YxS ( ) t:u� (�) NA77A., t's SicpxlLure W tt) /�> U lU1 p 77 . � I I ' 1 I v J L �U14-TloN I s%v OF (\J EUJ S(&Av,4GG Spj� !' � ^* . � .• ;art..{i» "�-.+��} . i r i .1M K� SD 0 7-4 E Oq T10 AJ AiIi'i<k,, ..L) t'rrY OF TIG'ARD Bx Vc71�k 7%AM ..�.�. fY..»,,.....�._....w.,,.�.....,_._....._ ........�..... J _ •�' .\ � 1 n . 11� ��1 . i ' .�. Ss; . air :9 2 �y ' � 1 �i ' S �' �� ., �' i' C� � ^��\ •r � A 113 le/ / 1,7ij.0 -T ,�CpiTl o i C. 1 -T 14 Cap I NOATM SIGN PERMIT PERMIT M: SGN92-0111 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 07/24/92 EXPIRATION DATE: PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 1S127DD-00100 BUSINESS NAME. . : SHANE CO. JEWELRY STORE ZONE. . . . .. . „ „ : C-G SIGN LOCATION. . : 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD APPLICANT/AGENT: DICK MILLER BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY TEMPORARY ( ) WALL OTHER (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 7 X 13.9 TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 96 sq.ft. WALI. AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . : 5501 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION): S SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . : 7 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 9 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 13.9' = 96 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . : ALUMINUM EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : I ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 25.00 APPROVED BY: DATE: 07/24/92 Permit No. S 40J 9.1- CITY OF TIGARD SIGN P� APPLICATION The applicant hereby applies for a Permit for the work indicated or as shorn i_n the accompanying plains and specifications. SIGN LOCATION ADDRI;S: U > G(�- �i45�r4DF Q ZONIW.: �L NAME OF 13USHOSS: SYA APPLICANT/ACEIr: act Mt:Lam'--- oa�Ar sr:L�9�i.��w��� �C.A/ The City of Tigard inposes an annual Business Taut which mist be keit current on all persons doing business in tate City. Da yur presently have a current business tax? YES (k ) NO ( ) U.L. label jF PPOPOSED SIGN: (Check as many as apply) f3OUTK dcrt4a- PER4ANEUr (�'() FREE—SPANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEKPORARY ( ) WALL ( ) M7CIIiONIC ( ) 0II1FR ( ) BIIZ F3011RD ( ) BAI. DON ( ) SIGN DIMPILSIONS: I14 x 13����U! EXPIRNtZON 1]ATE: 710M SIGN AREA (Sq- Ft-): Fg�•�.S Y WAIL ARFA (Sq. Ft-) : WALL )ACE: _ 50L) T MUM (F') : U0 - PFUTE LMON FROM WAIL: ULLMINATION: YES ( Z ) NO ( ) TYPE: tPji=z, c17L'Y: _ iRY Mll`IRIALS: �-v� '��C�lr1� Ly1t�•r�a�'t�=v� EXTSrING SIGNS: IxC MON: NIA APPROVED ( ) How MUM AREA ( ) EEIGUr ( ) C[X�Q'fII1I5 PLANNING DEPAR'LMEMr All sictth permits mist be ac=%) ded by a scale Permit Fee: 9S _ drawirrj and plot plan- If work authorized under Receipt No: Zd — '1`�y�-�� a sign permit has not been covvlet ed within ninety A�roved By__�'/�` days of:;er the issuance of the permit, the pet-mit Date: 7/ 'Y shall boocm- mdl and void- UIMIUCAI. PFI3LLT Z CIIMFY 'LIFIT I AFI 'INE RF O MID (X4*-2 OF 7ILE RBQUU?+D: Yl S (,/�NO ( ) IIMPE.M OR Ir AGE W/• INORIZFD BY 'IIIF (AVM.BUII )ING I'L'�•IIT f 7 RI7QULRFD: YF_S ( ) No d Al !can t-s S igmti rc I 13Pr e�•+�+� . � SCt_T-+�� E.l.•�/0"CtaJ @ S+C�•I 'Pte' I DU=SL`s /6nNl4� -- )L 131�u� �,I IVICU�� 7 !' n K •• 1 �%a_ we .4 i. ' � - �. .'. � , .7 . . . . , �� .. ,. J. . � �`a� �' _ �` � s .o a� .� ` � � �--- �r X% EAST e. Arr Ir - S.w ca�yc�E avE av � a•i � i o -� NORTH SIGN PERMIT PERMIT #: SGN92-0110 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 07/24/92 EXPIRATION DATE: 070(//5-2- PARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 70(//SZPARCEL. . . . . . . . . : 1S127DD-00100 ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . . C-G BUSINESS NAME. . : SHANE CO. JEWELRY STORE SIGN LOCATION. . : 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD APPLICANT/AGENT: DICK MILLER BUSINESS TAX NO: _s=--nese=x-=eexsse==s-=ee:aaaaae:e.e= .e_=e=s===-===c=_=_=cr=aysea�nvaxsa:ses.v SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY ( ) TEMPORARY ( ) WALL (X) ELECTRONIC ( ) OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIOAS. . . . . . : 7 X 13.9 TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . . : 96 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . : 3281 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : E SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . 7 ft. PROJECTION FROM WALL. : 9 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 13.9' = 96 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . ALUMINUM EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : 1 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 25.00 APPROVED BY: DATE: 07/24!92 Permit No_ SGA) CrIY OF TIGARn SIGN po;m r APPLICATION Ztie aWlicant hereby applies for a permit for Uie work-indicated. or as shown in the aclompanyulg plans and specifications- 3() �;_0). C 7 Sr(;V pecifications- SI(V L)CIATION ADDRESS: �1 = 1rp WN�� —�Z -- NAMF. OF BUSINESS: _` J� �-fJ J P_.IA►o c-i� s �D f' — AISPLZCArm/A(�ENr: �,� 41L<<E CA.MANY: I/r�yCar1 �e ��ioNE: a .�-x'73 The City of .Tigard irposes an annual Business Tax which mist be kept dent on all pexs_-cm doing rosiness in the City_ Do you presently have a cLWrentbusiness tax? y FS NO U.L_ Label pMpaSEI) SIGN: (Qiec3c as many as apply) PEFdW4EUr (X) FREOSTANDING ( ) FREES NY ( ) TEMPCVIM ( ) WAIL (x ) F.LBCTRONiIC ( ) OZILEIt ( /) BT1XJY ARD ( ) BAldl)ON ( ) SIGN DIMF:NSICVS: /,-,�� E' E}CP7�21A'LZOv DATE WEAL SIGN AREA (Sq- :Ft.) WAIL AREA (Sq- Ft-) : -- WAIL .FACT:. — FFEIL�(r PIt(3j=lCN FId]N: WAIL: copy: �e�• D 1/z C T elf ir►O,JD - _L�? v°TE45� -- MIAZ�?2T1ALS: _ f�G-lJ/�1lNUM -��7 G /1/�On� .�GiriJNl/NA-T/o/✓__ UK STING SIGNS: 1ADMT.NU;11 RTLV_ FXCM- TON: N/A APPROVED (. -) •row Mi _ o )ARFA PLlANNUC DEPA1aMFNr All sign permits mv;t be acoompam-ed by a scale Permit E`ee- drawirrj and plot plan- If wmu-k aut-hoti ed urrIei Rc9a93 a sign permit has iv-]'c been cmpleted Within nirk-ty L%Mraved fir: vp- days after Ux� � Bance of the permit, the Petulit Dated 7 ry�j�.7k_--_ st>rall toomr_ null arra. void. ErECLRICIAL PPM4r./ I (�Y MINT I ANI M E I21�)n) OWNER OF THE REQUIPTD: YFS V ) NO ( ) PROPIIZTfC Ce AN AqMT AUII 7.ED BY 111E OWNER. 13UIU)D4G PEZ 11T �-' ---- --- -. -- REQUS1t1D: YFS ( ) NO ( Applicant's Signature 4, I L�MirrwTlb 14"T In �IV %t „f J E-U&TIC J oF r � sot i oLJs � � l ------------------ /o6 -71 1 n 13`q'.,J vreL♦r X- -4WW IT-0" . 1tV T 16 All;,Tt �y or T[C,A(th ..__.. .�" '� �� � .i . e'•':. ,.,. .. Jr .� . . W .. � . . �. �,. , . � ��- � �a� t ,/� 0' . /��' A rya' NORTH SIGN PERMIT PERMIT M: SGN92-0109 DATE ISSUED. . . . : 07/24/92 EXPIRATION DATE: PARCEL• • • • • • . . . : 1S127DD-00100 BUSINESS NAME. . : SHANE CO. JEWELRY STORE ZONE. . . . . . . . . . . : C-G SIGN LOCATION. . : 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD APPLICANT/AGENT: DICK MILLER BUSINESS TAX NO: SIGN: PERMANENT (X) FREESTANDING ( ) FREEWAY TEMPORARY ( ) WALL ( ) (X 1 EI.ECTRI)p1IC OTHER ( ) BILLBOARD ( ) BALLOON ( ) SIGN DIMENSIONS. . . . . . : 7 X 13.9 TOTAL SIGN AREA. . . . . 96 sq.ft. WALL AREA. . . . . . . . . . . . : 3281 sq.ft. WALL FACE (DIRECTION) : E SIGN HEIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . 7 ft. PROJECTTnN FROM WALL. : 9 in. ILLUMINATION. . . . . . . . . : INT DESCRIPTION OF SIGN: PERMANENT WALL SIGN. 7' X 13.9' = 96 SQ.FT MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . : ALUMINLTM EXISTING SIGNS. . . . . . . : 1 ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIRED: YES BUILDING PERMIT REQUIRED. . : NO ADMINISTRATIVE EXCEPTIONS. : N/A PERMIT FEE: $ 25.00 APPROVED BY: DAT,': 07/24/92 Pe I'it No (STY OF ZZGARD S7 GN Pf1dJQ T AI)PLICATIav -Ibe applicant twxeby applies for a permit for tate work•indicated or as shown in the aacxxiVanying Plans and _-q�cificatiorts. ; SIGN LL)MION ADDRESS: -9-736 �-GLI. C-�QS�i4D 70NING= -- tu%E OF BUSINESS: � 14�t1,� 6. .TE�gj -�'Li STO&AE APPLICANT/AGEV T: .'�.'-s ! 2-E� COMANY: �1�IL�(1��—S&4HCJNB: The City of Tigard ituposes an annual. Business Tax which mist be kept un:rnn'_ on all persens d IPg busi»ess in the City. Do you p ly 1"ave/ ac4we tt tusiness tac? YIS (�) NO ( ) U.L. Label PROPO:Sm srGN: (Check as � pp y as aly) JR5 T W'4'-'' 0 7-- '!TX,& Co 3g5 PE2tQX Nr (X) FREES'MM NG ( ) FRF Y ( ) TEC ( ) {SIL (x ) ELEXM"TC ( ) OMIFR ( ) BIJIBOARD ( BAUCON ( ) EXP RATION DATE: b'IC3d DIMFNS-IONS: �!`�?L I�_��rS.1Jh.�- .-•--.- - juimL SIGN AREA (Sq- Ft.) : - - WALL ARM (Sq. Ft-): [--- WALL FACE: IIErQfr PRUT=ON FIM MIX.: G}' ' -- 111114INA'LZ'ON: YES ( )() No ( ) = _ —ts COPY: S {1 G n e t/zCc 7 Digin iJ �_ D�TEf S — MA IDMS: /�"fYA�-�-L-�NU--M-- ! GTT I�� �✓ u�Nlil✓i9Tr�Y✓_ FMSTING SI&Ns: ALI4IQISIPATIVE FXC-IMON: N/A (✓f APPRt:Nm ( ) HOW KKII _ ARFA ( ) HFTQiT ( ) CLtIR NI;: -- — PLAWTE4G DFPARTMFNr�_----`-+ All sigh permit,- tmist be acoampanied by a scale Pexm-i t Fee;_. ,S A�__ drawing and plot: plan. If work authorizcXd under Receip!; No:` x-014`�3a sign permit: tus nut hem OmPleted within nit -tY App �-- _- days after U>L i�`Alanx�e of Uhe permit, the pe'lmit [?ate: 7 _ Z_ - ,hall_ lxrxxm null- and VOW. t1,wnucm PLI2t4FT I MCITY TIFAT I MI WE JZB33r2DM a4NM OF 'TIFF RL7ZUIItly: YES 10 (" ) pRopjMy N1 A FNT AUII ZB) BY TIFF. (M4M- Ri7�UJ12Jfi: YF5 ( ) 140 (/� Applicant ' ignaLure 7 oUda �-_�L3�7_73 cp/F,`v.1LI.z.SSI' 1. rrs Rle:i:�oz t4:V-4):0\0r )i.-'. �WJ M�wIiT +TiO nrpv� n PWOOL .r• it so �' ����►g-� yw,�-�oma+ @ S�� �a' o T4 U, L DI tib so /off 41&, -7' },= n 13'q 4 uJ �r � r ' •�4 1 A Of VIC e,4STL y CITY OF TIGARD / Titic F �- EAR& - viwcgl6s„ COP �L) - F DR �WA►`r' MONTH IMMOUPEA CITYOF TIFARDCERTIFICATE PNC OF' cari^upAr1CY LC=MAiW61D r-PRMI'T ##. . . . . . . s sup91 •-w": w COMMUNITY DEVELOPMEt�f D .�tT 13126 8W HWI Bbd. P.O.Rut 23307,TOW.OrW j 76 S I I E: ADDRESS. . . : 9'73 1 SW CASCADE BLVD #G. 100 PARCF L s 1 S 127DD--00100 SUBDIVISION. . . . c L ON I NG s C-C BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . a LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . CLASS OF WORK. :Al.1- TYPEr OF USE. . . s C01A OCCUPANCY ORFS. :B2 OCCUPANCY LOAD c 3512 TE=NPNT NAME. . . :SHANE COMPANY Resav,kss Remodel of first floor,, addition to fit-at riF second floors. TIF TO PF DE=FERRED TO OCCUPANCY. Mass Transits 13600. 00, TIF-Os T!F--C: $8515. 00, TOTAL. TIF: $14327. 00. Owner-s T. MICHAEL R ASSOCIATES LTD. ?0(b E. MINERAL AVE'NUE:, SUITE 200 E N(•LEWOOD CO Phone #v 303--79 ._.5"30sn Gout rarnt or s R & H CONSTRUCTION P. O. PDX 3989 PORTLAND OR 97208 Phone ##s r`_'28--7177 Pep ##. . : 38304 Occuponc:y of the abeve referenced building is hereby given, And ce-tifi,tr the compliance with the State Of Ov,eyon specialty Codcs for, the group, ucrcupancy, and use under, which the referenr_ed permit was i. SrLlcad. FIRE DE'E'AR7ME:NT s' PUIL.r)lNC INSPECTOR � rr•Ir nr r ILIAL POST IN CONSPICUOUS PLACE WAR rIKKA&M CITY OFTIFARD TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE Crry RD OF OCCUPANCY M COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT UM PERMIT 0. . . . . . . 13125&W Hsi BW P.O.Sm 2337,T7pW,Orepn 97M 003M*"175 DATR 11.49bEt); 71 ijije yd 917r-- ADORE SS. . . c 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD PARCEL S!IBT)I V 161 ON. . . . : ZONINGs C--G BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . s LOT* . . * . . . . . . . . . CLASS OF WORK. oHLT TYPE OF USF-. . . iCOM Z OCCUPANCY GRP. s 82 OCCUPANCY LOADs352 TENANT NAME. . . sSHAPE COMPANY Remarks TEMPORARY OCCUPANCY FOR 30 DAYS FROM DATE= CJI ISSUANCE_.Remodel of firit floor, addition i� first dF second floors. TIF TO BE DEFERRED TO OCCUPANCY. Muss Tranvit : f.-361710. 00, TIF—Di $2212. 00, TIF--Cs $8515. 00, TOTAL TI 1 9 $14327. 00. Owners T. MICHAEL & ASSOCIATES LTD. 9200 F. MINERAL AVrNUE, SUITE 200 ENGLEWOOD CO Phone #v 303-792-3500 Contractors P & H CONSTRUCTION P. O. BOX 3989 PORTLAND OR 97208 Phone #; 228-7177 Rep #,, . : 38304 Occupancy of the above v-efPrPnc-Pd building is hereby givers, and (:,ertifies the compliance with the State Of Oregon 9peciAIty Cvdp% for the group, occupancy, and use under which the referenvPd pe-rmit was issued. FIRE DEPARTMENT BUILDING INSPECTOR )I�Nr- POST IN CONSPTCOOUS PLACE: N vq�` TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE AND i BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (503) 526-2469 POSTED: OCCUPANT CONTRACTOR �_ "� BLDG, PERMIT PROJECT NAME PLAN REVIEW 0 LOCATION ;' y ,� l�..z �,►(/L JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du, 3= I:.C(` ,-v-, 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi, 8= CC 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UPJREINSPECT?ON ATTEMPTED FINAL ❑ Framing ❑ Separation Walls ❑ Sprinkler System ❑ Shaft ❑ Fire Dampers (OvetheadlUrnderground) ❑ Alarm System ❑ Hood Extrig Systems ❑ Conference ❑ Spray Booth ❑ Ceiling Cover ❑ Other A 40- �.., J�i a Date: Inspector: _► • INSFBCTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building �-O"t 13125 611 Ball B1tnL Tigard, n 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-o-Phone): 639-4 5 Business Phone: 639-4171 1` I Inspection: Footing Plbg. Underalab Mech. Rougt:--i.n Appr/Sdwlk lb Pg. Uas Line FINAL: Found. Top Out iAg, Post/Seam Struct- San. Sewer Framing post/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -plumb. -Koch. plbg. Underfloor water Line GYI,• Ed. � Time: PH � Date Requested:_ a n Permit is 1I ! — AdArema: Builder:_ `_ THE FOLLOWItIG CORRECTIONS ARE REWIRED: r— -- --- —v i fI Date: APPROVED �__ DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJRCT TO ABOVE call For Reinsp. I INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Depertaftnt 13125 BN Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line ''ltec-O-Phone: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection: Footing Plbg. Underelab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Poet/Bear, struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Pont/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation --Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Mter Line Gyp. Bd. Mech. 1" y i Uate Arquested: �' TGGime: �AM !K Address e. �� rmit Builder:,_ TME FOLLOWING 0ORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: i i Inspectors L/ APPROVED ,ISAPPROVED APPROVED S:fBJECT TO ABOVE __--call Por Reinsp. r INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department 13125 571 6a11 Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Pec-O-Phone)s 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections__ Footing nlbg. Underslab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plb9. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Srruct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation Plusab. j Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Hoch. Date Requested:--� c�L ���- —Time s _ AN PH f Address:__ L! ?.7�' CEKL'��'CsL,f —� Permit 1s<ez Builders_ THE FOLLDV ING CORRECTIONS A" REQUIRED: s I Inspoctors APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinnp. INBpEC,doh ar _ 1c City Of Tigard Building Departaent 13115 SN Ball Blvd. Tigard, Or-'9c= 97223 Inspection Tine (pec/_O_phune): 639-4175 Businese Prone: 639-4171. Inspection: Footing Plbg. Underslab — �1 Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Sty.vct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. POst/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation _ply. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Me-h. Date Requested:_y/_1 _ C� L Tlibs, _2� _AM PN Addreae s 7 -—_ Permit Ie BuildeF: THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: ------------ GG ---tee Inspector: -_ Date:_ L- �APPROVED DISAPPROVED APP6., SUBJECT TO ABOVE Cell For Reinep. INSPs�rION NOTICE 1/7��� city of Tigard Building Deperlor=nt 13125 Sy Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone: 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections - Foot inq PL:g. Underelab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. P11 9. Top Out Gag ^e FINAL: Framing -Bldg. poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Post/Beam Mech. Rein Drain insulation ��`._•-- Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Hoch. 7 1, Time: AN PM ----'"'- Permtt Builder: - THE FOLLIIWING CORPE(.IONS ARE REQUIRED: - - G {� Dates kPpR01IR0 DISAPPROVED APPROVRD SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinap. NFIIII 7Y CITY O T I GARD - RECEIPT Ot PAYMENI RECEIPT NO. a 9e.'-229273 CHECK AMOUNT : 130. Owl � Id(=�P4E e VANCOUVER SIGN CO CASH AMOUNT t 0. 00 f-A)DRESE) s 6615 NE HIGHWAY 99 PAYMENT DATE c 07',107/92 VANCOUVER, 14A GUBD 1 V I S I ON 1 9A6E,y•- i PURPOSE. OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID E'IURF,OoE' OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PA 11) SIGN PERMITw �SGN 92-t QI9 25. 00 SIGN PERMIT F ON 92- 110_..�_..._ 25. 0C'1 SIGN PE, MIT F SGN 00 SIGN PERMIT F SON 9 2-- 1 1;a 00 916N PERMIT F SIGN 92-113 01A SIGN FSERMIT F SON 9r..- 114 c15. 1710 i TOTAL. AMOUNT PO t D ._ ._. _ _> 150. 00 iNOPbCPION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department 13125 IM Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Roc-O-Phone/): 639/4175 Business Phone: 639-4111 Inspections Footing Plbg. Underslab Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Meeh. j Date Requesteds— Time: X-- -AN PN 1 :3(J [ % Permit f1 Address: Builder: f / T THE FOI.LCMING OORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: f A_.'.T Inspector• i;�=+.1 _. Date:�_J__L� i APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROV,?D SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Relnnp. .......... �BP��rxort NosIc•F city r ?i.4aud nuildleg Departaent Ins 13125 SYI Ha11 Blvd. Tigard, pection Line (Rec-p_phone 619_ ��n 97223 _ n ) 4175 Bueineee Phone: 639-4171 Inepectlonr��.__�.�,__-�.-4.i Footing Found. Plbq. Underelab Mech. Rou h_i g. in Appr/Sdwlk P=b1. Top Out Gee line Poet/Beam Struct. FINAL: San. Sewer Framing Poet/Beam Moth. -Bldg. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plb4• underfloor Nater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Raqusetedt � � - � 7 Addremet C a � " ---- T<me= —AN' _PM Permit Builder: THEFOLLOWING'MpjtRC-rI�ONS_ARE REQUIRED: --- 01 ------------ er -----_ Inspectors—__ APPROVEDSUBJE( DISAPPROVED — - _- •P . `f TO AB01IE For Reinep. INSPiCTION_IIOT 91 City of Tigard suildisq Department 1.'.125 811 Hall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 inspection Line (Rec-o-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phcno: 639-4171 Inspection:—_ -- Footing 1'16 �V4 derslab Meeh. Rough-in 1►ppr/Sdwlk Found. v Plby. Top Out Gas Line FINAL/ Post/Boom Strur_t. Ban. sewer Framing -Bldg. post/Beam Mach. Rein Drain Insulation -plumb. Plbg. underfloor star Line G h. Date Requested: Time: AM PM Addranat Permit f: � CJ '2 V �• Bu i lder:THE FOLLOWING CORRk'CfIONS ARS REQUIRED: _� _ ---- Date= InepPctor: ----- — --- _ APPROVRD DISAPPROVED _ _ APPROVED SUBJECT TO ASOVR Cali For Reinsp. I Iy¢r=LOW F-0_T, city of T1;-,d Bu � ildim DaPa ��223 13125 S11 Ha] 91:1• Tigard, 890v,-^ne: 639-4171 Inspwction Line (Rec_O-Pion): 639-4175 Buainesse Inspections__ plbg• Underelab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Footing Plbg. Top Out Cas Lina PINALt Found. .---- -Bldg. San. Sewer Framing , Poat/Beam Struct. 11� / Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb• "I -Mech. plbq. Underfloor water Line GYP ad' / i �/ ' / 7� J� / -�� %e i/ l - /-� Timet s ! Date Aequeetedi L Permit Addreass Builder: TSE FOI,IOWINC MRRECTIONS AAL REOJIRED- 4' Dat.e: C- � DISAPPROVF.D / APPROVED Sr1BJRCT TO ABONR _APPROVED _.._�_ _ .211 For Refnsp- INBPECTION MTC-4 City of Tigard Building Departnient or-yon B11 Ball Blvd. Tigard. oreg92223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inapection: �J�It--g� Footing Plbg. Underslab Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out gas Line FINAL$ Post/Beam Struct. San, Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Ream Hoch. Rain Drain insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line ` Gyp. Bd. -Hoch. Date Requestee'd$-7 �. -J t' Time: //^ -AN PM Address: `� /�✓ ��i[ s%.; `_ Permit BuildersTHE FOLIOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: i 22- Inspector: Date: APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinap. t 9��C JKS Architects Pc / ]620 S.W.Taylor 75616 • FAX AX 503-?2713590 Oregon 9720b 503-22 PROJECf MEMORANDUM Western Stone & Metal Corporation NQ._ 91057 DATE Jun.;l9. 199.2_ PROJECT Shane Company Jewelry Store Phone: Satyajit Widyaratne ) Kramer Gchlen & Associates, Inc. 'Terry Krause ) JKS Architects PC Re: Steel Structure at New Entry Canopy 1. B,t►ckaround: a. Steel structure at canopy was designed usipg a WT6 X 9.5. b. Shop drawings indicated a WT6 X 9.5 consistent with Contract Documents and were approved. C. Fabricator installed a "T" fabricateu from ba W12 X 14 (bottom flange and approvedcut off), which as significantly less steel area than WT6 X5 as designed load. d. Steel fabricator had a structural engineer lo loadi ng. Ike stamped system inplace gned calculations. , The structure in place worked fort g for 75 PSF e. Kramer Gehlen & Associates, Inc. designed per ZS8P F snows whichcalls to understand enou;'-ii to o f. JKS' directive to Kramer Gehlen was to research iow to add steel to existing to make 75 � SF approve based on approval by city, o.. propose snow load work. d they would follow recommendation of Kramer Gehlen. g. Owner's representative sai 2. Satya called Terry to say that he discussed the canopy stn]cture and the 75 PSF vs. 25 PSF sr w loading with Inspector George Steel of the City of Tigard. a. Kramer Gehlen is comfortable with 25 PSP snow load in this situation. b. George Steel agreed and approved 25 PSF snow load. C. Satya called Terry and said structure is fine as-is, with no modification required. 3. 'Terry called owner and general contractor to inform both that canopy is fine as-is, with no modification necessary. tak/gam cc: John Wegman, Western Stone & Metal Corp. Chris Nolte, Western Stone & Metal Corp. Al Sanchez, R & H Constn]ction Kelly Pyrrh, R & H Construction Joe Gehlen, Kramer Gehlen & Associates, Inc. Satyajit Widyanitne, Kramer Gehlen &. Associates, Inc. George Steel, City of Tigard i INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department 13125 BR Ball Blvd. Tigard. Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 63y9-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections_ _— 1/,-//// �L �C' '4tc/ Fasting Plbq. Undersl.ab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwtk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas line FINAL: tiff Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Meeh. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbq. Underfloor Water Limey Gyp. Dd. -1!ech. Date Requested:_ �� /✓ � _rime: _ AM _�pN { f > � Address: i� & �yc Y �/ Permit Builder:._.,_ THIS VMLOWING CORRBCTION6 '.RE REQUIRED: Inspector:____ Dates��t���/' __ __APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE _Call For Reinap. s w■r �r � � �s IMP PECTION OTICF City of Tigard Building Department 13125 BM Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 9727.3 inspection Line (P.ec-O-Phone)s 639-4175 Business Phone 639-4171 i Inspection:—_ __ r Footing Plbg. Underslab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. PJ.bg. Top Out Cas Line FINAL: Poet/B&aam struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line Gyp. Bd. -Koch. Date Requeeted• ��"2"��_ Tlme: AM PM Addreee:_ �� � �� `lam _ Permit i:�� � V 0 r ,..la FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: I Inspector:_ -- Date: ---�-- -. AP/P-ROVE/D DISAPPROVED APPROVP.D S(JBJKCT TO ABOVE t'� S Call For Reinsp. a 206 696 1572 KRAMER 6EHLEN 02 UAMER GEMEN & ASSOCUTES, INC. Coal:ift SmmulraUCilu FftbmQs (MEMMA ION RECORD TUUHOP a mumc; __._.__ mmwo PROJECT NAME: �Ff=a<r�E Gn PROJI NO: DATE: f- 1-7 9 Z TIME# SUBJECT: mow �o�srnl� C Ft �a�PREP1 BY: yam/ PAR77CIPANrS/FIRMS: *,AGE y t'EE L c iTy OP 7 G vita C�UST?or► Tc-� H��� S�, y A s5 L 5 N©w L,oAtzp A-cuG E f*774 To 7t► i= G I TY o F TI G v Arl A I-)vE LcA-D o 1,4 7�tF- �` Soyr�l S P&M RW- itsi T-HSc-s 0P"y , M�wE-v r,- . 1 T�+t ti nor-+st�o— _ sv�-s-ri Tvr�d qY -n4-f_- ;"� r�.�Tc�2 �5 rnt w�2x�q w ITT+ rvo E -tv-r, Five 1 3 i���d � T�}6 X38 ' cX�.t- . M"t�w E-c�L. , �-4,� F r�►►�5 - -- ---- 'a _-2'5 I V F-- -?-v Pc, 5 Tl G l-� r--i G, /a.N 5-t�J`�'t2- FQ�M �r�Q1.� ��i�--tom. � • �-;�v_ a l r � Z 5 ���y 5 nfo W c.ca�v w�c.�cep P�•� -rev TF+F., i I INSPRCTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Depa=y-.,,t 13125 SN Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (kec-O-P ?ane): 639-4175 Bucinees Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:__ Footing Plbq. Underelab Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Pl.bq. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer �- Fremingj -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation _ply i Plbg. Underfloor Water Lino Oyp. ad. ) -Mach. Dnte Requested:-_/�4," - Timet _2!�,,_AM PM Addreee:—�� �i D��►�� Permit Builder:- � — THE 'OLLOi/INo CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: -- Inspector: APPROVED DISA,^PROyEp --- APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinap. IISPICPION NOTICE City of. Tigard Building Department 13125 SM Hall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-41.� Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection= Footing Plbg. Underalab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Tap Out Gas Line FINAL: Fost/E'eem Struct. San. Sewer '-Freminq -Bl.dq. Post./Beim Hoch. Rain Drain Ini-M& on -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor / Wnter Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Request eA^de- l!� �/[�/J�� _ Time: �AM __FM Address: /"/ 7362 /A/�ca� / 2 _ �_ Permit f�fir� ,1',12,?e2 'MR FOLLOWI::7 CORRECTIONS ARE ANQUIREJ: r Inspector' Date:-_�_6 � —APPROVED nISAPPROVEU _ APPROVED SUWECT TO ABOVE ,Crll For Rvinsp. INSPECTION NOTICE city of Tigard Buildinq Detpartment 13125 BW Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Ruainees Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:__ _ Footing Plbg. Underalab Me-ch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. "--Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Pont/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Inuulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Hoch. Date Requested: Time: AM _pM Address:-1 / - 51---- Permit Builder- THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: Inspcctor: /X"-- 1n Dates APPROVED —.� DISAPPROVND __ APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE __call For Rninsp. INf.PisCTZO_N NOTICE City of Tigard Building Department 13125 811 Hall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec hoo�ne): 6,39-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections � Footing Plbg. Underslab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Pound. Plbg. Top Out Can Line FINAL: Pont/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing Bldg. Post/Beam Me-h. Rain Drain Insulat n -Plumb. Plbq. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Rd. Date Requested:_ Ti41es \AM PM r'rd � . Addrees: �— ' � � _ Permit �s / Builder:_ _ THE FOLLoi1ING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIREDs Inspsetor/___ ---------- Date:__ APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUSJECT TO ABOVF. __ Call For Rsinsp. INS('SCRIOr ren. City Of ligard eulldinq p 13125 B1♦ Ball Blvd. Tigard, Inspec , 639- tion Line (Rsc-O-Phone n 97223 1 475 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inepectlon, Footing P Underslab Mech. Rough-in Found. APPr/Sdwlk Plbg' Top out Gas Line lINAL, Pont/Beam Stzvct. Ban. Sewer preening -Bldg. Pont/Beam Mxi.h, Rain Drain Ineutetion -plumb, Plbg. Underfloor *star Line rr GYP. Bd. -Mach. Date Requested, L- 7 Address: -11 " ) _PM 7 '� ---,— Builder, Permit I,LL�!"�C�� `� � r1X POLL13"ING �V- RPL(_'TIONS ARE RRQUIRSD: J CAi(�p r J ------------ .. .. ....... 116;:! 000-5,-t r / APPROVSp DISAFPROvg,) ---`--L--- _ _v APPROVRD SU&7SCT TO ASOvR call For Reinsp. i i' IN3P3CTIOl1 NOTICi City of Tigard Building Department 13125 BN B.nll Blvd, Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (R'c-O-Phone)= 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inio'btion: Footing Plbg. Underelab Mac Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Strutt. San. Bawer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. "�- Plbg. Underiloor Nater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Requested=___ > Permit 1= I,f - Add_ Builder=. ------ I THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: -- i r Inspector: Date=. J _l_APPROVED DTSAPPROVED A� APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Relnep. SRI i i t ouiidln9 97223 4171 13 y gal.l city v 6391-4115 B a• Phones 639- Ynap�tion Line l�-O- �4/ Appr/gdwlk h. Rough-, ` , Plbg• Underalsb �- FINAL+ Farting Gas Line plbg• Top out �-''—�) -61dg. Found. �Ftaasing San. Sewer poet/geam etruct• Insulation Rain Drain ,a-�.I -Meth. 01M post/Becsm e � ch. evo. pN Mater Line C�►�� AM plbg. Underfloor �— permit #s Date Requested: _ ddresas ' -claw.,�-��— --- A _ Builders_ —�� Ds TIIE roLLOMIMa commmIdNS ARE REQUIRE — to �' ---_-----�'-' —i actor:_--- --'' +APPROVED SUBJ�� 4'O ABO Inep VE DISAPPROVED !APPROVED —" Rein13P- call For �f I xMSPNCTION NONCE ` .- ( CitT of. Tigard Building ��nt 13125 611 Rall Bl,.d. Tigard. Oregon 223 97 f39-1175 Business Phone: 639-4171 napection Line (Rec-C-Phons): 6 inspections-------- Footing nspection: —looting Plbq. Dnderslab Neck• Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Oa�.Lina_ FINAL: Found. Plbg. Top Out 1 Post/Beam struOt. San. Sewer raising ,! -Bldg. �=-'� -plumb. Post/Nwam Neoh. Rain Drain Insulation Plbq. Underfloor water Line Gyp. Bd. -Neth. --Time' _Yi-� ` PN Date Requested�� 1lddressl Permit f s�� suLIdscs_f4jL__ To 1'OI.&aM OMMCTICNS ARE REQUIRED, _— s i r Date: Inspector,_ _ K_ApP110VED DISAPPRO%3D APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOV1 --- Call For Reinsp. INSPECTION NDT191 City of Tigard suildiag Dspartaset 13125 aw Bal) Bl.rd. Tiga.cd, Oregon 97223 inspection Line (Roc-o-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections Tooting P1W. Undet/ab Nech. Rough-in App elk round. Plbg. Top Out aav Lino FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Rel:. Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Ll.;e 4yp. ad. -Poch. Date Requested:___- Time: Address:�� 73C Permit #9 -�1��CT �.�Build:x:_ �i TBE FOLLOWING CORRRCTIONB ARE REQUIRED: i' Inepecto_ ---� ------ Dates: _�.y APPROVED DI3APPROVRD APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call for Reinap. �cw N P CT Olf rOTICR city or Tigard Buildieg DSpaFt�t 13125 Q11 Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (ReC -Phone)e 639-4175 Business Phone, 639-4171 Inspection, Footing Plbg, Underslab � Mach, POug;e-in --- ppr/Sdwlk found' Plbq. Top out Can Line lINALe Poet/Be ue 3truct. Ban. Sewer Win —eldq. Post/Beam Mech• Rain DrAin Insulation _ply. Plbg. Underfloor Plater Liao Uyp. Bd. -Mech. Date Requested,_-'-_/ M �� --Time i --.�----_� PM Adrjrce•s_ Z , �' �j Builder: TME FoLLOUING CORR$CIIOND ARE REQUIRED, �� 1 Date:_ __�PPROVED D7SAPPROVdD .----^` - - _ APPROVkD SIJRJECT TO ABOVE call For Rainap, May 12, 1992 Mr. George Steel Building Inspector City of Tigard P.O. Box 23397 Tigard, Oregon 97281 Dear Mr. Steel: Re. Wrstern Stone & Metal_C'brporation i Shane Company Jewelry Store `,._9730 SW Cascade Avenue g rd, Oregon This letter is in response to your concerns and comments relating to this building upon your last visit to inspect the work on April 23, 1992 (comments written by Mr. Ron Tobias). 1• The exit corridors are not constructed as "one-hour corridors, " however, this is clearly an error and it should be seen as a UBC requirement. The deficiencies of the second ;loor one-hour corriO 'stair wells were discovered by tie contractor, owner's represcutative, and myself Wednesday, April 22, 1992, while on site for a meeting. It is our intent to correct this problem. Right now we are in the process of analyzing the situation and arriving at the best approach to correcting deficiencies with the least impact to construction schedule. a change order will be issued very soon to authorize this construction to take place. 2. `Nkat about HVAC shut-down requirement? The 10-ton unit serving the first floor will have an automatic shutdown activated by duct installed smoke detector. The second floor HVAC is bidder design and will be done under responsibility of the general contractor. 3. Considering the .size of the building, are either separation walls or afire sprinkler system required? • Separation Walls Per UBC :lection 503(a), only portions of buildings housing more than one occupancy are required to be partitioned by occupancy separation walls. JKS Architects Pc 1620 SM. Taylor street, Suite 200 Portland, Oregon 97205 503-227-5616 • 8W-292-5400 6 FAX 503-227.3590 Pim,goal. (.m,rpr F.F:hoo k4w AIA•Ir•rry R.Bawmprr AIA•r,oald Aswx ialcw:Ric hard S Brted,�AIA 4ndnhv(. H Williarna AIA IaurF»nn AIA a fary(.Rwhln A AIA a Brian R Rale it "IA•\4*1I1'a it♦r Ili-b•r AN a Warren A rvlrr AIA Of Cc unsel:lohn P.Irncen AIA Fnwriluc a Norman F kraus•AIA Mr. George Steel City of Tigard May 12, 1992 page 2 Per UBC Section 701, retail/wholesale stores, and office buildings are both Type B, Division 2 occupancies. Per UBC Table 5-13 "Required Separation in Buildings of Mixed Occupancy," there is no required separation between uses in this building since they are all the same occupancy: B2. • Fire Sprinkler Svstem This building is a Construction Type VN building. Per Table .5-C, for a B2 occupancy building, Constructiun Type VN, the basic allowable floor area is 8,006 square feet. Per Section 506, Item 3, the basic alinwable square footage per floor may be doubled if separation exists on all sides. Our building has yards exceeding 20 feet on all sides and, therefore., meets the criteria for this allowable increase. The following computation describes the per floor allowable area in square feet: 8,000 sf/flr x 2 = i 6,000 sf/flr allowable Per Section 505(b), the area of a multi-story building may be twice that allowed for a one-story building of the same type; thc;refore, the following computation describes the total allowable square footage for the buildin, 16,000 sf/flr x 2 = 32,000 sf total allowable Thi„ building as designed has 13,095 square ►eet on the ground floor and 12,162 square feet on the second floor. Both floors are less than the allowable area of 16,000 sf/flr; and th, combined total floor area of 25,2.57 square feet is less than the total allowable area of 32,000 square feet for- the building. In conclusion of this issue, the building i:: ;resigned to conform to all area and site location/separation criteria to meet all applicable codes without the necessity of area separation walls or a fire sp:-inklet system. Mr. George Steel City of Tigard May 12, 1992 page 3 4. Will there be any type of detection or early warning (alarm) system required? Fire alarm systems are required by the 1988 UBC. in Group E, H, 1, and R occupancies. Since our building is a Type B occupancy only, there is no rquirement to install a fire alarm system. I hope this clears up your 4oncem3 cited in your memorandum from your last site inspection on April 23, 1997. We are appraising existing inadequacies in the building as they are revealed by demolition and will ccrrect them as required by code. I am confident that code issues as they relate to the new work and its relation to the existing are in compliance as demonstrated in this letter. If I can clarify any other items, feel free to call me. Sincerely, Brian R. Roberts Associate gam cc' Ron Tobias, Fire inspector/'Tualatin Valley Fire &. Rescue John Wegman, West.-n Stone & Metal Corp. Chis Nolte, Western Stone & Metal Corp. Ed Bilek, Western Stone & Metz. Corp. Al Sanchez, R & H Con:;cruction Ke,ly Pyrch, R & H Construction Satyajit Widyaratne, Kramer Geffen & A,,sociates, Inc. Dennis Obritschkewitsch, Interface Engineering, Inc. Greg Ellsworth, Interface Engineering, Inc. I'•iWPt!n1M9/4�71A1Lt1�Y11LtR SSPE ION NOTICE » City of Tigard Building Depart—nt 13125 go Ball Blvd. Tigard, oregon 97223 Inspection Lina pec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phons: 639-4171 Inspection: -- -- Footing Plbg. Underslab Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Baas Struct. San. Bever Cf -Bldg. Post/Beam Hoch. Rain Drain �!Innsulation -plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line ( P• -K*ch. Data Requested: (2 C� L — Tim, G� PH Address s 0 Fer■it I: Builder:__ �� � --- TBE FOI.I.Oi1IVO 0DRRBCT1014S AAE REQUIRED: / 1! a y -_ i Inenertor: �.__ __.— Date: z. _ ', _ APPROVED DISAPPROVED ,v APPROVED SUBJRrT 7Y) ABOVE Call For Reinsp. l .......,.,.w.riw.v.uil.Y�Y1NYLMII.M.a.u�i. MYYrIMu+.MYW'M+N+VWNi1i9Ww5I•WWwwtynMWWwIq�,al'iVMr�i0e5Nwtir.r•«.rn..u.+«...w.....r.....wx..w....Ywrxw►wnn..,..,..r..•y....... RECEIVED MAY 1 i. igg COMMUNITY 0EVEI.OPMEN1 May 8, 1992 Mr. jinn Jaqua Plans ExaminLr City of Tigard P.O. Box 23397 Tigard, Oregon 97281 Dear Mr. Jaqua: Re: Western Stone & Metal Corporation Shane Company Jewelry Store 9730 SW Cascade Avenue Tivard, Oregoia rhe following list comprises the total occupancy of the second floor. The tenant names and corresponding suite numbers are: Southwest Tax Accounting Suite 200 Edge Mortgage Co. Suite 202 ' armer's Insurance Co. Suite 204 Mitchel an(j Associates, CPP, Sure 205 Southwest Chiropractic Clinic Suite 210 State Farm Insurance Suite 211 The Slane Company Jewelry Store will occupy the entire first floor. This should update your records on building occupancy as requested. If you have any further questions, please feel free to call me. Sincerely, 'ferry t. Krause gam CC: Chris Nolte, Western Stone & Meal Corp. <:WPN•3AKAYtQS'tVA15�sa.iTR I^S /C!tchitects Pc 1620 S.W.7ayi )r Street. Suite 200 Portland,Oregon 97205 503-227-5616 a 800-292-5400 a FAX 503-227-3590 Prior ipalr (Temow t 4 hrxnitgw,AIA a Mtn R HavOnRer AIA a Gerald H William+AIA We, Bit hard S.brinks AIA•Azew( lar(dorm AIA A Gary L Rcddirk AIA a Brian R Rouen%AIA a William M,Ruecker AIA 4 Wahom A.Ver AIA CR(ournel Irdm r k4%en AIA rmeritus A Norman r.Krause AIA INSPECTX-O'M NOTICE City of Tigac.d Building Department 13125 SN fall Blvd. Ticard, orogcn 97223 Inspection Linc (Rec-O-Phone}. 639-4175 Business Phones 639-4171 Inspection:_____i �.--- Foot ing Plbg. Underslab Mech. !tough-in Appr/Sdwlk Four_',. Plbg. Top Out Cas Line FINAL: Poc.c/Beam Struct. San. Sewer framing ) -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. P1bg. Underfloor Water Ane Gyp. Bd. --%ch. Date Reguesteds �� �y� -G _ Times Al: PM 7LIdA-"— Permit Ol Builder: THE TOLLONING OORRSCTIONS ARS REQUIREDs �r Inspector' Dates F'APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TC ABOVE --,call Tot lM�insp. 3f SPECZ'ION NOTICE '000 City of T-g rd Buildi-I DopartAent 13135 SII Hall Blyd. i'igard, ore4on 47223 Inap-ction Lin ( ec-O-Phone): -4175 Busine. a Phone: 639--4171 Inspection: Footing Plbg. Underalab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk W Pound. Plbg. Tap Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Atcuct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. ' � Post;Beam Hoch. Rain Drain Insulatinn -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Hoch. l � — AH Date Ragt:eeted: PM—Time: Permit Addreas: �----- p Builders THE FOLLOiWING CORRECTIONS ARE R!.QUIRED: Inspector: 2/1/ Dat.:,: Y _ APPROVED DT',APPP0 VF.ri APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE t Cell For Reinep. s ew iI I y��r ,NSF ecT1oN Nark City of Tigard Ieuildi.ng DePOrt'ent 13125 911 pall Blvd. Tigard' Dragon 97223 "nepecti.on Line (Ree-o-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection,,, - - PL . Unde.slab Mach. Rough-in APpr/Sdwlk Footing � FINAL: Plbg. Top Out Gas Lina Found. Po' r./Beam gtruct. San. Soaner Fuming -Bldg. Poat/Bean Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -plumb- plbg. Underfloor water Line Gyp. Bd. -Koch. z lZ._ Time: - —AM _ PN Date Regvested: --- ,-, z n rmit Addrnss: Pe Builder:_ -- - I THE FOLLOWING CORI,..CTIONS ARE REQUIRED. ;I ------------ - Date: Inepector= -- / APPROVED DISAPPROVED — APPROVP.D SURJECT To ABOVE /� Call For Reinsp. I INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Departaonl: 1312'.' ON Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-3-,Phone)' 639-4175 Businewi Phone: 639-4171 Inspection: Footing Plbg. Underslab Mech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINALt Pcst/Beam struct. San. Sewer Framing 51d�• Past/Beam Mech. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Bd. -Noah. Date Regnpeted:--- `� J -Time: _AFI Addreeet� i�7 SG✓ /��� Permit ----_— TRE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED' Inspectort--- -� --_-- Data' APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE —_Call F•or Rainy. INSPECTION NPT—ICK City of Tigard nuildinq DepasrtAaet 13125 SSI W" Bled- Tigard, Or:_gM 97223 Inspection Line (Roc•.O-Ph( .v)-'639 4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections__ Footing Plbg. Underalab iMoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINALt poet/Beam Struct. San, Swwer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Ream Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. plbq. Underfloor Water I.ine Gyp. Bd. -Mach. A _Timet AN _ PM Date Requeateds r Permit i s Addresss� Builder: �_ THE FpI,I,OWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: -- ' 1 J P; i Date: Insry-^fors_ _— APPROVED DISAPPROVED 1.11APPROVRII BUBJIM TO ABOVE Call For Reinsp. �PZIN q< TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE AND BEAVE_RTON FIRE DEPARTMENT -FIRE MARSHALS OFFICE (503) 52b-24b9 POSTED: OCCUPANT a CONTRACTOR _ BLDG. PERMIT 11 //' �q7_'O PLAN REVIEW 4k PROJECT NAME LOCATION JURISDICTION: 1= Be. 2= Du. 3= I:.C, 4= Ti 5= Tu. 6= Sh. 7= Wi.. 8= C, 9= WC 0= MC COVER FINAL SPECIAL FOLLOW-UP/REINSPECTION ATTEMPTED FINAL ❑ Framing ❑ Separation Walls ❑ Sprinkler System ❑ Shaft ❑ Fire Dampers (Overhead/Underground) ❑ Alarm System ❑ Hood' Extng Systems ❑ Conference ❑ Spray Booth ❑ Ceiling Cover ElOther_ JAC) u 6,d 4 t� 1 by l � f / Date: - Inspector: 07Y®F TIGA IRD► WYOF TWT1 54RD MECHANICAL COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT 011240N PERmrT 13125 SW Hmil BMd P.O.E�m 23397.TjpM,Or@Wn UrM(SWI 630-4175 PERMIT #. . . . . . . . MEC91-0279 -4171 DATE ISSUED: 04/23/92 SITE ADDRESS. . . . 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD #S. 100 PARCEL: IS127DD-00100 SUBDIVISION. . . . : ZONIN5: C—U BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . CLASS OF WORK. . cALT FLOOR FURN. . . . EVAP COOLERS: TYPE OF USE. . . . iCOM UNIT HEATERS. . : VENT 1:7A1\1G :2 OCCUPANCY GRP. . 1B2 VENTS W/O APPL: VENT sys,rEMS: l 13TORIES. . . . . . . . .a BOILERS/COMPRESSORS HOODS. . . . . . . :2 r-'UEL 0-3 HP. . . . : DOMES. INCIN: -/GAS/ 3-15 HP. . . . 12 COMML. INCIN: 14AX INPUT: 100000 BTU 15-30 HP. . . . REPAIR UNITS: 1 FIRE DAftIPERS'?. . -Y 30--5+1 HP. . . . WOODSTOVES. . - GAS PRESSURE. . . :L 50+ HP. , . . c CL.O DRYERS. . : I NO, OF AIR HANDLING UN I TIS OTHER UNITS. : 1 17URN ( 100K BTU:c' <= 10000 cfm: GAS OUTLETS. :3 '111RN ) =1001: BTU. i 1.0000 Cf M: remarks: Remodel of first floor, addIn to second floor. Add gas lines. FEES MICHAEL & ASSOCIATES LTD. type amount by date recpi )200 E. MINERAL AVENUE SUITE 200 PRMT $ 76. 110 JL1-3 04/22/92 NGLEWOOD Co PILLK $ 19- 00 JL.H 04/23/92 ��,hone #: 303--792-3500 S P(:T 3. 80 J(-H 04./23/92 LIMAJE CONTROL HTC3 & A—C �315 NW 26TH AVE PORTLAND OR 97210 Phone 223-4393 $ 98- 80 TOTAL- Req 6f---'196 REWIRED IN-SPECTIONS This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained in thr Gas Line Insp Tigard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Mechanical Insp applicable laws. All N^-R will be done in accordance with Final Inspection approved plans. This permit will expire if work is not started within IN days cf issuance, or if work is suspended for more than IN days.' i-,ermittee I .si-ied By Call for inspection 639-4175 c;I T Y or -r 1 o- Rv _. RECEI V'T OF PAYMF'NT RECEIPT NO. a i.I.lr-.CR AMOUNT a 1-1111. 30 NAME' a CLIMATE C:ONTWIL INC COSH AMOUN`t 0. 00 ADDRE.Si4, s8,315 NW �.,(,TH OVE PAYMENT Dn"rE a 04/22/92 k�UBa I V I'.-S I(7N PORTLAND, OR 97c-J(A-- PURPOSL OF PAYMENT OMOUNT PA I C} PURPOSE OF-' PAYf4 NT AMOUNT PAID MC'CFiF1N I CA1.. F'R 1 o l. oo PLAN CHECK Fl- ST. "C 3T. BUILD PER 5. 0 I MECO f-027'9 & MEC92-005:3 i T'p7W�. AMOUN7 PAID - M > 131. 1:30 I � i I INSPECTION NOTICE' City of Tigard Building Departa:ent 13125 BW Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97723 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Busi.neae Phone: 539-4171 Inspection:_ __ ---- --- --- Footing Plbg. Underslab Moch. Rough-.in Appr/Sdwlk ���� �"- Found. ( lbg. Top AuZ"�� Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mech. Rain Drain insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Lino Gyp. Bd. -Mech. Date Requested: _�� , � Time: _ AM _J_PM 1 Addrees:� _ ���' Permit I: Builder- THE u11der•THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: Inspectors __ __ _ Date: APPROVED DISAPPROVED APINOVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE ___Call For Reinsp. 1 M1W �1 sa+� ML+ne INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Building Departssnt 13125 SN Ball Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-a-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phono: 639-4171 Inspection: --- Fooling Plbg. Underslab Mach. Rough-In Appr/Sdwlk Found. P p It Gas Line FINAL: Pont/Beam Struct. an. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Pont/Beam Mech. Rain Drakpe� Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line Gyp. Bd. -Mach. Date Requested: !� �jf�- Timet AM —_ --PM Addreas. `� C �� Permit �t��j,�_��✓�✓ Builder: THE Fol,L4DWING CORRECTIONS ARE. REQUIRED: b/ Inspectors Data:__ APPROVED __ DISAPPROVED APPROVED BUBJECTTTT TO r410 = Call. For Reinsp. INSPECTION NOTICE City of Tigard Hail-ding Department 1_7125 891 Hall Blvd. Tigard. oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-o-Phone)t 639-4775 Bus3inees Phone: 639-4171 Inspection:, —•-�--- --�_----- `_� rooting Plbg. Underelab !tech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk F,wnd. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINALS Post/Beam Struct. San. Saw")' Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Nech. Rain Drain Insolation -Plumb. ` Plbg. Underfloor Water Lina GYP. !d. -Mach. Date Requeeteds r I t — Time: __AM pM "1 o Address a Peroit Builder=_._ 107t) Z"bI ( - THE poLLOWIN; CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRM I I i � S v InNpecYr•r : Datet_ r APPROVED DISAPPROVED _ APPROVFD SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Reinsp. KWZIWIN INSPSCCION NOT,[CB � City of Tigard Building Deparboant. 19125 SW Ball Bled. Tigard, Oregon 97223 -- Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 InspectionsY _ _—.— looting Plbg. Underelab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Can Line PINALs Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Poet/Beam Mesh. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water LineGyp. Bd` -Mech. Date Regc:ested:_ �+� __Time: _AM __"T�/! PM Address t—t/L�, �/ _.';I LL ./ v_ Permit 44 r7 Bullder: THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRELt /7 Inspector --�- -- _ Dates APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ASM Call For Reinap. JKS Architects PC 1620 S.W. Taylor Street, Suite 200 Portland, Oregon 97205 S03-227-5616 0 800-292-5400 0 FAX 503-227-3590 April 10, 1992 Kelly Pyrch R & H Construction Company P.O. Box 3989 Portland, Oregon 97208-3989 Dear Kelly: Re: Western Stone and Metal Corporation Shane Company Jewelry Store Change Order Request No. 13 Please quote the change in the contract price for the following revisions: A.RCHLTECTURAL SPEC.FICATIMS I Se,,tion 08710 Finihh Hardware: a. Part 2,2 Pdanufacturer, Item D. Specified Manufa•t�lrr5: (1) Add the following: Door Specified Approved Hardware Manufacturer Substitute Electric Strike Adams Rite None b. Part 3.3 HardwareSchedule. Item B Interior Doors: (1Revise hardware as follows: (a) Type 2, revise as follows: 1) BAU: Delete note that reads (re-use existing on Door 4A), butts are to be new. 2) LockWI: Delete strike 10-025 630 replace with electric strike 7500 630. I Kelly i'yrch R & H Construction CornpanY page 2 Change Order Request No. 13 April 10, 1992 3) Do_ct Add a floor mounted door stop 436-630 at Door 4A only. ,..S4P 4) Silgricers: Add 3 each, 20R. (b) Te_5 h Lun h Hall: 1-1/2 pair butts BE�850-630 1) ; Delete "re-use existing" add 4-112" X 4-112". 2) L Door 34R (now called 34A) delete strike 10-025 630 and replace with electric strike 7500 630. (c) Tyvg,6 'fraining.l: Delete "re-use existing," add 1-1/2 pair butts BB950-630 1) Butts: 4-1/2 X 4-1/2. Deletc strike 10-025 630, replace with electric strike 2) l� 7500 630. 3) silencers.: Add 3 each, 20R. (d) T e (pfft e 't ra 1) Butts: Delete (re !ise existing on Door 6A), add 1-1/2 pairs butts BB850-630 4-1/2 X 4-1 i2. L Delete strike 10-025 630, replace with electric strike 2) ocksct: 7500 630• (e) TY1e y ,1 n and checkl: ) 1 atch;et: Delete latchset. 1 1Lockset: Add 1 each lockset D90 PD-ORB X 7500 630. 2) ARCL, "ECT RAL DRAW1NGs ] Shgej 31-BVN�ise as ['ol1ows. a. Revise Floor Pian Sheet 3, with n..N f Floor Plan Sheet :3. Revision 1, dated Mar:,h 25, 1992. I Kelly Pyrch R & H Construction Company Change Order Request No. 13 April 10, 1992 page 3 2. Sheet 50 Revise as lbws: I a. Room Finish Schedule: Revise as Follows: (1) &Qom 7. Showroonj 3: (a) Walls: Revise from Finish W7B to Finishes Wei and W7B. (2) Room 23Showroom 1: (a) F or: Revise Finish from F9 to Finish F7. (b) Base: Revise from N/A to Finish BSA. (c) W�.1j�: Revise from Finish W1A to Finishes W6, W7B. (d) ilin : Revise from Finish C6* to Finish C5. (e) mmen : Delete all comments this room. (3) Room 24. Back-stock 1: (a) Eoor: Revise. from Finish F9 to Finish F6A. (b) Base: Revise from N/A to Finish BSB. (c) Walls: Revise from Finish W 1 A to Finish W 1 B. (d) Paint: Revise from N/A to Paint Finish AEG. P (e) Ceiling: Revise from Finish C6* to Finish C5. (f) Comments: Delete all comments this room. b. Lndow Jchedule• Revise as Follows: (1) R vise the Interior Relite Portion of the Schedule as Follows: (a) &eli a BB: Revise width from 6'-0" to 5'-5 1/2". (b) R li , CC: Revise the width from 6'-10" to 5'-5 1/2". Kelly Pyrch R & H Construction Company Change Order Request No. 13 page 4 April 10, 1992 (2) Add the Following Relites to the Interior Reli1e Schedu]g: (a) Add Relites YY and ZZ as f411QW5: 1) Window tune: DD. 2) 4Rp,�widtt : 6'-0". 3) Qpening height: i' 4". 4) Gazing thickness: 1/4" 5) Glazing tune: One-way. 6) Frame material: Wood. 7) Frame finish: Paint. 8) Fr mgh_e . ctaLl: 2A/5. 9) Fratne iamb detail: 2A/5 SIM. 10) Framill 2B/5. 11) Frame sill height A.F.F.: 3'-4". C. Door Schedules Revise as Follows: (1) Door 4R. Revise as Follows: (a) Rename from 4R to 4A. Revise from a reused existing door, frame and hardware to a new door, frame and hardware. (b) Revise the opening width from 3'-0" to 2'--8". L (2) Doom 23A: Delete from Schedule entirely. This door is omitted by Revision to Plan. { (3) Door73 A: Revise as_F_ollows: (a) Revise opening width from 3'-0" to per manufacturer of vault. (b) Revise opening height from 7'-0" to per manufacturer of vault. WWWROMM�Mxmnxm=a Kelly Pyrch R & H Construction Company Change Order Request No. '3 April 10, 1992 page 5 3. Sheet 7: Revise as Follows: a. Revise Reflected Ceiling Plan, Sheet 7 with new Reflected Ceiling Plan, Sheet 7, dated April 1, 1992. 4. Sheetl: Revise as Fallows: a. Detail 4/8 Section Through Casework: Revise as FollgyA: (1) Delete portion of note that reads: "No casework or shelves at back stock #1, Room #24." b. Detail 5/8 Section oUkylight: Revise as Follows: (1) Revise the framing of the wall just north of gridline 0.7 at the second floor to new roof from 3-1/2" r..etal studs to 2' x 4' studs per Structural Detail 13/S5. 5. _ heet 10: Revise as F-I.lows: a. Detail 8/10 Backstock 2 Casework: Revise as Follows: (1) Revise symbol caliout at interior relite from "KK" or "WW" to "KK" or "NN." (2) Delete all notes that read: "Omit @ Backstock No. 1, Room #24." b. Detail 11/10 Pearls Counter: (1) Delete this detail entirely. (2) This detail is replaced with the new elevation per Detail 2/R-5. h. Sheet 1,31 Revise as Follow: w. Details 19/13, 20/13, 21/13: Delete entirely. These details Bio longer occur per revised floor plan. T Add the following Architectural Drawings to the Contract Document: a. Revised Sheet 3, First Floor Plan Revision dated March 4115, 1992. b. Revised Sheet 7, Reflected Ceiling Plan Revision dated April 1, 1992. C. Sheet R-2, Wall Details Dated March 24, 1992 Kelly Pyrch R & H Construction Company Change Order Request No. 13 April 10, 1992 page 6 d. Sheet R-3, Wall Details Dated March 24, 1992 e. Sheet R-5, Pearl Room Counter Dated March 31, 1992. f. Sheet R-%, Glass Block Head Dated April 1, 1992 STRUCTURAL DRAWINUS 1. Sheet S2: RevisFollows: a. Deta ] A/S2, Fgvn JAtiQn Plan: (1) Along Gridlines 2 and 3, all existing columns to remain, no new columns to be added. 2. �h=L S3: Revise ars. • a. Detail A/S3. Floor Framing Plan: (1) Along Gridlines 2 and 3, all existing columns to remain, no new columns to be added. b. Detail I/ 2/S3. ISI (1) They are no longer used, delete. MECHANICAL, DRAWING 1. Add the following Mechanical Drawings to the Cont�a(t Documents: a. Sheet MR-1, Addition 1lVAC a Phone Ro,:,:: Dated March 30, 1992 b. Sheet MR-2, Showroom Revision Dated March 30, 1992 C. Sheet MR-3, First Fir. Reflected Ceiling Plan HVAC Dated April 4, 1992 Kelly Pyrch R & H Construction Company Change Order Request No. 13 April 10, 1992 page 7 EELECTRICAL D AWIN S 1. Ail h f '1 wi o Electrical Drawings to the Contract Documents: a. Sheet ERI, Revised U.G. at Showroom N2 Dated March 20, 1992 a. Sheet E2/ER2, First Floor Plan Power & Signal Dated April 1, 1992 b. Sheet E1/ER3, First Floor Plan Lighting Dated April 8, 1992 Add/Deduct Change is not within the original scope of the project. The total contract cost will be adjusted to reflect this change. Owner has requested work tc proceed. Cost and schedule implications will be negotiated. Sincerely, lon P FW. - Terry A. Krause gP CC' Al Sanchez, R & H Construction Ed Bilek, Western Stone & Metal Corp. Chris Nolte, Western Stone & Metal Corp. Satyajit Widyaratne, Kramer Gehlen & Associates, Inc. Greg Ellsworth, Interface Engineering, Inc. Dennis Obritschkewitsch, Interface Engineering, Inc. Jim Jaqua, City of Tigard C:1WP5116Aid\9103TCOM01�1}IC �- GERALD I. WILLIAMS PORTLAND, OREGON OF o0 te,W-�) `0r -rm.444 -r0 6e!I.I►44; C� RID e Z4"O.G. 3114' M7l.l 6TUP5 e!Cali O,Gt W/ 5/8'� — 6,yp. 3D/ T'APED! -spaweD 4 hI/ W'awU C4\,4, -!N ej OvER. TO PP G rJ t2E TplL a I7E, ,� 3'�z'' r�T�, SPUDS �Imo"orcl - faNGHOK 5/0"GYI' aD. ON RE'�►I1r 51D� aF 507Uvs. TAPE, ZING e# �JAL. C V 424pj� - �----311 2 u[3Mg� STRAIGHT fSAGa caRfC-T OVER aW-, 4+.. r - MA (XWI NUaVS � � La N PE(L hIa1.L. I 2 �GT�o►J hl�**�. �0►.J R-cx�t� Fl.oOf� R12 ,.,Zil�!i_011 we.W. Marr A No"Corp, I-JQf 4yL PET,-L.55' 4 _ 3 I a11914 I.Hu ..�. Stwm IKS Architects Pc ry Store d r14_ 3�(�vism 1620 5 W Tavlor 51reet • suite 200• Portland.Oregon 97205 —ZK -Z. iO3.227-5616 1 FAX 503.227-3590 0730 4w.Caaoaft AM TlMw4%x GD _r�,YP CD, GLS, JaISTs ,vAS �`,►�' ""ll; �b r� V GERALD N. ';'::'."'; Tr OF30. p WALE. W)e4w(-J ovee, HOL Pp ' FrLGM c+:G, 1/0, ------ '-ITL. sruDs IO" a,c, -AT;Acr-t TMi2J e,w, iW/ �GrLE►JS e Z�" O G, I-'1.[5x, INTO F�Z,AOAInN41 ACOvP-, I SGT►UN - r•lAl.l. � G l.Gl, - (GYP, r3D, I.lTL,, -;LD5 c Ib Cr G - ANGHO�Z TU FLS c 2�}IIU.C. - —"� - rlAx. TAS "gt ^O F-5UFM rASTNE�S GN�Y G IZ"r JOINTS I N FLLYJfL TI L.- TO A N G HCr- _� �crvc, Su L3 -Lag - 70 NOT ANCMOQ 7T-1 eU rap, TApeo� e,aNaEa w�►t,L ��c,vc-wl UJ I 311 RuEjj3e z ecvE MASE --TILE CKJ GGIJC, CyL.AC3, 2 �z _I I_OIA Westw"8torw A Metal Cctr+�, 31 Z-{Iq2 Shy CO. Jewei IKS Architects rc ry $t� 16205.W TavlorStreer • Suite 2W• Portland.Oregon 97205 °""'n'• -;03-227 5616• FAX 507.227 3590 9730 &W. C8*Cade Ave. Or Jo vioftL *"V spubm'MIS Due O6SC-LZZ-COS XVI -9L95-LZZ•COS SOZLF uo%alp•puvjuod .()OT apnS .jaaifS bN41 M'S OZ9lD'd . 0� WlY�lb Lp- 16 ��y a ,, ems Air vo amss��a,�4��d s�� 1-C Z 6, 14 - ds"{� NUOD Park i Gum uw.•M N093dO 'ONY11tlOd cL S�9Y(111M 'N O1Y839 °D r o L ULCid 4 \ :j J 0 1 t d {� N � N W h Q 0 Z � 3 guon w .s 4 w -r-- -- PP INT TD i f A'I NT fI 'ZC-I►J POFzGE,1C-4T ;N61'OUT c�DINT� I GERALD 0. FOULA`T CK,IM We$0, atom. MOM Cora r7: Sher' Co. Jewelry StonIKS Architects ecTarlrnTree! Sm!e20f1• Portland.Oregon9,'705;03.2275616 tnrso3-zr-isw! 11 9790&W C•�Cad&Ave. Tld,O► �. «ten - .« Lm " S3ay43JV S)lf 3110lS A1113M3( •OJ 3NVHS p '41*011*lvaw cw NOLS Nn193M ' M pNAI y iv � � iOsrt t I I U LL LL 00 FM J I �irrr � rvr rar� Q I \ ' I I t UZWZ; NO 2 C�f- �p p ZZZZC3V,C} a— C D 1►S�SS.�t "�wtil s tSll6-Zl �3ll.i T pi FULL SMATCH! Ai R--- \ K� 8"• u s"• • 14" v w 110114 10_ 10"• • 14X12 14"• - - 1 dX14 14X12 �'.f 10"• \ 24X8 16X14 =� 4 20X16 14"0 \ I� 14X14 i CD O I 24X8I 14" 12"• IIOII ❑I 11 ' 14"a 6»• row ' I I 10"x► 1T ---y 20X14 12-0 10"• I \\\ • rn 12"o r- *""—IM ►.� u r 0"• Mg"• 14X14 ! i t uj J -----..-_ --mac—.— ---- EXISTING FAN TO RE MAIN ^._- ZE EXISN PART. FLOOR PLAN-HVAC o SA & RA DUCT SCHEMATIC P � a GENERAL NOTE: s i A. VERIFY A' '_ EXISTING CONDITIONS OF STRUCTURAL , MEMBERS k CEILING SPACES. ROUTE NEW DUCT— , . i WORK IN CEILING SPACES AS REQUIRED FOR Y � CONNECTIONS TO NEW GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, do TO M EXISTING DUCT SYSTEMS. PROVIDE DUCTS OF EQUIVALENT FREE AREA h NEW DUCT ROUTE WHEREVER SPACE CONFLICTS OCCUR,l �u B. REFER TO ORIGINAL SHEET M-2 FOR HEX—NOTES. I I ! oe a U IY , ~� W _ 1\ I Z i 6- Z fl"0 < ui ` ) O 9~� Ln Lu ilk Z ui I Ln 10`• Q'�Q PRQfEf m 12'0 10"I �--.- RA ac —=,b —Imoffw— w L QNf/A ('LU;q EX 1,-r I-JG lo..lvul^: l +`, � —Y y'moo/ W rTH r I.ADT� r-•nl G G,�+� 'b I I � J i 1 I PROf�� v 9165 '� r oR sow K��J i ��: �� N ."7�,R.C�'r'lp V ti•1� �_L.L G''(�C 1 CALL. �G s I ��� tri .��•�1 � n_ I i��II �� GLIAS 0 "'- — W fiSl E W ��'••�,�..a�.+Gf.� c� (eE�/. uta l4 f M.aN lelavr 2 <•7 O-9 2._ IK.S Architects r q';a 3.w. C/�•a�pit Gve, «..•�. e .e:0 S w Lvin S�.trl S...'*200 r.��,una urogon v+_�S '�I(s Alh;j�cD�t�t+e l•1 I�..b - -3'FU 503?"Sole PA%SU1 :. JS'4i a.n1. ua�, �.a�•� 1 INN i INSPECTION NOTICE city of Tigard Bul.lding t 13125 M Ball Blvd. Tigard. oregon 97223 inspection Line (ROC-O-Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections --- Footing Plbg. Underelab Nech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Pound. Top 3as Line FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. foot/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation --'umb• Plly. Undwrfloor Water Lina Gyp. Bd. -Koch. AM Data Requested: TimetJ L� �l�/1L�i�OD _ Permit tel / Ql Address: - Builder��� TRE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRFD: Date: Inspecto/r: — ------- -- - APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPPOVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE ` Call For Rainep. IhspacilaM� Citp of Tigard Building peps 13125 8R Hall Blued_ Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Rec-O_.Phone): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspection: Footing Plbg. UnderslabMach. Rough-ir, ppr/Sdw1k Found. Plbg. Top out Gas Line FIKALs Poet/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Macs. Rein Drain insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Nater Line Gyp, Bd. -Koch. Date Requested, 7�) Timet�, �r PN Addreess __ �I_/ "� (,• '"�C.Jys�l Peril •r J✓ l'� �l) Builder: N 1 I THE lOLLONIK: 00RREGTI0h8 - I Inspectors/ Dates -' APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUWgCT TO APCNR — Call lbr Reinap. I' 1 Aw NS ROUP NINA city of Tigard Building Daparts'""t 13125 ON Bali Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 47223 Inspection Line (Rec.-o-Phh000nee))a X639-4175 Rusin e■ Phones 633?-X44171 XI Inspections Footing Pl.bg. Undorslab Nech. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk hound. Plbg. Top Out Gag Line BINALs Post/Beam etrvct. F ,,s- Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mach. Ral.n Drain Insulation -plumb. Plbg. Underfloor hater Line Gyp. Bd. -mech. _TimesAm _-—PN Date Rsqusetsd s Aware..: Builders--:Al THE FOLLOWING CURRECTIOMS ARE REQUIRED: Date: Inspectors i ' APPROVED DI9APFRUVEu ^_ APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE call For Reinsp. WNEWWREXAMILMAr MAINXJWw j INSPECTION NOTICE City or Tigard Building Department 131.25 SW Hall Blvd. Tigud, Oregon 97227 Inspection Line (Rec-O-Phons): 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections Footing Plbg. Ondersn Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Saver Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Hoch. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. P —1 r Water Line Gyp. Bd. -llech. Date Requested:- ��_ Ir PH PN Address: 7 � � f Permit fs �/ Builder; �7!!(� �. ���` AC THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: �1- f i Inspector:_/ l pate: APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Roinsp. IssnCTION NOTICE_ City of Tigard Building Depart—nt 13122 BW W l Blvd. Tigard, oregon 97323 Inspection Line (Re,-,-O-Phone)t 639-4175 Business Phonss 639-4171 Inspections_ Footing Plbg. Underslab Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gas Line FII:ALs Post./Beam struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Mach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plhg. Underfloor Water Line Gyp. Rd. -Mach. xr Date Requested - �/ Tom= N► PN (/, 11, Addreses � JZ--� � �eit f: Buil dart TRE pOL DWING CORRECTIONS ARE R.EQUIREDs G- Inspector: nate: /� _— ----- APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUB.7RM TO A00'lIL Call For Reinap. i f �N¢=ION MMICB City of Tigard Building Department 13115 BM Hall Blvd. Tigard, Oregon 97223 Inspection Line (Roc-O-Phones 639-4175 Business Phones 639-4171 Inspections 7�h� �Q� �.4.,(.�iYl.�c___il Tooting Plbg. Undorslab Hoch. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk Found. Plbg. Top Out Gan Line FINAL-. Post/Beam Struct. Son. Sewer Franifng -Bldg. Post/Beam Hach. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor Water Lino Gyp. Bd. -Koch. Date Requosteds_ /, Times .- Addrees: Budder: X. `t THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS ARE REQUIRED: H Inspector: — Date: s' -----APPROVED DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE ___Call For Reinap. P i 1NSPECTIQIIyoTI0 City of Tigard Building DsQart—nt 13125 M Ball Blvd. Tigard. Oregon 97223 Inspectio ina (Rec-O-Phones 639-4175 Business Phone: 639-4171 Inspections ;.. bA-� Footing Plbg. Underslab Mach. Rough-in Appr/Sdwlk found. Plbg. Top-Out Gas Lire FINAL: Post/Beam Struct. San. Sewer Framing -Bldg. Post/Beam Hoch. Rain Drain Insulation -Plumb. Plbg. Underfloor wa r Line Gyp. Bd. -Hoch. v Z Address: Tims: X__AM PH Date Requested: 5. ___ — CZ 7 3& j. CPermit NRuilderi : L V 6', '* t TRE lOLLOMING coRREcTIONS ARE REQUIRED: / Inspector:__ Date: l�ppRpy=p DISAPPROVED APPROVED SUBJECT TO ABOVE Call For Relnsp. CITYOF TIGARD (07�WA ii F�IRMM�RVD COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OR94M 13125 SW HWI BW P.O.Sam 23397,TOW,0"m Of (603)639-4176 PLUMBING PERMIT PE I<M I I . . . I . . P-Emc)1 -021. 639-4171 DATE ISSUED: 0,'-;/06/92 1:-)ITE ADDRESS. 9730 SW CASCADE BLVD #G. .100 PARCEL: 1S127DD---00L0Q1 SUBDIVISION. . . . : ZONING: C--G BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOI.. . . . . . . . . . . . . CLASS OF W0RK. . :1`)1LT GARBAGE DISPOSALS. MOBILE HOME SPACES. TYPE OF' USE. . . . :COM WASHING MACH. . . . . . . : BAC;KFL.OW PIREVNTRS. . :2 0`:(7,UPANCY GRP. . -B2 FLOOR PRAINS. . . . . . . .6 TRAPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . STORIES. . . . . . . . ..2 WATER HEATERS. . . . . . .. I CATCH BASINS. . . . . . . : F I XI*IJRES------------------ LAUNDRY TRAYSo . . . . . : 5F RAI!-,' DPAINS. . . . . t-)INKS . . . . . . . . . 15 URINALS. . . . . . . . . .. . . .. I GREASE -rRAPS. . . . . 1_.AYATfi RIES. . . . . :4 OTHER FIXTURES. . . . . :3 "TUN./SHOWERS. . . . : E�EWER LINE (ft ) . . . . ; WATER CLOSETS. . :`; WATE*R LINE ( Ft ) . . . . : L)I S41WASHE RS. . . . : 1 RAIN DRAIN (ft ) . . . . : Ppm,At,ks : Remodel of first floors, addition to second floot-- Ut-- -------------------------------------- FEEG MICHAEL & ASSOCIATES LTD. -type amount by date V-ec:pt it-'00 E. MINERAL AVENUE SUITE 200 P RM'l $ 210. N0 BCR 03/06/92 PL(.-,K $ BCR 03/06/92 k.11()I_UWOOD CO 5PICT $ 10. 50 LC R 03/06/9iR 303-792-3500 AssuciATED PLUMBING COMPANY PO BOX 301362 ,OR7LAND OR 97230-9362 #: 256--1685 $ 273. 00 TOTAL 57890 -------- REOUIRED INSPECTIONS oervit is issued sub'iect to the regulations contained in the Roi_4qti-in Insp ie3rd Muniripal Cade, State of Ore. Specialty fides and all other Top-jLtt Insp :nPlicable laws. All work will be done in accordance with Misr. Inspection mLoroved plans. This pereit will expire if work is not started Final Inspec-tion .o.thin 189 days of issuance.. or if work is suspended fnr eve than 189 days. m I f t PP 5i qnAt ,oed by Call for inspection 639-4175 CITYOFTIFARD MECHAN I CAL ` PERMIT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT ��� F'E:RMz"i #. . . . . . . : hiFC91-0-'79 13125OWHMewd P.O.ear33P.i*d,Oregon° "?Ml75 DOTE T;SUED: 03/06/92 SITE ADDRESS. . . : 9730 SW CASCADE BL.VD #5. 100 PARCEL: 1S1.27DD—OO100 SUBDIVISION. . . . : ZONING: C—Ci BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . : LOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . s CLASS OF WORK. . :ALT FLOOR TURN. . . . s EVAP COOLERS. TYPE OF USE. . . . :COM UNIT HEATERS. . : VENT FANS. . . - OCCUPANCY ANS. . . :OCCUPANCY GRP. . :B2 VENTS W/O ADPL: VENT SYSTEMS: STORIES. . . . . . . . :2 50ILC.RS/COMPRESSORS HOOGEa. . . . . . . . FUEL. TYPES - - — ----- -- 0-3 HP. . . . : DOMES. I NC I N: : /GAS/ / i .3-1.C HP. . . . : COMML. I NC I N: MAX INPUT: 100000 BTU 15-30 HP. . . . REPAIR UNITS: FIRE: DAMPERS?. : Y 30O 50 Hl='. . . . : WOOD5TOVEa. . : GAS PRESSURE. . . :L SQi+ HP . . CL.O DRYERS. . : IdO. OF UNITS - -- —--- AIR HANDL I Nrj UN I TS OTHER UNIT";. F URN < 10OK BTU- (= 10000 c:f m : GAta OUTLETS. :H FURN > =1NtZ+l'. BTU: > 1O000 cfm: Jiemarks : Remodel of first floor-, add' n to SeCOTid floor. Add gas lines. OWTIer^: _..__ __. ._____..___._---_______.___---___.___ __.._----__.__.______. FEES S 1 . MICHAEL & ASSOCIATES LTD. type amot.tnt by date r-ecpt 9,:_'00 E. MINERAL AVENUE SUITE. 200 PRMT $ 25. 00 ECR 03/06� 92 — PLCK t 6. 25 BCR 03/06/92 — FNGLEWOOD CO "`PCT t 1. 25 BCR 03/06/92 — Plrone #: 303-792-3500 C,ontr-actor: CONTRACTOR NOT ON FILE: Phone #: $ 32. 50 TOTAL Rey #. . : ---- RFPU1RED INSPECTIONS This permit is issued subject to the regulations contained jr, 'Che has Line Insp Tigard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Mechanical Insp applicable laws. All Mork will be done in accordance with Final Inspection approved plans. This perait will expire if work is not started within 168 days of issuance, or if work is suspended for more than 168 days. Per-mittee Si.clnatUr•e : �C issued By • Call for, inspection — 639-4175 a� CITY OP T I GARD RECEIPT OF PAYMF NT REGF I TAT NO. r 92-224i: CHECK AmoijN•T a 30',5. 50 NAME a ASSOCIATED PLUMM I NU CO. CASH AMOLIN T s 0. 00 0E)D iESS r, V,10 BOX 301362- PAYMENT DATE i 0.3/G,.tG/92 SOOD I V I S I ON t f;OR i _AND, OR 97230-- PUPPOSE OF PAYMF N T AW!ClUNT PAID PURPOSE DF PAYMENT AMM INT PA 10 I F LI.JMH i N[3 f'E FtM ~ 210. 00 MECHf)N I Cf1i... PE 215. 0Qt ST. BUILD PER 11. 715, PLAN CHECK FE 8. 75 i 4 a I k y I ►'i..i*1 9 1•. 0210 at ME(-. y 1•-•178,79 1 _ I 7 A(.. AMOUNT PA 11) -. r / /ice CJTY0FT1firARD BUILDING PERMIT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENTCffYCZ ooh ''FR1`' rt #• . • • • • • : 1�ur :)1 13126 BW HMO Blvd P.O.Boz 23397.TOW,Onpai 07223(603176 �63Q 4-,+171 DATE ISSUED: 0J`./26/`92 I TE ADDRESS. . . : 97: 0 5W LOSCADE 3LV D #G. 100 PARCEL.: 1 S 1.27DD-001 00 JBDIVISION. . . . : 70NING: C-G BI.._OCK. . . . . . . . . . . LOT. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . PI'"I SSUE: FLOOR AREAS------- EX TE R l OR WALL CONSTRUCTION CLASS OF' WORK. :ALT F I R)T. . . . : 1 1942 s f N: 5: E. W: TYPE OF USE. . . :COM SECOND. . . : s f PROTECT OPENINGS?- TYPE PENINGS?------•--- TYPE OF CONST. :5N THIRD. . . . : sf N: S. E: W.- OCCUPANCY :OCCUPANCY GRE'. :B2 TnTAL--- ..-: 1 194` s f ROOF ,0N57T r S FIRE RET? OCCUPANCY LOPP:352 BASEMENT. : sf AREA SEP. RATED: STOR. :2 HT. :26 ft GARAGE. . . : S f OCCCU SEPI. RATED: BSMT? :N ME Z 7.?:N RECD SETBACKS-•---_---_..__. I=LOOR LOAD. . . . :'50 ps f LEFT- f t RG1-4T ; f t FIR GPKL:N SMOK DF_T. . :N DWELLING UNITS: FRNT: ft REAR: ft FIR AL.RM:N HNDICP ACC:Y BEDRMS: BATH!`). IMP SURFACE: PPI) CORR:N PARKING: VALUE. $ : 600000 Remarks : Remodel of first floor-, addition to first b: second floors. TIF TO L'1 DEFE.RRF_D TO OCCUPANCY. Mass Tran!;it : $3&00. 00. TTF-C): $K'21,_'. 012)1 TIF-C- $6515. 00, IF-C:$6515. 00, TOTAL_ TIF: $14327. 00. owner,: _______.__.______.__.____._.__..------.--_--_._-_.. _._.___.-__----.--.-_- FEES 1 . MICHALL d ASSOCIATES LTD. type amount by date i-eept a. vVA E. MINERAL AVE LJE SUITE 200 TIF $ 14327. 00 JI_H 02/26/92 -- PRIdT 1683. 00 JL.H 02/26/92 l.:.NGLEWOOD CO PLCK 1093. 95 JLH 11/14/91 iel9715 I IRE 4 67.?.. 20 JL.H 11/ 14/91 219717 5PCT $ 84. 15 JLH 0:_/x'6/92 - L:ont r^actor: R & H CONSTRUCTION I.I. O. BOX 3989 PORTLAND OR 97208 __--•-----_____---.__.___--------_______. - Phone #: 228-7177 $ 11861. 30 TOTAL Pep #. . . 38304 REUUIRED INSPECTIONS ---_--- This perait is issued subiect to the regulations contained in the Foot/f-ound Insp Tigard Municipal Code, State of Ore. Specialty Codes and all other Reinf Stae'. Ins apalicable laws. all work will be done in accordance with Slab Insp approved pians. This F?rait will expire if work is not started Masonr-y Insp within 188 days of issuance, or if work is suspended for sore Framinq Inspthan 180 days. Roof nai ing .1nsp Insulation Insp Shear- Wall Insp Gyp Board Insp I e r m i t t e e Signature " Z � `3 l.i s p L e i l n q I n s p Final Inspection l u e d 21y : ...--- -- _.._ Call for inspection -- 6.:,9-4175 L — . _. ..... CITY OF T l GARU - RECE I A"' OF PAYME=NT RECEIPT NO. #9;?--2.23773 CHECK gMOUNT 1767. 15 r 1S)ME T. MICHAEL & AR)soc CASH AMOUNT It''. 00 URE S> '7400 t Afi r ORCHARD FSI` PAYMENT BATE=: 1 02/26/92 SUITE, .360 skjar)IVISION t ENGLE:WOOD, CD 8011 f - t:,l JRF'CISE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID PURPOSE. OF PAYME=NT At l(.)UN'r PAID }101.t_UING PERM 1681". vlo F-37. BUILD PER 84. 15 i 9730 SW C;ASC,'€ DE TnTAt. AMOUNT PAID - -> 176.7. IS CITY OF TIGARD NOTICE OF DECISION SITE DEVELOPMENT REVIEW SDR 91-0018 T. MICHAEL 6 ASSOC. / JKS ARCHITECTS APPLICATION: A request for Site Development Review approval for a Major. Modification to convert an existing 25,257 square foot office building into a both office and retail. jewelry use. Zoning: C-G, (General Commercial) Location: 9730 SW Cascade Avenue (WCTM 1S1 27DD, tax lot 100) . SECTION I - DECISION: Notice is herAby given that the Planning Director's designee for the City of Tigard has APPROVED the above request subject to certain conditions. The findings and conclusions on which the decision .is based are noted in Sectio,Y II: BUILDING PERMITS Wl:IL NOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE FOLLOWING CONDITION HAS BEEN SATISFIED STAFF CONTACTS RON POMEROY, PLANNING DEPT. 1 . The site plan shall be revised to show the following: A) Pedestrian walkway between the building and SW Cascade Boulevard. OCCUPANCY PERMITS WILL NOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THE CONDITIONS LISTED BELOW ARE SATISFIED. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PLEASE CONTACT CHRIS DAVIES IN THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AT 639-4171 . 2 . Additional right-of-way shall be dedicated to the Public along the SW Cascade Boulevard frontage to increase the right-of-::ay to 3U feet from the centerline. The description shall be tied to the existing right-of-way centerline. 3. The applicant shall install a water quality facility meeting the requirements of Resolution and Order No. 91-47 as approved and adopted by the Unified Sewerage Agency of Washington County. The City Engineer may waive this requirement to the extent allowed by the regulations of the Environmental Quality Commission and Unified Sewerage Agency as they exist at the time the Public Improvement plans are approved and installed. 4 . The applicant shall be required to provide half-street improvements along SW Cascade Boulevard, meeting major collector standards, along the frontage of the site. The specific timing and bonding for the installation of said NOTICE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/JKS ARCH. PAGE 1 improvements shall be approved by the Lngineering Department prior to the issuance of a building permit. 5. The driveway access shall be relocated a minimum of 130 feet to the east (centerline to centerline) of the present location; unless the applicant can show, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, that such relocation is not practicable. IN ADDITION THE APPLICANT SHOULD BE AWARE OF THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF THE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CODE; THIS IS NOT AN EXCLUSIVE LIST. 1. SECTION 18. 120.060 BONDING AND ASSURANCES A. On all projects where public improvements are required the Director shall: 1. Require a bond in an amount not greater than 100 percent of other adequate assurances as a condition of approval of the site dei , --,ment plan in order to ensure the completed pr is in conformance with the approved plan; ai," 2 . Approve and release such bonds. B. The bond shall be released when the Director finds the completed project conforms to the approved site development plan and all conditions of approval are satisfied. 2 . SECTION 18. 164 STREET AND UTILITY "IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS A. 18 . 164 .030 Streets 1 . Street Cross Sections: a. Surface material shall be of Class C or B asphaltic concrete; b. The final lift shall be placed on all new constructiL-n roadways prior to City final acceptance of the roadway; however, not before 90 percent of the structures .in the new development are completed unless three years have elapsed since initiation of construction in the development. C . The final lift shall be Class B asphaltic concrete as defined by A.P.W.A. standard specification NOTICE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/JRS ARCH. PAGE 2 +ar � I d• No lift shall be less than 1-1/2 inches in thickness. B, 18. 164 . 120 Utilities lines including, but not limited to 1 , Al1 utility communication, those required for electric, lighting and cable television placedervices under rounds related facilities shall be p g except for surface mounted transformers, surface mounted connection boxes and meter coabin tB whi h may be placed above ground,construction, high rary service facilities during capacity electric lines operating at 50,000 volts or above. C. 18 . 16_.4. 180 Notice to City Required begin until the City has been 1 . Work shall not g notified in advance. 2 . If work is discontinued for any reason, it shall not be resumed until the City is notified. LOWING IN ADDITION THE APPLICANT SULD BCODEE THIS SF NOT AN THE LEXCLUSIVECLISTS OF THE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 1 , Sign permits are requ ired and shall be obtained prior to the installation of any sign on the site. STAY CONTACT: Victor Adonri, Planning Division, 639-4171. A tree removal permit shall be obtained prior to the removal 2 . of any tree on this 639 4171)STAFF CONTACT: Victor Adonri, i Planning Division B. FINDINGS OF FACT 1, Background ro ert was annexed into the City of Tigard in The subject P pertpresent building had been constructed October 1985 . The hington Was prior to annexation and while under son annexation, this industrial zoning designation ( 1) • Up This building has site was zoned I-P ( industrial Park) . ar onal and administrative since primarily occupied by p services and Times a Pcobmlrehensive Plan Amendment ations. The City cf land Zone recently approvedA 91-0004 / ZON 91-0007) . This Change for this site n from industrial Park action changed theco�Prgials (C- NOTICE ,o and he comprehensive ( I-P) to Ge-�era1 NOTICE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/JKS ARCH. PAGE 3 I Plan designation from Light Industrial (I-L) to General Commercial (C-G) . Vicinity Information The subject site is generally triangular in shape and abuts the Tigard city limits on its ' east and west sides. The east side of the site is bordered by State Highway 217 and an existing on-ramp. Scholls Ferry Road (State Highway 210) borders the site on the west side. The southern portion of the site abuts SW Cascade Boulevard which functions as a frontage road to Highway 217 . 3. Site Information and rror,,)sal Description The subject parcel is approximately 1 . 1 acres in size and is developed with a two-story, 23,550 square foot office building. The front entrance to both the building and the parking area are c-riented to SW Cascade Boulevard. The parking lot provides a total of 79 vehicle parking spaces (with three of those Fpaces being designated as disabled person parking spsce;�) . The parking area is lighted and the )valance of the site is landscaped. Access to the property is provided by a single driveway accessing onto SW Cascade Boulevard. The applicant requests Site Development Review approval for a Major Modification to convert an existing 25,257 square foot office building into a both office and retail jewelry use. The applicant proposes to add approximately 2,489 square feet to the existing building, in addition to a minor alteration of the parking and circulation, configuration. The applicant proposes to retain the existing trees and further enhance the landscaping. 4 . Agency and NPO Comments The Engineering Division has reviewed the request and provides the following comments: 1 . STREETS - The site is located at the intersection of SW Cascade Boulevard, SW Scholls Ferry Road and Highway 217 . Southwest Scholls Ferry Road and Highway 217 are both under the jurisdiction of the Oregon State Highway Division. Southwest Cascade Boulevard is under the jurisdiction of the City of Tigard and is classified as a major. collector. The current standards for a major collector requires 60 feet of right-of-way, 44 feet of pavement with curbs and sidewalks on both sides . Southwest Cascade Boulevard has pavement and open ditches NOTICE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0016 - T. MICHAEL/JI:S ARCH. PAGE 4 adjacent to the site and is fully improved on the on the opp,aite side of the street (south side) with pavement, curb, and sidewalk. The existing right-of- way adjacent to the site is 25 feet from centprline. The Oregon Department of Transportation has plans to improve a section of SW Scholls Ferry Road which would imn?::c this development as far as street improvements are concerned. The State's main project is to upgrade the Southern Pacific Railroad crossing tasW Scholls tlls Ferry Road with full street improvements the site's Scholls Ferry frontage. The State has also included improvements along SW Cascade Boulevard as part of this project. These avpnoveandtB i clude drainage, widening of the road, paving, State proposes to start construction within the next year. Therefore, itwould seem appropriatteto ro altie these two projects together, a.ssumingthat a p given for this development. Therefore, the applicant should be required to do the following along the frontage of SW Cascade Boulevard: A. Dedicate additional right-of-way to 30 feet from centerline; and B. Work with the State Highway Division and City of Tigard Engineering Department to accomplish one of the following: ( l.) State Highway Division agreement to include the additional work (half-street improvements) with their proposed street improvement project; (2) Install the remaining improvements after the State has completed their project; or (3) If the State Project does not getcompleted within a year of its projected start date, the applicant shall then install all required improvements . The applicant is proposing to use the existing access point. There is a night distance problem for vehicles exiting the site ( i.e. making a left hand turn) . The site is uniquely situated in that SW Cascade Boulevard curves at both southern property corners . There is also a driveway directly opposite the site located on the property to the south. The two major concerns of the site's existing access point are: NOTICE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/JKS ARCH. PAGE 5 ( 1) The driveway is situated within the influence of the standing queues (turning lane) of the intersection; and (2) The site distance does not meet minimum standards (MIN. 350 feet) and is greatly reduced when westbound vehicles on SW Cascade Boulevard are waiting for the traffic signal at the intersection of SW Scholls Ferry Road and SW Cascade. Based on our review of the site and existing conditiors, the current situation could be improved by moving :.he existing access point to the east. By moving this driveway to the east the following is accomplished: ( 1) The access point would be completely outside of the influence of the turning lane; and ( 2 ) Although the sight distance would still not meet the minimum standards, it would be increased. In addition, sight distance would not be influenced as much by vehicles waiting for the traffic signal as is currently the case. Therefore, the applicant should be required to move the existinS access point to the east. 2 . SANITARY SEWER - The existing structure is currently connected to the public sanitary sewer system. Therefore, no additional improvements should be required at this time. 3 . STORM SEWER - An existing public storm sewer system and open ditch is located in SW Cascade Boulevard adjacent to the site. As previously mentioned, the State Highway Division has plans for public improvements, include drainage, for this area. Therefore, the applicant should be required to connect the existing on-site drainage system to the public system. Effective December 1, 1991, the City is required to comply with a new requirement of the State Environmental Quality Commission (EQC) . The EQC is requiring that all new developments that add additional impervious service area within the Unified Sewerage Agency (TJSA) must include a water quality treatment facility. Previously, developments without a suitable site for water quality treatment were allowed to pay a NOTTCE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/JKS ARCH. PAGE 6 fee i... lieu of on-site water quality treatment with the fees to be used to construct regional facilities . The City of Tigard Engineering Department feels that the new requirement is inappropriate. It is not feasible for many small developments to build an on- site facility. Construction of numerous small facilities will create maintenance problems for the cities and USA. However, there is no choice. Effective December 1st, the City must require the facilities or be in violation of State regulations. This issue was not addressed in our earlier staff reports, as we expected the issue to be resolved between USA and the EQC. The Engineering Department is still hopeful that such resolution will be reached within the next three months. Therefore, the applicant should be required to install a water quality facility; or alternatively the City Engineer may waive this requirement to the extent allowed by the regulations . The State of Oregon Highway Division has reviewed this proposal and has the following comments: If the proposed use modification to the development will .increase traffic impacts to the intersection of Cascade Boulevard and Scholls Ferry Road, a traffic impact report should be prepared to assure that said intersection will operate satisfactorily. The City of Tigard Permits Coordinator has reviewed this proposal and has the following comments: The applicant has submitted an application for a Building Permit and :las leen notified of the Traffic Impact Fee (TIF) . A calculation sheet has been copied to the Planning Department SDR file. The City )f Tigard Building Department, Tualatin Valley Fire and Rescue District #1 and the City of. Beaverton have reviewed this proposal and have no objections to it. No other comments have been received. C. ANALYSIS AND t:ONCLUSION Code Section L8.62 .050(A)JAJ (Dimensional Requirements) of the Community Development Code (CDC) allows a maximum building height of 45 feet in the C-G zone. The commercial structure, after remodeling, will be 37 .81 feet in height. Therefore, this code section is satisfied. NOTICE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/JKS ARCH. PAGE 7 WIN There are no setbacks which are applicable to this site. Therefore, this site plan complies with this code section. The applicant has indicated that the building will be used for .retail jewelry sales and general office use. Retail sales are listed in Code Section 18. 62 .030(A) (2)) (Commercial Use Types) as permitted uses in the C-G zoning district. Section 18 . 106 . 030(C)AII requires that Administrative and Professional services need to provide a minimum of 1 parking space for every 350 :square feet of gross floor area. The remodeled second floor of the existing building will be approximately 12, 162 square feet. This size requires a minimum of 35 vehicular parking spaces. The remodeled size of the ground floor of the existing building, which shall contain the retail sales use, will be approximately 13,095 square feet in size. Section 18 . 106 . 030(C) (20,) requires that General Retail use provide a minimum of 1 parking space for each 400 square feet of gross floor area. The amount of square footage allocated this use shall then require a minimum of 33 parking spaces . Therefore, the total number of parking spaces on this site shall be a minimum of 68 spaces . The site plan shows that there will be 74 parking spaces provided. Therefore, these code sections are satisfied. Code Section 18 . 106 . 040(A) states that up to 25% of the required parking spaces may be compact spaces . The site plan shows that 23.5 percent of these spaces will be compact spaces . Six additional compact spaces will added to this site. State of Oregon House Bill 2084, which became effective September 1, 1990, requires two disabled person parking spaces if 26 to 50 parking spaces are provided. One additional space shall be provided for each 100 additional spaces . Therefore, this site will need to show a minimum of three disabled person parking spaces. The proposed plan provide three such parking spaces. This code requirement has been satisfied. Code Section 18 . 106 . 020(PI requires one bicycle parking space for each 15 vehicular parking spaces in any development. This site will need to provide a minimum of five bicycle parking spaces. The site plan indicates the provision of a bicycle parking rack near the front of the building. Therefore, this code standard has been satisfied. Code Section 18 . 108 . 050 requires that a walkway extend from the ground floor entrances or from the ground floor landing of stairs of all commercial and industrial uses, to the NOTICE OF DECISION - SDP 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/TICS ARCH. PAGE 8 streets which provide the required access and egress . The proposed site plan does not indicate that a walkway has been provided. Therefore, this code section has not been satisfied. The site plan should be revised to provide for this pedestrian walkway. The site meets the minimum access standards through the provision of one 33 foot wide access driveway from SW Cascade Boulevard. Code Section 18. 108 .080(A1 requires that commercial use parking areas with less than 100 parking spaces be provided with one access drive with a minimum access width of 30 feet. The accessway must be paved to a mir,_ mum width of 24 feet. This code section has been satisfied. Code Section 18. 100. 110 (Screening: Special Provisions) states that trees shall be planted in landscaped islands in all parking areas, and shall be equally distributed and on the basis on one tree for each seven parking spaces in order to provide a canopy effect. Ten trees are required under this code section. The proposed landscaping plan far exceeds this requirement. Developments within the C-G zoning district are required to provide a minimum of 15% landscaping on the site (Section 18 .62 .050(A) j61 . Of the 1. . 1 acre site, the applicant has proposed to landscape 10,616 square feet (22 percent) . This code section is therefore satisfied. Section 18 . 102 (Visual Clearance Areas) requires that a clear vision area shall be maintained on the corners of all property adjacent to intersecting right-of-ways or the intersection of a public street and a private driveway. A clear vision area shall contain no vehicle, hedge, planting, fence, wall structure, or temporary or permanent obstruction exceeding 3 feet in height, except that obstructions which may be located in this area shall be visually clear between 3 and 8 feet in height (trees may be placed within this area provided all branches below 8 feet are removed) . Visual clearance areas shall be that triangular area formed by measuring a 30 foot distance along each of the right-of-way or property lines and then connecting these too 30 foot distance points with a straight line. DECISION: Notice is hereby given that the Planning Director's designee for the City of Tigard has APPROVED Site Development Review SDR 91-0018 subject to the conditions listed in Section I . THIS APPROVAL IS VALID IF EXERCISED WITHIN EIGHTEEN MONTHS OF THE FINAL DECISION DATE NOTED BELOW. NOTICE OF DECISION - SDR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/JKS ARCH. PAGE 9 D. PROCEDURE 1 . Notice: Notice was published in the newspaper, posted at City Hall and mailed to: _The applicant. and owners Y Owners of record within the required distance X The affected Neighborhood Planning Organization I_ Affected government agencies 2 . Final Decision: THE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL ON UNLESS AN APPEAL IS FILED. 3. Appeal: Any party to the decision may appeal this derision in accordance with Section 18. 32.290(A) and Section 3.8. 32 . 370 of the Community Development Code which provides that a written appeal must be filed with the City Recorder within 10 days after notice is given and sent. Appeal fee schedule and forms are available at Tigard City Hall, 13125 SW Hall Blvd. , Tigard, Oregon. The deadline for filing of an appeal is 3:30 4 . Questions: If you have questions, please call City of Tigard Planning Department, City of Tigard City Hall, 13125 SW Hall Blvd. , Tigaru, Oregon. PREPARED BY: Ron Pome oy DATE Assistant Planner APPROVED BY: Dick Bewersdorff DATE Senior Planner NOTICE OF DECISION - SUR 91-0018 - T. MICHAEL/.TKS ARCH. PAGE 10 c a-- E, =� o E-- rfj (i I--- t- w Z Q — � I _ C - -� - N cn z I ---��--------__.._-,----�--�-moi 1 I H I GHWA 't 0 CPSC 1 a � I l V J S TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE AND BEAVERTON FIRE DEPARTMENT 4755 S.W. Griffith Drive• P.O. Box 4755 • Beaverton, OR 971716• (503) 526-2469• FAX 526.2538 December 6, 1991 Brian Roberts Architects 1620 S.W. Taylor Street, Suite 200 Portland, Oregon Re: Shane Company Jewelry Store 9730 S.W. Cascade Blvd. 5889C-001-003 Gentlemen: This is a Fire and Life Safety Plan Review and is based on the 1988 editions of the Uniform Fire Code (UFC) and those sections of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) specifically referencing the fire department, and other local ordinances and regulations. Plans are conditionally approved subject to the following items: 1 • ?Address Rewired: The tenant space number must be prominently displayed on the street front where it is readily visible to drivers and officers of responding fire apparatus and other emergency vehicles. UFC .Sec. 10 .208 2 • Fire Extinguisher Requirements:_ Not less than one (1) approved fore extinguisher(s) with a rating of not less than (*) shall be provided for each (**) square foot of floor area or fraction thereof. The travel distance to an extinguisher from any portio.n of the building shall not exceed 7.5 feet . UFC Sec. 10.303 *) 2A1oB:C, - Light and Ordinary Hazard 1A10B:C - Extra Hazard (**) 3, 000 - Light Hazard 1, 500 - Ordinary Hazard 1, 000 - Extr-a Hazard "Worklnt"Smoke Detectors Save Lives Alm Brian Roberts Architects December 6, 1991 Page 2 Note: Where flammable or combustible liquids are used, "B" ratings of extinguishers may need to be higher and travel distances shorter. See requirements in National Fire Protection Association Standard 10-1 . 3 . Waste Storage: Commercial dumpsters and containers with an individual capacity of 1 .5 cubic yards or greater shall not be stored or placed within 5-feet Of combustible wall openings or combustible roofleave lines. For areas containing dumpsters or containers protected by approved automatic sprinkler systems, the above Tray be waived. UFC Sec. 11 .201 (d) 4 • Recommendation=%luto__matic Sprinkler Protection This office would recommend that automatic sprinkler protection be installed throughout this building while the total first floor is being torn out and remoJeled and while the second floor is being added onto. With the addition .being added onto this building, fire flow requirements come out to 4,250 gallons per minute. Maximum allowed by the Fire Districts Ordinance is 3, 000 gallons per minute. In this particular case, however, since the building .is being grandfathered through, and as the code does not require additional bu;lt-in fire protection unless the building is being expanded by 50% or more, then automatic protection in lieu of fire flow is not a requirement. However, fire flow requirements far exceed those capabilities that this department can provide cn a first alarm basis. 5. APP--roved Plans on Job Site: One set of approved plans bearing the stamps of the building department issuing the construction permit and this office must be maintained on the project site throughout all phases of construction and must be made available to building and fire inspectors for reference during required construction inspections. UBC Sec. 303 6. Required_ Occupancy Certificate: Prior to the use and occupancy of the project (space) , occupancy or other written instrument eoflapproval ficate f must be obtained from the building department issuing the construction permit . UBC Sec. J07 Brian Roberts Architects December 6, 1991 Page 3 If I can be Of any further assistance to you, please feel free to contact me at 526-2502 . Sincerely, Gene Birchil Deputy Fire Marshal GB:kw cc: Tigard Building Department �,� AJLIRLN [PROJECT TE: PLANS CHECK NO.: �!-a?-9/ TITLE: COUNTYWIDE f/A�y� czlmo,4,V / �y�S1o, TRAFFIC IMPACT FEE WORKSHEET r[TAX •�PPucANT. �PiAW kbBF,(trs (FOR NON-SINGLE FAMILY USES) MAILING ADDRESS: /Gro swo T1 y�dl? s T CITY ZIP/PHONE: IAN D USE RATE PER R-TG.4Nv, ,O�Q �j 2W5_ Y TRIP MAP NO.:Rl MlRESIDENTIAL $138.00 �/►J /.S/ agbb ?L�D0 A OOMM RCIAL 5,00ITUS NO.ADDRESS: I 3n SW G�4SC�QEEiI.CI� T INSTITUTIONAL IO -- .00 $57.00 PAY MENT METHOD: /CHECK T INSTITUTIONAL ONLY: BANCRCFT OMISSORY NOT LINO USE CATEZW UESCNIPTION OF USE EKDAV AVG TRIP RAT ffA.117�4 V;-TRIP RAT TO PANCY _ BE10SG6�EtD gAsls: Se ,Blccow OtiFocE IpkEr//OUS "Se: 0-4.0 Cc 11, 7 15- SQuAeE r6,6 BuS tCdnih�U F?olvs>E D NSE : rPE TA/L e cA1rE�Pi 13,091- SQuAQri FEET 5Ar'bMh F>!abR: 4Dl)lPVA)Ae_ SOMA46 F rAGE OiuLY, ()6 CWAAAeG AV age ccouous asE 1o,993squ*eE rArr 77PDr'kC_Zf qS : /2, /4L 5154u1WP_ FEET KILTrI3. ULATIONS: ---- __ l� FCDAQ= --i 095 x l/0' °�-��11.7�SX /4.31)] x 35-.00 = II)gZ�(•SO = I11o!t S.DO ' 7/r, TR,P GFA)FieA 7104),.:7 3 k I StGc�v� �/oe� (ft.IGL -Jo.943)X 1&31 X J,.Ob =�Z�(Dz•3'j��2�fD2.D0- T/Fz TQI p 6,F ,E/PA. o v, I PROJEC TRIP GENERATION: V�N TbTac resp�v� 3Ul+r9- 360 !'b FEE: Iy, 32 �O ADDITIONAL NOTES: TIF, t T I FL -407W TSF �uJ* _ I I,Cil S.DO+cy02.Cp= 1y) � FOR ACCOUNTING PURPO'I ONIY- MAss�T 3&oo.oo J7-1 F-92 f57 S00 'ril t nRF Dgy CC: WASHINGTONCOUNrYTIF.NOTEBOOK form tiff 0 F,_rm "a SUMMARY / GJ F'RI,JECT 1.Project name SHANE COMPANY For building agency use only 2.Address 9730 S.W. CASCADE Bldg permit # 3.City/town TIGAP.D. OREGON Checked by 4.Slda area(sf) 13, Approved by N.tes iec,mments C ] New construction 141 New addition [4'] Interirr remodel - ATTACHED i. omp. iance paths for new or alterations Compliance path for new or alterations FORMS t , extericir building envelope. to liahtina systems: [ Form 3a [4] Farm Oa F'rescriptivt 1='ath Interior Lighting Power I ] Form 2b [T] Form 5b Component Performance Path Interior Switching Compliance path for new or alterations and LUminaire i_clunt to HVAC and plumbing _Ystems: C-fa Farm '5c C ] Form 4a Exterior I.ightinq_ Systems OTHER. DOCU- (a, (b) MEN TS # Pages Description of Document APPL I C ANT �. App Iicc,nt 8. FirmioDmpanv E. Represent inq —` :1 Phone Phone number ( - -- 7. Sianature I(). Date i Form 5a - Nage 1 INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER SHANE COMPANY INTERIOR, (a) (b) � (c) � (d) (e) LIGHTING Occupancy Power Floor Multiply POWER (roup Space Type Density Area (c) by (d) BUDGET (W/sf) (sf) B-2 Retail stores >= 6,0 2.3 13,005 29,912 1. Total Interior Lighting Power Budget (W). 29,912 Add amounts in column (e) INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (a. (b) (e) (f) optional Control Credits Luminaire Description Lumin From Qnty —(C3)--(h)--(i ) (j) Fixture aire Table of Onty Lamps Power 5a? Lumin Multiply Ctrl PAF with Multiply Ballasts (W) (Y/N) aire (c) by (e) Code Value Cntrl (c)x(h)x(i) Flourescent troffer A (4) F40T12/ES 118 Y 52 6, 136 Electronic 2 - Two-lamp ballast Flourescent troffer B (3) F40T12/ES 90 Y 101 9,090 Electronic 1 - Three-lamp balla (.;ame as above) S 0.30 1 27 Recessed downliaht C (1) F22T50T 27 Y 10 270 Magnetic Standard 1 - One-lamp ballast Flourescent troffer Ill cam) F4UT12/ES 72 Y 42 3,024 Magnetic_ Energy Effi I I 1 - Two-lamp ballast CONTROL r- C_ODE Davliqht Sensinq Code PAF Other Control Types Code PAF TABLE On/Off 0 0. 11) Programmable Timing P 0. 15 Multi-Stepped Dimming_ M 0.20 Lumen Maintenance L 0. 10 Continuous Dimming C 0.30 Occupancy Sensor S 0.30 Farm 5a -, Pace 21 INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER SHANE COMPANY - SKI INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (continued) (a) (b ) ----- (,_1 (d) (e) rf:) Optimal Ccntrc-1 Credits Luminaire Descraptaon I_umin From Onty (a) (1i '- ( i) ` j)---- Fixture aire Table r,f Onty Lamps Power 5a':' LUmin M,_(ltip1y Ctrl PAF with Multiply I I Ballast iW. I (Y/N) acre I ( -) by (e) Cade value Cntrl (c)x(I )x(i:) I Flourescent troffer D ( ') F40T1�/ES 72 Y 42 (cont'd' S iJ.30 14 30'2 Magneti,= Enerqy Effi i - Two-lamp ballast Recessed downli.aht E (1) 75R30 75 Y 58 4,350 N/A N/A Wall mount (s=once? E1 ! 1) HPS35 44 Y 88 Maanetic Standard I - One-lamp ballast Recessed downliaht E:i (1) 75A 75 Y 5 375 N/A N/A Recessed down Iialit � I E3 (.1) MH175 2101 Y 6 1,260) Magnetic Standard 1 - One-lamp balla=t Flourescent surface E4 I (2) F'36T 11. 158 Y 1 158 Magnetic Eneray Effi 1 - Twos-lamp ballast Recessed downlight F (-) F13IT4TT -4 Y 68 Maqnetic 13W Reactor 1 - One--) amp ballast Wall mc:!mt (sconce) )� ( 1) 0150T4 15C. N/A N/A CONTROL - -- -- e PAF I CODE DavI i alit Sensina Code PAF Other Contr _-1 types TABLE On/Off 0 0. 11 I Proarimmable Timina P 0. 15 Multi-Stepped Dimming M 0.2C) Lumen Maintenance L O. 10 Continuous Dimmina C ii,3( Oc.upancy Sensor S (!.30 r-_-,rm 5a - Page 2' INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER SHANE COMPANY 1. INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (.continued) I (.a) I (b) ic! (d) ie) if) Optional Control Credits Lum;naire Description LUmin From 0.nt✓ (q! +h) (i ) (.j;► Fi!ture aire Table of Onty Lamps Power 5a^ Lumin Multiply C:tr1 PAF with Multiply Ballasts ?W) 1.Y/N) wire c:I by Ie) +::ode Value 1=ntrl (c)x(h)r(:i) I Peces=_ed downligl H (.1) 15OPAR 150 Y +i C) I N/A I N/A 1 Flc-ure=cent surface ,J I (.2) F40T12/ES 59 Y 118 P 10. 15 2 18 Electronic 1 - Two•-lamp ballast Flr_,urescent surface l' I (1) F40T 12;ES 21 1 31 S 0.30 1 i Electronic I 1 - Une-lamp ballast Flourescent surface IL (1) F40T12/ES 31 Y 12 372 1 Electronic L_�2 - One-lamp ballast Fl auresr_ent troffer y IM Q) FE4C)Tl ./ES 41 J9 Y C) 11 180 I EIectronic 1 ._ lwo-lamp Ballast I Flourescent surface `N (. 1) F30T12 46 Y 4 184 II Magnetic_ !,randard 1 - One-lamp ballast I Wall mount isccnce) 1,) 4()A 40 Y 1 4C1 N/A M/A Flourescent surface S (3) F40112 105 Y 9 945 Electr_nic i 1 - Three-lamb bill - i ONTPJL - -- -- +:ODE i Dayliaht Sensing I Cede i F'AF"�Other '::,ntroi ivnes- _ode I PAF rABLE — On/Off ` 0 0. 10 ! Proarammab!e Timing P 0. 15 ,Multi-StenDed Dimming I M 0 ! I LLIMen Maintenance L O. lu '_4ntlnl_IOU9 Dimmina 1 ( X1.31:1 0:CLlDar1CV Ser,SCr S 0.30 1 RUMUM Form 5a - Paq? 4 INTEPIOR LIGHTING POWER SHANE COMPANY INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER (continued) (a:y (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) Optional Control Credits Luminaire Description Lumin F om Qnty -(g) (h) (i ) (.j) Fixture aire Table cf Qnty Lamps Power 5a^ Lumin MultiplyCtrl PAF with Multiply Ballasts (,Y) (Y/N) aire (c) by (e'' Code Value Cntrl (c)x(h)x(i) Flc,urescent surface S (3) F40T1 , 105 Y 9 (cont'd) S 0.30 1 32 Electronic I - Three-lamp balla Wall mount (sconce.) X I (1) 100PAR 1��0 Y 8 800 I N/A N/A Flourescent surface j Y (-) F40T1 ' 71 Y 5 ;55 f E1ectroni,: 1 - Two-lamp ballast Total Columns -f) ': ( jt 1 29294 388 3, Total Adjusted Lighting Power(W). Subtract rj) from 2(f) 28,906 4, Dees desion meet tarnet'' E,:ter "Y" if line L is less than 1. Yts l i:ONTROL -- - - — t.UDE r Daylight 5ensina Code PAF Other Control Types Code PAF TABLE ------ - On/Ott 0 0. 10 Programmable riming P 0. 15 Multi-Stepped Dimminq M 0.20 Lumen M?intenance L 0. 10 C--)ntinuaus Dimminq Occupancy Sensor S 0.30 Form arm 5b - Pace 1A ?NTERIOR SWITCHIi.0 & LUMINAIRE COUNT SHANE COMPANY (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Count: Interior Non-exempt. Luminaires 1< Control Type I Rnc.m Number Under Over I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. or 400 400 With A B P C: D D E E1 E22 Description sf sf Wndws Code Code Code Code Cade Code Code Code Cade BACk:STOCk;i 3 BAC:KSTOCK2 d 3 71 BACk:.STOC+::3 - CLEAN d 1 COF'F'I DOR 1 Y 5 I :OF'R I DOR:: d I 15 � I ELECTRIC: d 1 LENTRY I 1 6 JANITOR d I LOBBY � J J '' LUNCH f 6 MANAGER ! 1 MEN f PEARLS J SEATING f 12 SEF'V I CE — J� 4 SHOP I J ' T �-- -}-- F�- SHOWROOM 1 J I 23 6 17 SHOWROOMI J 17 3 _ _ 15 iONIPOL --' CODE Daylioht Sensinqi-ode Other Ccntrnl Types rode f ALNLE On,/Off 0 I Programmable Timing F. Mi.,1 t i-Stepped Di mmi na I t1 I Lumen Maintenance L I( f Occupancy Sensor I i'antinuous JimminQ I I Y , s Form 5b - Paqe :'A INTERIOR SWITCHING & LUMINAIRE COUNT SHANE COMPANY tai rb:► tci (d) (e) Count: Interior Non-exempt Luminaires & Control Type Poom Number Under Over I.D. I.D. I 1.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. 1.D. I.D. or 400 4(')0 With A B 8 C D D E E1 E22 IDescriptionl s sf Wndws Code Code, Cade Codel Cade Code Code] Code Code (J') (di (4.) I C ] C ] [S] C ] C ] CS] C ] C ] C ] SHOWROOM 3 J 27 1 18 STAID 1 f 1 STAIR 2 d 1 STORAGE 1 J' STORAGE 2 -1 SYS ADMIN J TRAINING -1 I 6 VAULT J I VIEW 1 d 1 VIEW 2d VIEW 3 4 I VIEW 4 �1 VIEW 5 d 1 VIEW 6 f I I VIEWING T d WOMEN J 1. Total luminaires 52 100 Y 1 10 28 14 58 5 is ONT POL CODF Daylight Sensing Code Other I-ontr-,l Tv_ pes Code TAULL — --1 — — -- On/Off 0 I Programmable Timing P Multi-Stepped Dimmin❑ M Lumen Maintenance L 1 ontinuous Dimmin �_ q Occ upancv Sensor J Fern 5b - F'age 11i INTERIOR SWITCHING & LUMINAIRE C'.OUNT SHANE COMPANY Count: Interior Non-exempt Luminaires & Control Type Room NUmher Under Over I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I I.D. I.D. I.D. I I.D. ar I 400 400 With E3 E4 F G J K: L M N Description sf sf Wndws Code Cede Cade Cede i_c,de Cade Cade Code Cade C ] C ] CF'] [S1 C ] C C ] BACk::STOC+:.1� d , 8ACKSTOCK2I d BACKSTOCK."' ! CLEAN— ! CP OPIDOPI d 4 5 4 i=OFIR i DOPA r ELECTF';C: J ENTRY ! _ jANITOP 4— 1 LOBBY — 1 F, [fJN(-H MANAGER MEN 1 PEAFLS —� f ---- — SEATING i SERVICE SHOP d - - l SHOWROOM 11 d SHOWROOM d 1 r ONTF'OL CODE Uavl inht Sensing Cc,do Other Cr mtr of Types � Code 1ABLE On/Off 0 Proaram,,,able Timing P ML.11tl-Sterped Dimmina M Lumen Maintenance L Sensor Continuous Dimming I 0_cup .ncv S Form 5b - Pape 29 INTERIOR SWITCHING & LUMINAIRE COUNT SHANE 011PANY (a) (b) (r-) (d) (e) Count: Interior Non-exempt Luminaires 1, Control Type Room Number Under Over I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. or 400 400 With E3 E4 F G I J K I L M N Description sf sf Wndws Code Code Cede Code Code Codel Code Code Code (4) (l) (-f) C ] C ] C ] C ] [P] CS] C ] C ] C ] SIIOWROOM 3 f STAIR 1 4 S1AIR -- I STORAGE i I --- 1 STORAGE I I I I 1 SYS ADMIN f - - -r 1PAINING 4 VAULT f — — VIEW 1 4 VIEW 2 J VIEW 3 J VIEW 4 4 VIEW 5 J )IEW 6 J' F. —1 VIEWING I -f WOMEN -f 1 L 1. Total luminaires 6 1 , 3 4 r.ONTF'(IL - -- -- - C:ODE Daylight Sensinq .:ode�Other i Intr.Dl Types � Cede TAKE --- — On/Off 0 I Programmable Timing F' Multi-Stinped Dimming M Lumen Maintenance L C ntinu us Dimming C Occupancy Sensc,r S wLa,._. ■. Form 5b - Fuge 11_ INTERIOR SWITCHING & LUMINAIRE COUNT � SHANE COMPANY r r d: (e) Count: Interior Non-exempt Luminaires 1< Control Type Poom Number Under Over I.D. I.D. I.D. I.P. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. or 400 400 With P S S y Y Description sf sf Wndws Code Cade Code Code Code Cade Cade Code Code BACK.STOCK,I BACk::STD0._- [ BACK.STOCf'3 J — CLEAN — COPA I DOP..1 CORRIDOR d I - ELECT RIC d ENTRY _5 -- JANITOP LOBBY LUNCH 1 - MANAGER 41 -_-- - -- I ME N ,f L PEARLS d' — --- J SEATING SERVICE f SHOP SHOWPOOM 1 J — SHOWPOOM 2I J C"JNTPOL _ (_.ODE - Daylight Sensing (.ode TABLE - Other Control Types Code On/Off 0 j Proqrammable Timinq P Multi-Stepped Dimming M Lumen Maintenance L Continuous Dimming � Occupanc,. Sensor 5 i Form ib - Page 2C INTERIOR SWITCHING & LUMINAIRE COUNT SHANE COMPANY r- (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Count: Interior Non-exempt Luminaires & Control Tyre Room Number Under Over I.D. I.E). I.I). I.D. I.D. I I.D. I I.D. I I.D. I I.D. or 400 400 Witt-, P S S X Y 1Descriotionl sf I sf Wndwsl Cade Code Codes Code Code Code Code Code Code! CS] C ] C ] C ] C ] C ] [ ] SHOWROOM 3 4 STAIR 1 ! STAIR 2 -1 STORA13E 1 d STORAGE f SYS F.DMIN d TF'AINING d VAULT J VIEW 1 d VIEW d VIEW 3 VIEW 4 d VIEW 5 J VIEW .E T VIEWING -f WOMEN d --- --1 --— --� --- -- �I i. Total luminaires 1 B 1 8 5 - ONTROL ---- ---- - - CODE Daylight 5ensinq lode O'.her C�ntrcl Types Code TABLE —T-- Dn/Off 0 Programmable Timing P Multi-Stepped Dimming M Lumen Maintenance L inntinuous Dimming C Dccuoancy Sensor F .r m 5c -- Page 1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER SHANE COMPANY EXTERIOR r 1. Length of building perimeter (ft) ( 582 LIGHTING — POWER 2. Total Exterior Liqhtinq Power Budoet (W) . Line 1 y 7.5 r— 4,365 BUDGET ' -- EXTERIOR (a) (b) (c) i=aunt of Exterior Non-exempted Luminaires LUMINAIRE — — COUNT Type of Automatic Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. Lum. LUM. Lum. Exterior Controls'? I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. I.D. Liqhtinq (Y/N') E E5 T V W AWNING, Y 0 0 0 14 0 DOWNLIGHT Y 5 NEW WALL Y Sk:YLII-.3HT I Y WALL _ —Y i) E, 1. Total luminaires I 5 6 3 14 2 EXTERIOR (a) (b) Luminaire De. c: (c) (d) (e) (f) LIGHTING FiXture Lumin- From Number POWER Luminaire Lamps aire Table of Multiply I.D. Da11,F.sts Power (W) 5a^ LUmin. (c) by (e) Floodlight E 1.00DAR/85ES 85 Y 5 425 N/A N/A Wall mount E5 150F'AR 150 Y n 300 N/A N/A Wall mount T 200W I :'00 { 3 5Cn) N/A N/A Wal I m�punt I V 100A 100 Y 14 1,400 i I N/A N/A Wall ml_unt W MH175 210 Y 4 2,0 I Magnetic Standard I I —1 = One-lamp ballast 4. T.-tal E•;terior Liqhtinq Pr,wer (W) . T t<al column (f 5. Does design meet t arq at'' Enter "Y" : f 1 in 4 2. Yes II t �1r CITY OF' TIGORD '^ RECEIPT OF' PAYMENT RECEIPT NO. 191-21971 a CHE;CI- AMOUNT z 1767 5 N t T. MICHAEL R CASH AMOUNT % 0. 00 ADI)P.ESS a '7400 EAS'' ORCHARD RD PAYM[.-NT DATE : 11/14/91 SUITE 360 SURD M S I ON ENGLE O OD, CC) 11011t--- PURPOSE 10111--•pl.lRPOSE OF' PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID PURPOSE OF PAYMENT AMOUNT PAID f�Lf1N CHE Ck t=E __ ___. 1 93. 7uUAL.AT I IV wcc �� 67 3 . 2r., lq r y Ig, SH()NE CO 9Y30 SN CASCADE TOIAI. AMOUNT PAID - - - -> 17h7. i°" I c f f Specifications for r WESTERN STONE AND METAL CORP. f SHANE CO. JEWELRY STORF i 9730 S.W. CASCADE BLVD TIGARD, OREGON f job No. 91-57 1 JKS Architects !�c. 1620 S.W. faylor street - Suite 200 - Portland,Oregoo 97205 503-227-5616 - FAX 503-227-3590 Specifications for Western Stone and Metal Corp. Shane Co. Jewelry Store 9730 S.W. Cascade Blvd. Tigard, Oregon JRS ARCHITECTS PC 1620 SW Taylor, Suite 200 Portland, Oregon 97205 Job No. 91-57 Date: October 16, 1991 V OEOALO R. WILLIAMS y '' PORTLAND. 0AECOr �.. or Qff),, a t TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Page Table o`: Contents Invitation for Bids Division 0 Bidding and Contract Reauire�ent�s Section 00100 Instruct.i,;ns to Bidders Section 00101 Bid Form Section 00109 Supplementary Instructions Section 00700 General Conditions of the Contract Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions Division 1 General Requirements Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01040 Coordinatiun Section 01300 Submittals Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services Sact.i.on 01500 Constructior Pacilities and Temporary Contr, .,.s section 01600 Materials and Equipment Section 01700 Contrdct Closeout Division 2 Site Work Section 02050 Demolition Sectior, 02110 Clearing Section 02210 Earthwork Section 2513 Asphaltic Cgncrete ;?aving Section 0252r, Extruded Concrete Cubs 1 Section 02529 Concrete and Sidewalks Section 02577 Pavement Mark:_ngs Division 3Concrete Section 03100 _ Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03250 Concrete Accessories Section. 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Di- sion 4 _ Masonry Section 04270 class Unit Masonry j DiviLion 5 Metalb Section 05120 Scructural Steel Section 05506 Miscellaneous Metal rection 05510 Ships Ladder Section 05520 Brass Handrailing I w Division 6 Wood and Plastic Section 06170 Prefabricted Structut'al Wood ti Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Section 06250 Architectural Woodwork Section G6310 Pressure Treated Wood Section 06400 Exterior Wood Siding Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Prutectior Section 07114 Waterproofing Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07414 Preformed Metal Roofing and Siding Section 07510 Built-Up Bituminous Roofing Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal Section 07813 Aluminum Framed Roof Glazing Section 07900 Joint Sealants Division 8Pocr;s and Windows Section 08114 Standard Steel Doors and Frames Section 08211 Flush Wood Doors Section 08412 Aluminum Entrance Framing Section 08422 Aluminum Entrance Doors Section 08520 Aluminum Windows Section 08710 Finish Hardware Section 08800 Glazing Division 9 Finishes Section 09250 Gyps>>m Drywall Section 09300 Tile Section 09510 Acoustical Ceilings Section 09650 Resilient Flooring Section 09680 Carpeting Section 09900 Painting "ection 09950 Wall. Covering Section 09960 Column Furring Division 10 _ Specialties Section 10160 Metal Toilet Partitions Secticn 10210 Aluminum Louvers Section 10250 Firefighting Devices Section 10800 Toilet Accessories Section 1081.0 Mirror Units Division12 Furnishings Section 12670 Entrance Mats d Divlzion 15 Meehan'cal Section 15010 General Provisions 1 Section 15050 Basic Mater-,.als and Methods Section 15060 Alternates Section 15250 Insulation Section 15400 Plumbing Section 15500 HVAC Section 15880 Air Distribution Section 15950 Controls Section 15990 System Balancing Division 16 -.—. ectrical Section 16010 General Provisions Section 16021, Contract Closeout Section 16030 Demolition Section 16050 Basic Materials and Methods Section 16110 Raceways Section 16120 Wires, Cables and Connectors Section 16121 Modular Wiring Systems Section 16130 Boxes Section 16140 Wiring Devices K Section 16170 Circuit and Motor Disconn.%cts Section 16190 Supporting Devices Section 16195 Electrical Identification Section 16450 Grounding Section 16470 Partelboards Section 16475 Over Current Protection Devices Section 16500 Lighting Section 16740 Telephone System I i i I I 1 _INVITATION FOR BIDS_ J i i i ' SEALED PROPOSALS WILL BE RECEIVED AT the office of JKS ARCHITECTS P(: 1620 S.W. TAYLOR, SUITE 200 PORTLAND, OREGON 97205 at 2:00 P.M. (PST) December 3, 1991 i for the WESTERN STONE AND METAL CORP. SHANE CO. JEWELRY STORE 9730 S.W. CASCADE BLVD TIGARD, OREGO'. Proposals shall be su )mitted on forms provided by JKS Architects PC and are part of this specification. r 1 1 f i 1 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO ,9IDDERS 00100-1 To "lie considered, bids must be made in accord with these instructions: 1 • l WORK INCLUDED: The project for which bids are invited r consists of the work indicated on the Drawings and in these Specifications. 1 .2 DOCUMENTS: Bidders may obtain five (5) sets of Drawings and one ( 1) Specificatior from JKS Architects PC with a $100.00 deposit. In order to receive deposit hack, all documents must be returned. All Contract Documents shall be returned without any marks or annotations within seven (7 ) days ifter bid opening. 1 .3 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONDITION;,: Before submitting a proposal, bidders shall carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications and visit the site of the work and fully inform themselves as to all existing conditions and limitations, and shall include in the proposal a sum to cover the cost of all items contemplated by the contract. Contractors will not be given extra payments for conditions which can be determined by examining the site and documents. 1 .4 INTERPRETATION OF PROPQg7M CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Should a bidder find di,gcrepanci.es in or omissions from the documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect who then will send written instructions to all bidders. A. Any requests for interpretation of the Drawings or Specifications, or requests for- approval of material when certain manufacturer' s material or their approved equal are called for. , shall be presented to the Architect, in writing, at least ten ( 10) working days previous to the date on which bids are to be opened. Such requests will be answered in the form of bulletins or addenda which, if issued, will be sent to all bidders. 1 . 5 ADDENDA: Any bulletins or addenda issued during the bidding time are to be covered in the proposal, and in closing the 1 contract they will become a part thereof. I SECTION O010 O BIDDERS 00100-2 1 .6 SUBSTITUTIONS: To obtain approval to use unspecified products, bidders shall 8U'M .t written requests at least ten ( 10) working days before tr,i bid date. Requests received after this time will not be considered. Requests shall clearly describe the product for which approval is asked including all data necessary to demonstrate acceptability. If the product is acceptable, the Architect will approve it in an ,addendum issued to all bidders. The Architect will issue such addenda no later than five (5) days prior to the bid date. All requests for substitution shall be submitted on a ropy of the Northwest Region Construction Specifications Institute "Substitution Request Form. " See sample at end of this section. 1.7 PREPARATION OF BIDS: Bids shall be made on unaltered Bid forms furnished by JKS Architects PC. Fill in all blank spaces and submit one ( 1) copy. Bids 4 shall be signed with name typed below signature. State numbers both in words and numerals. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alteration, or erasure. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. A. Bidders shall furnish individual bid costs as follows: 1 . Un.it Pricing: a. All wall finish coverings. ) b. All floor coverings. l! C. All paint. d. All light fixtures. 2. Tot a? uantiti.es: a. 2uantiti.es of each type of wall covering, all types of floor covering, all colors of paint, and all types of light fixtures stall be provided. B. Owner reserves the right to furnish wall and floor finish coverings, paint, and light fixtures and exclude costs per unit pricing provided by bidder. Finishes provided Lr Owner shall be installed by General Contractor. SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER 00100-3 l,g BIDDING PROCEDURES,'- A. ROCEDURES,:A. Bidding Requirements: Bidders are requested to observe the following requirements before submittir:g any proposal: 1. File receipt for all addenda with the Architect or enclose same with your proposal. 2. Notify the Architect of any discrepancy or item in the Plans and Specifications which would affect the amount of the bid so that a corrective addendum can be sent to all bidders. 3. Do not qualify your bid in any way or manner not officially authorized. 4 . Examina the site to determine the nature and peculiarities of the work. ANY BIER CDDTO IWHO MMEDIATENOT DISQUALIFICATIONPRECEDING PENINGREQUIREMENTS THE BIDS. SUBJECT 1 ,g SUBMITTAL: Submit bid on the form accompanying the instructions in an opaque, sealed envelope., Identify the envelope with: A. Shane Co. Jewelry Store B. Name of bidder. C. Bid date and time. D. JKT- Architects PC 1 . 10 DISQUALIFICATIOV: The Owner reserves the right etoidence of disqualify bids, before or after opening, up on collusion with intent to defraud or other illegal practices upon the part of the bidder. 1 . 11 AWe'..RD OF CONTRACT: The competence and responsibility of bidders will be considered in making the award. The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject bids. 1 . 12 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT: Each bidder shall to prepared, if so requested by the Owner, to present evidence of his experience, qualifications, and financial ability to carry out the terms of the contract. End of Section t SECTION 00101 BID FORM JKS Architects PC Project: Western Stone & Meta]. Shane Co. Jewelry Store 9730 SW Cascade Ave. Tigard, Oregon Job No. 91-57 Bids shall be submitted to Brian Roberts, JKS Architects PC, 1.620 SW Taylor, Suite 200, Portland, Oregon 97205, in an opaque, sealed envelope no Later than 2:00 p.m. Pacific Standard Time, Tuesday, December 3, 1991. General Contractor to start work on site by January 2, 1992 . All work necessary for certificate of occupancy, final punch.list, and Owner move in to be complete by April 1, 1992. The undersigned Contractor has carefully examined the Bidding Documents and the Contract Documents. He or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work; and he hereby agrees that, if this bid be accepted, he will contract with the Owner to perform all the work in strict accordance with all the requirements of the aforesaid documents; and for the amount determined below. The list of Subcontractors required by the Bidding documents is attached hereto in a separate sealed envelope. The undersigned Contractor submits the following bid proposal to complete this project in accordance with the Bidding Documents and the Contract Documents received. A. Base Proposal : _ _ Dol Lars ($ �_ ) Respectfully Submitted, Name of Firm Address Signature of Officer and Title w >Ar � air w w wr 1 { SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM idVWUVMenr of cit utrucnon rechrnolofy The Construction Speci{icationir Institute Northwest Region l TO: PROJECT. _ SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paraq.•aph Description The undersigned requests consideration of the following PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: Attached data includes product description, specifications, crawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request:applicable oer,:ons or the data are clearly identified. Attached daca also includes d3scrlpilon of changes to Contract Documents wnich proposed substi- tution will require for its proper Installation. The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, uniess moclf;ed on attachments,are correct: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design, detailing and construction costs caused by the requested substitution. 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affert on otrer trades. the construction schedule, or, specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts well be locally available for tr•,n oroposed substitution. The undersigned further states that the function, appeara arc auaiity of the Proposed Substitution are equlvaient or suoerlor to the Specified Item. Submitted by: Signature Fcr use by Oc.jign Consultant: Firm Arceotec1 Acceoted as noted Address Not Acceotea -� Received too late 1 Date 'atn _ F eleonone =!marcs Attachments: ?evisea.October 1986 1 __ E __ E rtdvrascmetr of SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM C,nrtrircrwn rechncio4Y The Consrrucrion 5Fetiticationt institute�4arritwest Region TO: PROJECT. SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paragraph Description The undersigned requests consideration of the following PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: Attached data includes product description, specificationpow�'ir.ns oft a data are clearly�denttfiermance nd ft tart data aaequate for evaluation of the renuest:applicable Attacnea data also includes description of channel to Contact Documents wnich proposed substi- tution will require for its proper installation. The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless moa'' °d on attachments,are correct: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings. The undersigned will Pay for changes to the building design, ,ncluding engineering design, detailing 2, Therequested substitution. and construction costs caused bti' 3. The proposed substitution will Have no adverse affect on qtr trades. the construction schedule, or specified warrantV requirements. pe►v available for the cropo5ea supstit� d, Maintenance and service parts wail be lonoosed Substitution The undersianed further states tnat the function, appearance inc: cuallty or .he are equivalent or superior to the Specifier! Item. Submitted bv: Fcr usa ov Design Consultant: Signature rJ Acceated as noted =� ;.cceotea Firm Vot Accented Received tod lata rr : t Address ate Date =.TarKs Teleonone ?evised.uc:Deer 1996 Attacnments: SECTION 00109 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS 00109-1 1. 1 BID WITHDRAWAL: Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled by the bidder for 60 days following the time and date designated for the receipt of bids. 1 .2 BID GUAPANTEE: Surety Company Bid Bond, if supplied with the bid in lieu of certified check or money order, shall be the bond of Surety Company licensed to do business .in the State of Oregon. The successful bidder's check, money order, or bid bond shall be retained until he has entered into contract and furnished the required guarantee bond. The Owner reserves the right to hold the bid guarantee of the next lowest bidder until the successful bidder has entered into the contract and furnished the required guarantee bond, or for a period of 30 days, whichever is the shorter time. Bid bond, certified check, or money order to be 5% of bid. 1 . 3 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND: Each bidder must accompany his bid with a signed certificate from a Surety Company acceptable to the Owner, that such Surety Company will provide the bidder, if awarded the contract, with a proper Performance and Payment Bond, covering up to 100% of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of all work under this contract ar.d payment of all charges in connection therewith. Cost of said bond shall be paid for by the Contractor. End of Section SECTION C0700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF TRE CONTRACT O0700-1 1. 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS INCORPORATED: The onditions Of Contract for Construction, " ATA Documentneral A201,CFourteenth Edition, AIA, 1987, Articles 1 through 14 inclusive, is a part of the Contract Documents and is hereby incorporated as if fully set forth herein. 1.2 REF13RENCE_ Copy: Architects PC 1620cSp�. is available for review at JIGS 97205. Taylor, Suite 200, Portland, Oregon End of Section SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIGNS 00800-1 1 . 1 STATUS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. Supplements in this section modify, change, delete from, or add to Section 00700 General Conditions of The Contract. B. Where any article, paragraph, subparagraph, or clause of the GENERAL CONDITIONS is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph, or clause shall remain in effect. 1 .2 MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR: 3.6 Taxes: 3.6. 1 Add: The Contractor shall take care of and pay all taxes imposed under Federal Insurance Contributions Act and all contributions under Oregon Unemployment Compensation Law. 3. 12 _ Shop Drawings,Product Data. and Samples: Add New Subparagraphh: 3. 12.9: Additional provisions pertaining to shop drawings and samples are included in Division 1 -- General Requirements. 3. 15 ClearingrU�: Add New Subparagraph: 3. 15. 1 . 1 : Additional provisions for cleaning up are included in Division 1 -- Genera]. Requirements. SECTION OOFi00 ' UPPLEMENTARY CONDI_ TIONS 0080Q-2 B• ARTICL_E 11 INSURANCE: 11. 1 Contractor's Liability Insurance: 11. 1. 1.6: Liability insurance shall include all major divisions Of coverage and be on a comprehensiv,- general basis including: 1. Premises - Operations (including - X C-U) . 2. Owner's, Architect's, and Contractor's Protective. 3. Products and Completed Operations. 4 . Contractual. - including specific provision for the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3. 18. Add: Coverage Shall be as Specified Below: 1 . Workmen's Corn ensation Statutory plovers Lia.bi.li_y: $500, 000.00. 2 • ='_1blic Liability - Per PErson/Pec Occurrence: a. Bodily and Personal_Inju y: $500, 000. 00/ $1,000,000.00. b. Property Damage: $500, 000.00/$1,000,000. 00 aggregate. 3. Automobile Liability - Per PersonJPq- Occurrence: a. Bodily Injures,: $100,000.00/$300,000.00. b• Pro_ perty Dam4ge: $100, 000.00 per occurrence. 1 . 3 ADDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. Definition of Terms: 1 . The word "provide" shall be interpreted to mean furnish, .install, connect and maintain until accepted by the Owner. 2 . The words, "approval, approved, written approval, acceptable, directed, required, selected, " or like words, are in reference to the judgment of the Architect. 3 . The word "indicated" means as shown on Drawings, as called for in the Specit.ic:ations, or both. +rw SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800-3 4 . The word "Owner" shall be inter.•preted Lo mean Western Stone and Metal Corp. , or appointed representative. End of Section f I 1 I i i SECTION 0 010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: A. Work includes all of the site and building construction covered by plans and specifications for the Western Stone and Metal Corp. , Shane Co. Jewelry Store. B. Provide and pay for labor, materials, tools, equipment, superintendence, temporary facilities, and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the work. C. Government Requirements: Comply with ordinances and regulations of public a»thorities. Specific clarifications, modifications, or waivers of building code requirements are listed in the applicable se,-tions. D. The General Contractor shall be solely responsible for. the means, methods and sequences of construction, and for the safety of workers and others on the construction site. 1.2 SEPARATION OF THE WORK: A. In general, the wor): consists of the: 1 . General construction. 2 . Mechanical, including heating, ventilating, cooling, and plumbing. 3. Electrical wiring. 4 . Landscaping (issued separately) . within the limits indicated in the plans and I specifications. Drawings and specifications include the complete work for all units, even though each unit is not specifically mentioned. I SECTION 01010 SUMMARY 0k WORr% 01010-2 YIN OUT i7I DI G: The Drawings in the lot lines, a 1.3 LAYING bench mark, and permanent reference marking for the guidance of the General Contractor in finding the proper locations and elevations of the building. The General Contractor shall provide and maintain all grades, lines, levels and dimensions, and be responsible for same. 1.4 MEASUREMENTS: Before ordering any material or doing any work, each Contractor shall verify all measurements at the building and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of difference between actual dimensions and measurements indicated on the Drawings. Any difference which may be found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration before proceeding with the work. 1 . 5 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: A11, manufactured articles, i material, and equipment shall be applied, installed, P connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in i accordance with Manufacturer's directions unless otherwise specified. Ij 1 .6 OWNER'S RIGHTS UPON THE PREMISES: The Owner reservos the right to enter upon premises, to use same, and to have work done by other Contractors, or to use parts of the work of the General Contractor before substantial or final completion of the work (it being understood that such use by the Owner in no way relieves the Contractor from full responsibility for his entire work until. final completion of the Contract) . 1 . 7 FIELD ENGINEERING: Provide and maintain grades, lines, and � I levels. Report errors in dimensions before commencing work. 1 .P ITEMS OWNER TO FURNISH ANT) INSTALL: A. Display cases (final, electrical hook-up by General Contractor) B. Registers and counters at registers ( final electrical hook-up by General Contractor) C. Exterior signs (final electrical hook-up by General Contractor) D. Landscaping (final electrical hook-up by General Contractor) at 14"NWR-- 1 7 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-3 1.9 CONTRACT DOCU N The Contract Documents consist of the General Conditions, Contract, Drawings and Specifications and modifications incorporated in the documents before the execution of the contract. The Drawings referred to are titled and numbered as follows: Division Drawing Date of Drawing of Work Number, Description or Latest Rev. Architectural 1 Site/Roof Plan October 16, 1991 2 Demo Plan October 16, 1991 3 lot Flcor Plan October 16, 1991 4 2nd Floor Plan October 16, 1991 5 Finish and Door October 16, 1991 Schedule 6 Exterior October 16, 1991 Elevations 7 Ceiling Plan October 16, 1991 8 Wall Sections October 16, 1991 9 Interior Details October 16, 1991 10 Interior October 16, 1991 Elevations 11 Exterior Details October 16, 1991 12 Miscellaneous October 16, 1991 Details Structural S1 General Notes 6 October 16, 1991 Miscellaneous Details S2 Foundation Plan October 16, 1991 S3 Floor Framing October 16, 1991 Plan S4 Roof Framing October 16, 1991 Plan S5 Floor Details October 16, 1991 S6 Roof Details October 16, 1991 01010-4 . TION O1Q1 Sin�thRY OF WORK Mechanical M1 lot Floor Plan October 16, 1991 Plumbing M2 2nd Floor Plan & October 16, 1991 Fixture Schedule- Plumbing y M3 lot Floor Plan & October 16, 1991 Details M4 2nd Floor October 16, 1991 � Lighting & Power let Floor October 16, 1991 j Electrical E1 Lighting J E2 lot Floor Power October 16, 1991 E3 2nd Floor October 16, 1991 i Lighting and Power LM Panel Schedule / October 16, 1991 Detail / Schedule Planting Plan October 16, 1991 Landscaping L1 g L2 Irrigation Plan October 16, 1991 L3 Details and October 16, 1991 Specifications End of Section i r r SECTION 01040 COORDINATION 01040-1 PART 1 GENERA 1. 1 MEC ICAL At1D ELECTRICAL COORDINATION: A. Mechanical and electrical drawings are diagrammatic. Install additional offsets and bends in the systems where required by field conditions. B. The Architect may make minor adjustments in fixture, outlet, grille, louver, or ventilator locations prior to rough-in work. C. Coordinate rough-in, plumbing, and wiring requirements for equipment with equipment supplier and install in accordance with equipment manufacturer's printe - instructions. 1. .2 CLEARANCES: A. Provide adequate clearance between architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical systems. verify physical dimensions of equipment with its available space. Check access route through concealed spaces. B. Review Drawings for possible conflicts prior to rough-in. Contractor is responsible for verification that equipment will fit in the space provided. Resolve conflicts with architect prior to rough-in work. 1 . 3 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. Execute cutting, fitting, or patching of work required to remove and replace defective work and work not conforming to Contract Documents. B. Inspect existing conditions of work including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting and 1 patching. C. Provide shoring, bracing, and support as required to maintain structural .integrity of the Project. D. Execute cutting, product removal and patching by methods which will prei►ent damage to other work, will prcvide proper surface tc receive installation of rel:airs and comply with specified tolerances and finishes. 1 t r SECTION 01040 COORDINATION 01040-2 E. Fill openings cut oversized to install equipment systems or sleeves until finished surface is tight against the equipment, system, or sleeve installed in the opening. F. Repair surfaces adjacent to cut areas to match the adjacent finish. r End of Section f� k �i SECTION 0130^ SUBMITTAG_S 01300-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing connections, details, dimensions, finishes and fasteners. 1.:: PRODUCT DATA: A. Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustration and other descriptive data cn manufactured products and systems. B. Where the specific catalog number and manufacturer specified will be furnished, the contractor may submit r a statement of conformance with the Contract Documents in place of the product data. 1 .3 OFFICE SAMPLES: Submit office samples of size and quantity specified or of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product, material, or system with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 1.4 FIELD SAMPLES: Construct each sample complete, including work of all trades required in finished work. After approval, where appropriate, field samples may be incorporated into the Project. When directed, remove from the site field samples not incorporated into the Project. 1 .5 SCHEDULE OF VALUES' A. Submit a Schedule of Values covering various parts of work, including quantities aggregating the total sum of the Contract. B. Thie Schedule will be the basis for the Contractor's Application for Payment. 41V 1 SECTION 01300 SUBMIT�F�eS_ 01300-2 PART 3 EXECUTION . 3. 1 CONTRACTOR'S SUEMITTAI, A. Review submittals prior to submission and provide stamp of approval signed or initia?.ed by Contractor, indicating the Contractor has inspected the submittals and declaring that they are compete, correct, in compliance with the Contract Documents and suitable for the Project. B. Submit to Architect submittals required by each Specification Section. Note any deviation in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW !! A. Architect will review submittals for design concept and conformance with the Contract Documents and return submittals with corrections noted thereon. B. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in � submittals from requirements of Contract Documents iia not relieved by Architect's review of submittals unleos Architect gives written acceptance of specific deviations. 3. 3 CORRECTIONS: Immediately incorporate all required [� corrections in the submittals and resubmit for further , review, if required. 4 QUANTITY OF REQUIRED SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT: A. Shop Drawings,Product Data: Submit two opaque prints of 8-1/2" x 11" submittals and .four opaque prints of C� submittals larger than 8-1/2" x 11" . B. Office and Field Samples: See Section covering1 specific product, material or system for size and quantity required. C. Schedule of Values: Submit two opaque prints, 8-1/2" x 11" or 8-1/2" x 14" of typed copy. � I, SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 01300-3 3.5 TIME SCHEDULE FOR SUBMITTALS: (quantities in days) Contractor Architect Update and First Submittal Review In Resubmit In A. Sho; Drawings 15 prior to ordering 10 -- a B. roduct Data 15 prior to ordering 10 -- C. Office Samples 15 prion to ordering 5 -- D. Field Samples Prior to installation S -- E. Schedules of Prior to Payment Values Application 10 30 i End of Section 1 I 1 i I I I !i SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICUS 01410-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Qualifications of Testing Laboratory: The testing laboratory will be qualified to the Owner's approval in accordance with ASTM E329. 1.2 PRODUCT EMMING: A. Distribution: One copy of each test report shall be forwarded to Owner, Architect, responsible Consulting Engineer. , Local Building Authority, General Contractor and subcontractor or supplier. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 PAYMENT FOR SERVICES: f( A. Initial Services! V 1. The Owner will pay for initial testing services requested by the Owner. i 2 . When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, the costs of initial tests associated with that non-compliance will be deducted by the Owner from the Cont=act Sum. B. Retesting: When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, all subsequent retesting occasioned by the non-compliance shall be performed by the same tasting agency and the costs thereof will be paid for by the Contractor. 2 .2 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING: Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by a plan approval authority, and which are made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of and shall be paid for by the ( Contractor, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 2 . 3 INSPECTION BY OWNER'S PERSONNEL: From time to time, Ipersonnel in the employ of the Owner may inspect the work where the work is in progress, but shall have no authority to direct the Contractor or request changes in the work except through the Architect. 1.� UCTION 01410 My SERVICES 01410-2 ,� HAAT' 3 •YRrirmr �' 1 OO_OPERA„'�G LABORATORY: Representatives of the s testingll have access to the work at all times. ties for such access in order that the ! laboratq perform its function. of Section r ¢ 'tl � r t !, SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS, 01500-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS: Temporary facilities shall comply with building codes, ordinances and regulations of public authorities. 1.2 TEMPORARY POWER: Provide power to all areas of site for temporary lighting, temporary heating and ventilating, temporary communications system, construction equipment and testing equipment. Contractor shall use permanent power system after obtaining written approval. 1. 3 TEMPORARY LIGHTING: Provide temporary lighting throughout construction period as required by governing agencies. 1 .4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION: Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required by governing agencies and as required for proper curing of installed bui.l.ding materials. 1.5 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE: Provide sufficient diieu` Line instruments in Contractor's temporary field office. 1 .6 TEMPORARY WATER: Provide service standpipe inside Project area with one 3/4" diameter hose bibb at 20 psi minimum discharge pressure. 1 .7 SANITARY FACILITIES: P:.ovide potable water, enclosed !toilet facilities and washing facilities for construction personnel. 1 .8 SECURITY: Provide temporary locks and doors at all openings. 1 1.9 FIRST AID: Provide required first aid facilities. 1 . 10 FIRE PROTECTION: A. Fire Safety: Take all precautions to prevent the possibility of fire resulting from construction operations. Particularly avoid hazardous accumulations of rubbish and unsecured flammable material . B. Fire Fimhting Eguipment: Pro,�,ide emergency fire extinguishers of adequate type and quantity, properly maintained. Obtain local fire department approval of emergency fire extinguishers. N q i SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTIQ_4 FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-2 1. 11 CONSTRUCTION AIDS AND BARRIERS: } A. Provide ramps, .ladders, stairs, griai•drails, chutes and material hoists. Construct and maintain to requirements of governing agencies. Furnish for safety of public and construction pex-onnel. B. Provide barriers to protect materials, equipment, new work, construction personnel and public. C. Provide temporary support of the structure prior to completion of the vertical and lateral load systems. D. Provide hand or power pumps as required to remove standing water from all excavations. All excavations shall be kept free of standing water. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 FACILITY REMOVAL: Completely remo, temporary materials and equipment upon completion of construction. Repair damage caused by installation of temporary items and restore exposed finishes to specified condition. End of Section li 1 � JI I 1 SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND 3FOUIPMENT 01600-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 MATERIAL AND EUIPMENT SELECTION: i A. Comply with Standards and Specifications Including: Size, make, type and quality specified, or as approved in writing by the Architect. 3. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with he best 4 + engineering and shop practices. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical aad by the same manufacturer. Adhore to equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shoum or specified unless variations are specifically approved in writing. C. Do not use matezials or equipment for an; purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified. D. Select, fabricate and install equipment to deliver its full rated capacity at the efficiency for which it was designed and operate at full capacity without objectionable noise or vibration. E. Provide electrical products with Underwriter's Laboratories Label or as approved by the local inspection authority. F. Hazardous Materials: All materials used in the construction shall be free of asbestos or other potentially hazardous materials. 1 .2 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: A. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's printed installation instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation. Maintain one set of instructions at the jobsite. 1 . 3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING: A. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact r.nd legible. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. SE:.�T 0 01600 MATERIALS AND E UIP * 01600-7. 1.4 STORAGE AND pRQTECTION: 4 A. Store products in accord with manufacturer's instructions with seals and labels intact and legible. B. protection After Iri+ t$l1ation: U Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. End of Section I � L.1 U 1 . t_� SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: A. Submit written notice to Architect that Work is substantially complete. Architect and his consultants will inspect Work within 7 days. B. If Architect determines that Work is not substantially complete he will immediately notify Contractor in writing. Contractor shall complete work and submit a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect. Architect will .reinspect the Work. C. When Architect concurs that Work is substantially complete, he will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected. Architect will submit Certificate and tentative list to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. I 1 .2 CLEANING PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION: r A. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, manufacturer's labels, fingerprints, etc. from sight-exported surfaces. Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces. B. Clean heating and cooling ducts, blowers, coils, fixtures, equipment, piping and grilles. Replace 1 disposable air filters and clean permanent filters. Flush water systems and disinfect domestic water lines. C. Broom clean exterior paved burfaces and walks. Rake clean landscaped areas. Vacuum clean interior spaces. Wash .interior and exterior glazing and mirrors. Remove all debris from roof and leave broom clean. D. Maintain in cleaned condition until final completion or Owner occupancy. 1 . 3 FINAL INSPECTION: A. Submit written certificate that Contract Documents have been reviewel, Project has been inspected, Work is completed in accordance with Contract Documents, equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's Representative and are operational, and Work is ready for final inspection. Architect and his consultants will inspect Work within 7 days. 1 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLO SEpUT ' 01700-2 B. Should Architect consider that Work is incomplete or defective he will notify Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect that Work is complete. Architect will reinspect Work. C. When Architect finds that Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals. 1.4 REINSPECTION FEES: Should Architect perform more than one reinspection due to failure of the work to com�,ly with the claims of status or completion made by the Contractor, Owner Will compensate Architect for such additional service and deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment to the Contractor. 1 .5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. Maintain at the site one copy of: Bid Documents, Contract Forms, Project Manual, Contract Drawings, Addenda, Clarifications, Change Orders, Reviewed Shop Drmwings, Office Samples, Field Test Records, and Project visit Reports. B. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office separate from documents used for construction. C. Keep current record of documents label � Record. " Record location ofconcealedaitemspanc3lert Utility lines, field changes .in dimension or detail and . changes in materials furnished on Project Record Docnments. Record changes from Clarifications, Change Orders and Details not on original Contract Drawings. 1.6 CLOSEOUT MANUALS: A. Form of Manuals; 1 . Prepare data in the form of instructional manuals for use by Owner's personnel. Use 8-1/2" x ll" format in 3-ring binder. 2. Include drawings, indexed tabs and title for each manual. 1 UCTION 01709 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 B. Contents 91- Manuals: 1. List products, equipment and systems used, product i installers, maintenance program and local source 1 of replacement parts. 2. Include product data with specific product clearly identified. 3. Include drawings of wiring and flow diagrams and system parts. C. Types of Manuals Required: 1 . Materials and Finishes Manual: a. Include manufacturer 's data, catalog number, color and texture. b. Include instructions for care and maintenance of finishes. 2 . Equipment and Systems Operation and Maintenance Manual: a. Include manufacturer's description, operation characteristics, performance data, testing and balancing data and printed operating and maintenance instructions. b. Include manufacturer's catalog number and replaceable parts list. C. Include instructions for star}-up, break-in, summer and winter operpcLng, control diagrams, stopping, shut-down emergency procedures, operating sequence, maintenance procedures and servicing schedule. d. Include as-installed color coded piping diagrams and valve charts with valve tag :lumbers and valve functions. Include circuit directories of panel boards and as-installed color coded wiring diagrams. f. Include as-installed color coded duct and damper layouts with air flow ratings and fan sizes. SECTION 01.700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 � 3. Spare Pm is and Maintenance Materials.: Tabulate list of spare parts and maintenance materials showing product description, paragraph in Project Manual listing product and quantity delivered to �] Owner. Include in Materials and Finishes Manual 1 or Equipment and System Operations and Maintenance Manual as appropriate. PART 3 EXECUTION r! 3. 1 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL: A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems. A sufficient amount of time shall be allotted for this purpose. B. Closeout Manuals shall constitute the basis of instruction. 1. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. 2 . Review complete heating and cooling cycles with Owner's personnel. Review location of dampers, valves and control equipment. 3.2 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL HANDLING: Label package.3 and deliver spare parts and maintenance materials to Owner's storage area. Submit quantity specified in each product section. 3. 3 SCHEDULE OF CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS.: A. Preliminary Eguipment and Systems Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents prior to start of work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. Final Inspection Manuals: Submit one preliminary copy of materials and finishes manual, equipment and systems operation and maintenance manual. and spare parts and maintenance materials list in final form fifteen days use �f 1 ISECTION 01700 CONTRNT CLOSEOUT 01700-5 1 prior to final inspection or acceptance. A marked up 1 copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance. C. Closeout Manuals: Submit. one ^orrected copy of each reviewed preliminary manual in final form within 10 days after final inspection or acceptance. D. Certificate of Occupancy: Obtain and submit Certificate of Occupancy. E. As-Built Drawings: As-built drawings will be delivered to the Architect upon completion of construction. Final payment will be withheld until delivery of these drawings. 3 .4 CLOSEOUT ITEMS: A. The following tabulation is intended as a guide for the Contractor as to the various items required for submittal prior to closeout of the Project. 1. Materials and Finishes Manual: a. Miscellaneous Finishes; Division 9 Finishes. 2. F ui ment and Systeme OOReration and Maintenance ` Manual: a. Power operated Equipment; Divison 11 IEquipment. b. Plumbing Systems; Division 15 Mechanical. C. HVAC System; Division 15 Mechanical. d. Electrical Systems; Division 16 Electrical.; Refer to Section 3.6020 Operation and Maintenance Manuals. I 1 SECTION 0170 N SE RA T C OOUT 01700-6 ----- 3. S, are Parts and Mainten+%nce Materials: a . Miscellaneous Fin,.Shes; Division 9 Finishes. I b. Electrical Items; Section 16010 General Provisions,. 4. Instruction of Owner's Personnel: a. Plumbing Equipment; Division 15 Mechanical. f b. HVAC Equipment; Division 15 Mechanical. C. Electrical Equipment; Division 16 Electrical. ' 5. Written Guarantees: ' a. See individual sections of the specifications. 6. "Record Set" Drawings: ' a. Site Utilities. ' b. Site Electrical. C. Architectural. ' d. Building Plumbing. e, Building HVAC. , f. Building Electrical. ' End of Section SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION 02050-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Remove sheet metal flashing, storefront and entry doors, prefinished metal fascia panels, exterior wood siding and walls, asphaltic concrete paving, concrete curbs and sidewalks, concrete floor slab, chain link fencing, interior walls and fascias, mezzanines, and other items as shown on the Drawings and hereinafter specified. 1 .2 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Protection}: Provide temporary fences, barricades, and coverings to preserve existing items indicated to remain or to be turned over to the Owner; and to protect Owner's employees and public from falling materials and from entering areas in which demolition work is being performed. B. Noise: Contractor shall not operate excessive noise producing machinery during normal business hours except by written approval from the Owner. C. Air Pollution: Provide temporary vapor barriers where any material removal could create dust or other particles to enter the existing building interior. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 PREPARATION A. Permits: Contractor to pay all fees and obtain all permits required. B. Barriers: Place proper barriers and screens as approved by the governing agency. C. Structural Inspection: Co^* ractor to inspect building before and during demolitio.: work. Any item which may affect the structural integrity of the existing building shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Architect. i CTION 02050 DEMOLITION 02050-�2 3.2 RF DR A ICF: t A. Relocated Items: Items shown on the plans to be removed and reinstalled in another area shall be carefully removed, properly stored until such time as reinstalled in new location. Relocated items shall be cleaned, repaired, and serviced prior to reinstallation I� to assure proper operation. Items Contractor may deem I to be unsalvageable shall be brought to the attention of the: Architect for review. If such items are found to be unusable, they will be replaced with new materials and a Change Order will be issued to cover additional costs of materials only. Installation of relocated items shall be in accordance with specifications for new items of like kind. B. Schedule: Contractor must schedule all demolition work with the Owner's representatives. C. Material Removal: Ail waste materials shall be removed from the site. Storage of waste materials inside the building is prohibited. D• Pollutants: If during the course of the work the Contractor encounters any form of pollutant, he shall immediately notify the Architect. Pollutants as defined by this specification shall be interpreted to ' mean those materials which requir,s special care in handling or the need for special precautions while being exposed to, of a level above that which is acceptable by the governing authority, including but not limited to such items as friable asbestos material, noxious gas or liquid, flammable gas or .liquid, or similar materials that fall in that category and which may prove harmful to construction personnel and/or the general public. End of Section 02110-1 S-RCT-L03-0 02110 CLD' IN PART 1 GENERAL_ 1.1 .TOB CON�T�4� Use all means necessary to control dust A. Dust Control: overning on and near the work area as required by g agency. vrotgction: Provide temporary fences, b�rr'cades, and B. preset existing it.4ms indicated to coverings to p ro ert as required. remain. Protect adjacent p P Y rubs indicated to remain. Protect trees and sh1.2 PERMITS: Secure all permits and provide necessary notices. MT 3 EXECUTION CLF I G: Remove existing tree:, shrubs, grass, stumps and 3. 1 SIN- concrete curbs other vegetation, bituminous concrete paving, and other and walks, .foundation concrete, utility obstructions which interfere with new construction. DISPOSAL: Remove excess materials from the site in a method 3 .2 overning agencies. approved by g End of Section 1 4 I I ISZCT1 N 02210 EA_RTHWORR 02210-1 i PART 1 GENERAL I 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Elevation Tolerances: Shape soil and aggregate of 10. 10 feet above or below the indicated elevations. B. Testi : Inspection and testing of backfill material compaction may be performed by an independ-r.t laboratory retained by they Owner. Costs for these services to be paid by the Owner. 1.2 JOB CONL`ITIONS: A. Inspection of the Site: This Contractor shall inspect the site before submitting his bid and satisfy himself as to the extent of earthwork and character of the work to be done. B. Weather Limitations: Grading shall be performed only when the weather conditions do not detrimentally affect the quality of the work. C. Protection: Protect existing underground and overhead utility lines and other items called for on the drawings to remain. Verify location of underground I utility lines with governing agency. Broken utility lines shall be repaired at no additional cost to the Owner. I D• Work Areas.: Limit work to authorized street impro•rements and the areas within Owner's property limits. IE. Barricades: Barricade open excavations and provide ( warning lights from dusk to dawn each day. I I 1 ' J SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK 02210-2 PART 2 PRODU TS 2. 1 BACKFILL MATERIALS: A. Structural Fill: Well graded clean granular material, 3 to 6-inch minus pit run gravel with less than 5 percent by weight passing the No. 200 sieve. Obtain ' Architects approval of fill material prior to placement and delivery. B. Sub-base Fill: On site fine or coarse grained native 1 soils. C. Concrete Floor Slab Base: 3/4-inch minus crushed rock. ' D. Leveling Course: Well graded clean sand. E. Planting Areas: All material needed to bring grade up , to 12" below finish grade to be clean excavated soil from site. Remainder of fill material to be supplied and installed by Landscaping Contractor. ' 2 .2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Vapor Barrier: 4 mil. polyethylene sheeting. Color to be black. PART--3 EXECUTION ' ' - 1 PREPARATION: Establish and maintain property, building, curb and sidewalk lines and elevations. ' 3.2 MATERIAL REMOVAL: Remove top 4-inches to 6-inches of existing soil as required to remove vegetation from areas where new buildings, landscaping, walks, or paving is indicated. Remove existing concrete sidewalks, concrete slabs, concrete foundations, asphalt paving, and underground tanks. Remove excess material from the site. ' 3.4 INSTAL TION: A. Excavation: ' 1 . General: ' a. Perform excavation of every type of material encountered within the boundary lines of the project. Stockpile and re-use suitable material.. Remove from site excess and unsuitable material. Kw SECTION (02210 EA1tTHWORR 02210-3 b. Over Excavation: Removal of material beyond indicated subgrade elevations shall be filled and compacted with structural fill material, or as directed by the Architect. C. pewateri.n : Provide hand or power pumps as required to remove standing water from all excavations. All excavations shall be kept free of standing water until fill material is placed. d. bracing: Provide structural bracing and shoring as required to maintain excavations and protect adjacent property until excavations have been backfilled. 2 . Building Pad: Excavate to a point 12•- es below finish floor slab. 3. Building Footings: Excavate for walls, footings, I piers, etc. to depths indicated on the Plans or to solid bearing. Minimum depths are 1'-0" below original grade and 1 '-6" below finish grade. 4 . Paved Areas: a. Standard Pavin Excavate to a point 8- inches below top of finish grade. b. Sidewalks,: Excavate to a point 6-inches below top of finish grade. 5. Trenchir. : Excavate to elevations shown on the drawings and or required by governing agency. B. Backfill and Fill: I1. General: a. Place compacted backfill and fill materials Iin lifts to required elevations. b. Do not place fill materials on muddy or frozen subgra.de. I SECTION 02210 EARTHI K 02210-4 C. Prior to placement of backfill and fill materials, compact the subgrade to a minimum depth of 6-inches to 95 percent of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D-698. Avoid overworkinj the subgrade, which would result in pumping or rutting. At locations where pumping or rutting occurs, replace soft subgrade with granular material to a depth sufficient of permit satisfactory compaction. 2. Subbase Fill: Provide subbase fill under paved areas only. No subbase fill will tie allowed under building pad. Install in eight (8) inch horizontal lifts and compact each lift to 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D-698. 3. Structural Fill: a. Place structural fill material over compacted subbase under building pad and perimeter sidewalks, and paved areas in horizontal lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Compact each lift ct a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D-698. b. Depth of Fill: 1) Building Pad: 6-inches below finish floor at 4-inch slabs. 2 ) Paved Areas: a) Standazd Paving: To 8-inches below finish palrement grade. b) Sidewalks: To 6-inches below sidewalk finish grade. 3) Landscaped Areas,: To 12-inches below adjacent finish pavement grade. 4 . Footing Backfill: Install as shown on the drawings and compact. 5. Trench Backfill: Match materials excavated and as described under building pad and paved areas and compact. Precover all pipe. SECTION 02210, EARTHWORK, 02210-5 6. beveling Course: a. Building Slab: Install 2-inch thickness and Icompact. b. Sidewalks_: Install 2-inch thickness and compact. C. Vapor Barrier : Install. vapor barrier under all interior floor slab areas. Locate vapor barrier between the base material and the sand leveling course. Lap all joints a minimum of 4" . 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS: A. Weather Damage: Any portion of the area that is damaged by the effect of weather conditions shall be reshaped and recompa.cted by the Contractor to conform to these Specifications at no additional cost to the I Owner. B. Test Results: All fill that dces not meet this Specification shall be redistributed, compacted and Iretested at no expense to Owner. End of Section 1 I I i I I � " SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVIN 02513-1 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: Conform to "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" latest edition by Oregon Department of Transportation Division of Highways. ODOT references in this section are to this standard specification. B. Allowable Surface Tolerances: Top of finish paving shall be within t 0.08 , of grades shown on the Drawings or uniform slope between grades. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Soil Sterilizer: Solution of 1 lbs of sodium chlorate and 2 lbs of sodium borate to 1 gal of water thoroughly mixed or premixed commercial soil sterilizer as approved by Architect. Do not use in areas called for to receive landscaping. Monobor-Chlorate as manufactured by J. R. Simplot Company, approved premix commercial soil sterilizer. B. Aggregate Base Course: 1-1/2" minus crushed rock. C. Aggregate Leveling Course: 3/ 1" minus crushed rock. D. Tack Coat Asphalt: Comply with ODOT Section 407 and Section 702 . Asphalt Emulsion CSS-1, CSS-1h, or approved. E. Asphaltic Concrete: Approved hot plant mix. 2 .2 MIXES: A. Aggregate Base and Leveling Course,: Gradation to meet ODOT Specifications, Section 703.07, 1-1/2" minus and 3/4" minus. B. Asphaltic Concrete: Hot plant mix, ODOT Section 403.04 and 402. 12, modified Class C. Use only 1 mix design for entire job. SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513-2 2 .3 MANUFA CTURE: A. Asphaltic Ccncrete: Preparation by plants meeting ODOT requirements. If asphaltic mixture storage is used, special care shall be taken to ensure compliance with CDOT Section 402.36 of the standard specifications 2 .4 PAVING EQUIPMFM: 2preading, self propelled machine capable of maintaining line, grade, and course thickness indicated. Spreader box or manual methods may be used in small areas. 2 . 5 COMPACTING EQUIPMENT: Roller capable of achieving specified degree of compaction. Use hand-operated mechanical I vibrators in small areas. � ! PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSPECTION: Examine areas and conditions under which paving work will be installed. Notify Architect of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Starting work constitutes acceptance of subgrade conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Soil Sterilization: Uniformly spray soil sterilization compound over entire area to be paved E.t a rate of 1 U gal of solution per 100 sq ft, or as recommended by jJ manufacturer. 3.3 BASE INSTALLATION: A. Installation Requirements: Comply with ODOT Section 304 . Compact to 95% of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T-99 or ASTM D-699. B. Base Course: Base course aggregate shall be spread in layers which when compacted shall not be more than 6" in compacted thickness. When the size permits aggregate shall be spread with a paving machine or with a motor grader. Minimum thickness: Auto Parking Areas - 6" after compaction, including leveling course. C. Leveling Course: Shall be spread in 1 layer which when compacted shall not be less than 2" in thickness. 3.4 _LSPHALTIC CONCRETE INSTALLATION: A. Application Requirements: Comply with ODOT Section 402 . SECTION -02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02513-3 B. heading: A standard paving machine, Miller Spreader, or other similar approved type shall be used. Hand raking behind the paving machine shall be held to a minimum. The rake shall he used only to remove excess material. Sphere hand spreading methods must be used, the work shall be done in a competent and careful I manner with sufficient labor force to prevent chilling of mix before spreading is completed. Thickness: 1. Standard Paving: 2" . Deposit in 1 lift. ' C. Compaction: Rolling with a 5-8 ton steel wheel tandem roller shall start as soon as the operation does not result in excessive displacement. Rolling shall continui until the surface texture has completely "closed" and all roller marks removed. Areas inaccessible to the rollers shall be compacted by means of hand methods until the mixture is thoroughly compacted and suzface smooth. D. Spread and compact paving to provide smooth and uniform I surface transition at joints with existing asphalt paving and concrete slab. 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS: Repair cracks, soft areas, or variations from surface grade indicated by more than 0.081 . Fill in low areas as required to insure proper drainage. h End of Section d i i I SECTSECTIQN 02525 EXTRUDED CONCRF,IE CURBS 02525-1 PA T 1 GENERAL 1. 1 GUARANTEE: Provide written 5-year guarantee signed by installer with provisions for replacing curb sections which break under normal traffic conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Concrete Mix: No slump mix as outside temperature dictdces. 1. Above 60° F: Five sacks per cubic yard of concrete. 2 . Below 60' F: Seven sacks per cubic yard of concrete with one percent calcium chloride additive. B. Premolded Expansion Joints: ASTM D 1751-73, asphalt saturated cane fiber or asphalt bound granulated cork with felt face. C. Cuing Compound: Acrylic Type, ASTM C 309-74 . D. Adhe3ive.: Epoxy adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. Chevron CRS-1 or approved. E. Weep Holes: 2" diameter PVC pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Apply epoxy adhesive to paving surface prior to extruding curb in 3/4" wide continuous strip with 3" diameter puddles 4 ' maximum on centers. B. Machine extrude concrete to shape .indicated on Drawings or approved. Whether shown properly on the Drawings or I not, shape and size of all extruded curbs shall conform to the standards of the governing agency. Trowel form concrete in areas where machine cannot reac' . C. Install premolded expansion joints where curb meets poured-in-place concrete and at 60 lin ft maximum. 02525-2 gr�rTTpH 02525 E�m�rJDED�oI�CRETE CURS D. Trowel cut crack control joint every 20 lin ft and at beginning curves with less than 5 ' ra_diirs and at each f weep hole. E. Trowel rough areas to a dense, uniform texture. B*V•l curbs at dead ends to 91ope 45'. � E. Spray apply curing compound after curb installation at 300 sq ft per gal. j( G. Install weep holes 21nstallnatcenters, leastlmax permplanteraares shown on Drawings. whether shown on Drawings or not. ich NG: Remove andreplcurbs wh 3.2 ADJUSTMt out chipp oackeciand do ENT AND CLEANING: not cure properly. Cu reinstall curb. Remove excess materials from the site. End of Section � I i � t I A r tSECTION 02529 CONCPXTE SIDEWALKS 02529-1 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Allowable Tolerances: Concrete curbs and walks shall not I vary more than 1/4" in 10' in alignment and shall be t 0.08 ' of grades shown on Drawings. B. Standards: A1.1 work shall, conform to ACI Manual Of Concrete Practice, latest edition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 MATERIALS: A. Cement: Portland Cement, ASTM Designation C-150, Type i. B. Stone Aggregate: ASTM C33, maximum size 1-1/2" . (At exposed aggregate sidewalks, match existing aggregate as close as possible. ) C. Water: AASHO T-26 clear. and free of inju•-ious amounts of 1 oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. D. Curing Materials: spray-type liquid, membrane forming, red fugitive dye pigmented AR-30-D by W.R. Meadows, Hydrocide Curing Compound by Sonneborn/Rennord, or approved equal. E. Premolded Ex ansion Joints: Fiber Expansion Joint by The 1 Burke Company, Sealtight Fibre Expansion Joint Filler by i W.R. Meadows, or approved equal. ASTM D-1751, AASHO M- 213 and Federal Specifications HH-F-341e, Type 1 . F. Covering Material: Orange. Lavel sisalkraf.t, 4 mil ' polyethylene, or approved equal. G. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-615, Grade 40. H. Formwork: Comply with applicable provisions of ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. I I . Air Entrainment: "Micro-Air" by Master Builders, or approved. 1 i -,• SECTION 02529 CONCRETE SIDEWALK,, 02529-2 2 .2 MIXINr• I A. Mix Design: Comply with ACI-211. 1. Mix design may be adjusted when material characteristics, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. Proportion concrete per ACI 301, Article 3,8. B. Entrained Air: Provide not less than 3% nor more than 6$ entrained air for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing. C. Job Site Mixing: Use drum type batch mixer, mixing not less than 1-1/2 minutes for one cu yd or smaller. t D. Ready Mix Concrete: ASTM C-94. E. Strength ltegu,irements: Minimum 28 day laboratory cured compressive cylinder strength of 3000 psi. F. Miximum SluBR: PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: , A. Expansion Joints: Provide tool joints in sidewalks approximately 4 '-0" on centers or as shown on Drawings. B. Concrete: 1. Concrete Finisr�ing: ' a. Rake concrete into place and thoroughly compact by vibration or tamping. Strike surface level with wood float or trowel. At the proper time, carefully wash with low pressure garden hose to expose aggregate approximately 1/8" . During washing, remove excess water from surface by use of household broom. b. Apply curing material in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ' C. Hand icapped Ramps: Complete steps "a" and "b" above. Prior to application of curing compound, apply "tactile" non slip finish using "Jitterbug" or expanded metal tamping tool. Surface texture must be readily distinguishable from sidewalk finish by the sight-impaired pedestrian. SECTION 02529 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 02529-3 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Protection: Protect concrete from premature drying, wash by drainage, rain, snow, and from traffic and mechanical injury. Cover with Kraft paper polyethylene if required. B. patching: Immediately after form removal, patch defective and honeycombed areas, before concrete is dry. Clean thoroughly and dampen before patching. Apply bonding agent and patch all rock pockets, honeycombing and similar defective areas. End of Section 1 1 1 02577-1 SECTO N 02577 PRVEM'�NT MARKINGS PART 1 l3E_NERAL 1 . 1 MENTRL RE_ UC IREP'iF'NTS: Apply pavement markings when ENVIRON r paving and curb surfaces are dry. PART 2 PROD-U= 2 . 1 P I T: A. Synthetic rubber or alkyd traffic paint, FS TT-P-115E, Type III. I 1. Miller White: 8000- 2. Rodda White: 671. PART 3_ _&X ON . 1 vn_M:�ivI MA KING A. Clean pavement surfaces. Apply paint per manufacturer's instructions at locationsindicfted. Make arrows and traffic markings by template design indicated or approved by Architect. B. C�cverage: Apply all pavement marking in 1 or 2 coats it: strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations in r -,arto coerage and visual "showvthrough" o rsurface ying mpaintedecoats. w!A1be No vi allowed. End of Section i SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100-1 Refer to "Structural Notes" on Structural Drawings. iEnd of Section j I t J t i SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-1 Rafar to "Structural Notos" on Structural Drawings I I End of Section 1 ! i 1 r i I I SECTION 03250 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03250-1 PART 1 GENERAL i . l DESCRIPTION: ! See "Structural Notes" on Structural Drawings. J PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 JOINT MATERIALS: A. Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751-78, asphalt saturated cane fiber or asphalt bound granL .ated cork with felt face, 3/8 inch thick, full depi-h of slab except with depress 3/8 inch at joints whre sealant is indicated. Fi.oer Expansion Joint at The Burke Company, S,�-altight Fibre Expansion Joint Filler by F]. R. Meadows, or approved. B. Construction Joints: Metal keyed joint Jahn Load Key Joint, Burke Keyed Kold, Greenstreak screed joint, Vulcan Vulco Joints, Key-Loc Joint System by Form-A-Rey Products division of Cardinal Mfg. , Company, Inc. , or approved. C. Control Joint: Quick Strip, Quick Joint, Zipcap by Greenstreak, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Joint Sp$cinq: As shown on Drawings. End of Section SECTION 0330 CAS -I -P C C T�_LA E ONCRETE 03300-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Building. " ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. " Comply with applicable provisions. B. Governmental Requirements: Comply with governmental requirements. Obtain and pay for required City pe;-mite and inspection fees. C. Concrete Testin : Employ acceptable testing laboratory or concrete supplier to perform materials evaluation, testing and design of concrete mixes. D. Quality Control: 1. Al owaLAe Tolerance: a. Concrete floor slabs shall not vary more than 1/8" in 10 feet from elevations shown on the Drawings. b. Concrete walls shall not vary more than 1/4" out of plumb. 1.2 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Weather Restrictions: 1 . Cola Weather: In accord with ACI 318, Paragraph ` 5.6 and ACI 306R-78. 2. Warm Weather: Placing temperature shall not exceed 80 deg. F. , without specific approval of the Architect. 3• Genual: Concrete placement will not be permitted when bun, heat, wind or humidity prevent proper placement, consolidation or finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS• A. Cement: Portland Cement, ASTM Designation C-150, Type zz. 1� SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2., B. Stone Aggregate: ASTM C33, maximum size 1-1/2 inches. C. Water: AASHO T-26 clear potable water. D. Curing Materials: Kure-n-Seal 0900 by � a Sonneborn/Rexnord, W.R. Meadows "Sealtight" 2100-Clear, or approved. } E. Sealer/Dust-Proofer: W.R. Meadous "Sealtight. Intex 1� Sonneborn "Kure-n-Seal 0800" or approved. 'f F'. Air Entrainment: "Micro-Air" by Master Builders, or approved. G. Bonding Agent: Liquid emulsion, Daraweld C by W.R. Grace, Weld-Crete by Larsen Products Corp, or approved. 2 .2 MIXING: A. Mix Design: Comply with ACI-211. 1. Proportion concrete per ACI 301, Article 3.8. If B. Entrained Air: See Structural Notes. C. Job Site Mixing: Use drum type batch mixer, mixing not less than 1-1/2 minutes for one cu. yd. or smaller. D. Ready Mix Concrete: ASTM C94 . E. Strength Requirements: See Structural Notes. F. Maximum alumo: 4 inches for footings and floor slabs on grade. 3 inches for other concrete. G. Mix Restrictions: 1. Mix Elansed Time between mixing and placing -- 1-1/2 hours. 2. Retempering concrete prohibited. 3. No Salts or Chemicals used to prevent freezing. 9 PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Placa as near the final position as por3sible, maintain shallow level lifts. No free fall over 3 feet shall be permitted. i SECTION 03300 CAST-IN PLACE CONC TE 03300••3 B. Vibrat�'on: Use mechanical type internal vibrators to produce satisfactory consolidation. Supplement with hand spading, rodding, tamping. C. Concrete Floor inish: 1. Rake concrete into place and thoroughly compact k)y vibration or grille tamp. Strike surface level with previously set screens. 2. Float surface with wood float or approved power floating machine compacting to a smooth surface. Do not water surface during the finishing. 3• When slab has hardened sufficiently to carry workmen on boards, steel trowel surface uniformly to a smooth finish, by hand or machine. 4. When surface is sufficiently hard, re-trowel by hand to a hard, dense surface, free from blemishes. 5. Apply curing material in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. D. G out Clean Finish: 1• Vocation: For all exposed pourer: concrete on exterior and exposed interior concrete. 2 . finish: Patch defective and honeycombed areas. Fill all form tie Fnles and remove all find and similar projectons from wall surface. Prepare Paste, consisting of one ( 1) part Portland Cement, one ( 1) part fine sand, as required to match color, to consistency that will permit application with stiff bristle brush. Apply on damp surfaces to completely fill air bubbles, holes, etc. , and immediately wood float, scouring surface very vigor-ouoly. Fermit grout to attain partial set one to two hours. Scrape excess grout from r surface with eteel trowel, allow grout to 1 thoroughly dry each area that dray it is started. No grout shall, be left overnight. Finish by honing dark spots, streaks, lightly to match 1 surface. wt w SE TigN 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 I t 3.2 CURI A. Where possible, keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. Keep forms moist until removed. Apply moisture- retaining cover or membrane forming curing compound Lo interior floor slabs. Do not apply curing compound to areas scheduled to receive ceramic tile. Y Wet cure only. Y 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. TndeRendent ';jaboratory Tests: The General :ontractor shall provide and pay for the services of an � independent testing laboratory approved and selected by tests in accordance with the Architect to make concreta ASTM C31, C39, C143, and to provide speciate �.nspection in accordance with UBC Section 306 when required by governing agency. Special inspection shall be paid for 1• by the Owner. JJ B. RK9qjess Tests: t . One set of three cylinders shall be taken each day for each Joe cubic yard pour, o- fraction t-hereof. . One cylinder of each set shall be tested by breaking after 7 days and two after 28 days. 2 . One slump test shall be taken for each batch of + concrete from which a set of cylinders are taken. 3.4 ADJUST ANj CLEAN: A. Cleaning Exposed Concrete: �r All exposed concrete shall be cleaned and left in ! acceptable condition to receive designated finishes. End of Section , C 1 SECTION 04270 GLASS UNIT MASONRY 04270-1 lPART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standard- 1. Glass Panels: Federal Standard CPSC 16-•CFR, Part 1201, Category II for impact test procedure. 2. Mortar: ASTM C 270, latest edition. 1.2 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Weather Requirements: 1. General: Mortar placement will not be permitted f when sun, heat, wind or humidity prevents proper ` placement, consolidation of finish. i 2 . Cold Weather: In accord with ACI 604 . Contractor shall assume all risk for placing mortar in cold weather. B. Protection: Extreme care shall be taken to prevent visible mortar stains. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Glae_s Unit Maoonry: 1. Manufacturer: Pittsburgh Corning Corporation, or f approved. I 2 . Pattern: Standard Series, Decora. 3. Sizes: 8" x 8" x 4" regular series 4" x 8" x 4" regular series Corner block End block finishing units , B. Mortar: Type S, ASTM C270. 1 . Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type 1 . 2 . Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. 3. Sand: Clean, white quartzite ASTM C144. qxx INA Rk z. { � SECTION 04270 GLASS UNIT MASON04270-2RY yy 4. IntegraType Wa o ter roofer: Metallic-stearates l -- type; Hydracide Power by Sonneborn Contech, Omicron Mortarproofing by Master Builders Company, or approved. 5. Rate.: Clear, clean potable water. C. Accessories_: 1. Strap': 3/8" thick dense fibrous glass ' batt or polyethylene. 2 . Panel Reinforcing: Galvanized steel double-wire mesh formed of two parallel O-gauge wires 2 inches 4y on center with electrically welded cross wires. 3. Panel Anchors: 20-gauge perforated steel strips 24" long by 1-3/4" wide galvanized atter perforating. 4 . Asphalt Emulsion: Water-based asphalt emulsion, Karnak 100 by Karnak Chemical Corporation, or approved. 5. Bacxer Rods: Polyethylene foam, neoprene or equal filler as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 6 . ea. ant: Dynatrol II, two-part polyurethane, non-sag, by Pecora Corporation, or approved. Color as selected by Architect 2 .2 MIXES: A. Mortar: Type S, 1800 psi compressive strength at 28 days. 1 part . . . . . . . . Portland Cement 1/2 part . . . . . . . Lime 4 parts . . . . . . . . Sand 1 Ib. . . . . . . . . . Waterproofer per cubic foot of prepared mortar or as recommended by manufacturer. . S ?'�S?. _04270 Gr.ASS UNIT MASONRY 04270-3 b• &Ixifla-2-f Mortar: r• Mortar shall be mixed by placing one-half of the r water and sand in the operating mixer. Then add the cement, lime, waterproofer and remainder of the sand and water. 2 Mechanically mix for not less than three minutes nor more than ten minutes. C. Colo'; of Mortar: Eggshell or off-whita PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Sill area to be covered by mortar shall have a heavy coat of asphalt emulsion. All emulsion to dry befre placing mortar. B. Adhere expansion strips to jambs and heads with gobs of asphalt emulsion. Make certain expansion strip extends to sill. C. Set a full mortar bed joint, applied to sill. �- D. Set lower course of block. All mortar joints must be full and not farrowed. Steel tools must not be used to tap blocks into position. It may be necessary to use wedges in the mortar joints of the lower courses to prevent the mortar from being "squeezed" out. E. Install panel reinforcing in horizontal joints, Ra inforc.ing shall be installed on 16 inch cent. in joints immediately above and below all openinggand within panels. Reinforcing shall run continuously from 1 end to end of panels and shall be lap ped not 6 inches whenever it is necessary to use moreless thanthan one length. Do not bridge expansion joints with reinforcing. Install reinforcing a3 follows: -- Place lower half of mortar in oed joint. Do not Sfurrow. Press panel reinforcing into place. Cover panel reinforcing with upper half of mortar bed and trowel smooth. Do not furrow. F. Place full mortar bed for joints not requiring panel reinforcing. Do not furrow. ,6 �FCTi N 04270 GLAS*,._I. SONRX 04270-4 G. Set succeeding course of blocks. H. Strike joints smooth while mortar is still plastic and before final set. At this time rake out all spaces required caulking to a depth equal to the width of the spaces. Remove surplus mortar from faces of. glass blocks and wipe dry. Tool joints smooth and concave, before mortar takes final set. (Remove wedges from lower courses of solid bricks and point the voids with j mortar. ) I. After final mortar set install packing tightly between glass block panel and jamb and head construction. heave space for sealing. J. Apply sealant evenly to the full depth of recesses as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's application manual, and instructions. 3 .2 FOATING: A. Brush raked mortar joints clean. B. Fill, joints with pointing mortar or -;eface toantconcack and I work into voids. Neatly too ve joint. i� 3 .3 CI'EANING: A. Remove excess mortar and sealant upon completing work. B. Cleaning is facilitated by the use of an ordinary household scrub brush having stiff bristles, C. Final cleaning shall. be done after mortar has attained final set but before becoming dry on the block surface. Do not use abrasive cleaners (steel wool, wire brush) in conjunction with removing mortar or dirt from the block faces. Remove mortar with damp cloth before final set occurs. End of Section r r r SECTION 95120 STRUCTURAL STEED 05120-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: See "Structural Notes" on Drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS• A. Furnish copies of shop drawings for all structural metal work for Architect's review prior to fabrication. 1. 3 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Field Iwjasurements: Verify dimensions and assume responsibility for the fitting of wr- 'c. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Shop Paint.: FS TT-P-664, Miller Paint Company No. 363, Red Oxide Primer. t B. Also, refer to "Structural Notes" on Drawings. 2 .2 FABRICATION: A. Shop Pal: to ing: 1 . Surfaces to be Field Welded: Omit shop painting 1 within 2-inches on either side of welding area. 2 . Steel Encased in Concrete: Do not shop coat. 3. All Other Fabricated Structural Steel: One ( 1) shop coat. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. field Connections: Secure members temporarily with Molts until final field connection is completed. B. Plumbing and Leveling: In accordance with AISC. I 3.2 ADJUST: After erection, touch up all unpainted, rusted, welded and abraded surfaces with one ( 1 ) coat Fred Oxide Primer at all areas scheduled to receive finish. paint. End of Section SECTION 05506 MISCELLANEOUS METAL 05506-1 PART GENERAL 1 . 1 QUALITY A$$URANCE: A. StA�jdaLdo: Per AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Standard Steel for Buildings, unless shown otherwise. B. Welding: Per AISC Code and AWS Code for Fusion Welding and Gas Cutting in Building Construction Code I, Para. A, by welders qualified per AWS qualification standards specifically for this job and as approved. 1.2 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Field Measurements: Contractor to verify dimensions and assiune responsibility for the fitting of work. PART 2_ PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS,: r A. Steel: Pipe, Tubes, Flat Bar, Angles, Channele, 1 Plates, Rods, etc. ASTM A-36. B. Welding Rods: AWS Specification for Iron and Steel Arc Welding Electrodes, with special attention to proper rod for welding an alloy steel. C. Shop Paint: FS TT-P-664, Miller Paint Company No. 363, Red Oxide Primer. D. Bolts: A325 and A490 Specifications. 2 .2 FABRICATION: A. Shop Painting: I. General: Apply one ( 1) coat to all sur.facos of steel except as otherwise specified. Any item exposed to public view shall receive a wheelabrating process before prime painting. 2 . Surf, ces to be E'ield Welded: Omit prime painting within 2-inches on either side of welding area. WX qN a SECTION 05506_ MISCELLANEOUS METAL 05506-2 B. Galvanizing: 1. General: Unless otherwise noted, galvanizing shall be by the hot-dipped method, Class G-90 coating. Galvanize after fabrication. 2. Surfaces to be F eid We Surfaces field welded after erection shall have damaged galvanizing and bare metal areas thoroughly cleaned with wire brushing and coated with one coat zinc-oxide paint. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLAT?ON: A. Install as shown on Drawings. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Grind smooth all welded surfaces and rough edges then apply touch-up paint. � l End of Section II ( y SECTION 5 10 SHIPS I A DER 05510--1 GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION: A. Work Included: This specification includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and superintendence necessary to complete the ships ladder work as shown sn drawings and hereinafter specified. 1 .2 U_FACTURER: Lapeyre Stair, P.O. Box 50699, New Orleans, LA 70150, (800) 535-7631; or approved. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Furnish t-ree copies for Architect's review prior to fabrication showing all dimensions, materials, finishes, fasteners, and any other items necessary for a complete installation. � 1 .4 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. De.liverv: Product shall be packaged to prevent damage during all phases of delivery to job site. B. Storage: Product shall be stored on skids above s supporting surface, and kept dry prior to installation. C. Handling: Care shall be taken to prevent any damage, denting or scratches prior to; durini and after installation. 1 .5 JOB COND1TIQVS: Contractor shall field verify all dimensions prior to fabrication and supplement dimensions as necessary. Contractor to coordinate and provide and J.nstall all necessary backing materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 MATERIALS: A. Ships Ladder: 68° steel, alternating tread. 1 • Treads.: Steel, textured per manufacturer. 2. Handrails: 1-1/2" O.D. Steel, standard per manufactui:ar. 3. Finiah: Factory primed. 4 • Elevation Change: 12 '-9- 3/:"t ( field verify) , 5. Attachmert: As required and provided by manufacturer. t NFLN s 05510-2 P� SECTION 05510. SHIPS LADDER P A—RT3 EX9CUM0 3. 1 INSTAjLATIQN: Install in location shown on drawings per manufacturer's recommendations. End of Section SECTION 05520BRASS HANDRAILI�+1G 05520-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 WORK: This specification includes all materials, labor, �I equipment and. superintendence necessary for a complet3 installation. 1 .2 COORDIMIO_N: Coordinate all backyng, blocking and anchoring with all other portions of the work to ensure the I nstallation of such is appropriate and in phase with the schedules of the work as deemed necessary by the General Contractcr. 1 . 3 JOB CONDITIONS: Contractor shall supplement: and verify all dimensions, and be responsible for the same, prior to any fabrication. 1 . 4 SUBMITTALS: Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of shop drawings showing layout, dimensions, attachments, backing and blocking for Architec't's review prior to fabrication. PART 2 PRCDUCTS: 2 . 1 MANUFACTURERS: Lavi Industries, 27810 Avenue Hopkins, Vai-encia, CA 91355, (800) 624-6225; or approves equal. 2 . 2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND, DESIGN: Design of anchorage to be by supplier, and shall be adequate to exceed all. state and local building codes. 2 . 3 SYSTEM FABRICATION: Brass handrails shall be designed and fabricated to the following criteria: a. Styiez FSR style. Custom design as shown on drawings. b. ,'aterial.: Solid Brass 1-1/2" c.d. C. Finish: high polished and clp&r coated. d. Fasteners: Concealed. e. _Joints: All welded, grinded smooth, non-showing, high polished brass. PART 3 EXECUTYON r3 , 1 INSTALLATION: Install railings per manufacturer's regnirements in locations and configurations as shown on ' drawings. END OF SECTION 1 i SECTION 06170 PRE FABRICF-TED_3T UC URS WOO2 06170-1 PART 1 GENEEU Refer to "Structural Notes" on Structural Drawings. End of Section I I 1 1 1 � I�+a �wr ■r 06200-1 SECTIO, 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART ___.GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A, :standards: 1 . Western WoodPrt As3oct�t�Lon: General Grading Provisions, latest edition. B. Moisture Conten}: JN permitted by the governing lumber association. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Solid Stock Finish Lumber: 1 . Hardwood: Red Oak K.D. SAS B. Laminated Plastic: 1/16" thick self edged, Formica, Wilsonart., Nevamar, or approved equal. 1 . Colon: a. Formica, 902 Platinum (in rest rooms) ` b. Formica, 923 Surf (in other non-public areas) 2 . Finish.: Matte 3 . F7!3tenin : Use adhesives as recommended by the f manufacturer. 1 C. Hardware: Provide hangers, clips, rods, bolts and tother fasteners as shown on the drawings. l 2 .2 Fabrication: A. Millwc:r.k-, All wood shall be of sizes and dimensions as shown on the drawings. 1 . Wood Finish: Shall be smooth at the mill and left in perfect condition for the painter. 2 . Joined: All miters and other joints are to be i assembled by approved methods as the case may ` require. Joints are to be brought together perfectly and glued securely. r SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-2 3. Materials: Shall be absolutely clear and free from knots, cracks, checks, sap and +tier imperfections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION.: A. Millwork: Install according to drawings. Secure to structure as required. B. Fasteners: All fasteners are to be completely concealed. All nail headu shall be set for putty stc:oping. Concealed nailing shall be used wherever. practical. End of Section I r SECT-70N_ 06250 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06250-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. r ent of each type of architectural woodwork is indicated or Drawings, schedules , and as here-'- --.after specified. B. Types of architectural woodwork include the following: 1 . Custom .laminate clad countertops and cabinets. 2 . Premanufactured count.ertoFs and cabinets. 3 . Interior wall. trim. 1 . 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AWI Quality Standard: Company with applicable requirements of "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" published by the Architectural 1400dwork Institute (AWI) , except as otherwise indicated. B. Installer Oualifications: Arrange for installation of architectural wnodwork by a firm which can demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required for this project. 1 . Arrange for installation of architectural woodwork items by same firm which fabricated them. 1 . 3 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Submit the following samplent 1 . Plastic laminate, 8" x 10" for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish. ( 2 . Exposed cabinet hardware, one unit of each type and I finish. 1 . 4 DEL IVERY,._STORAGE,_ FiNU HANDLING: A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork. Woodwork must be stored in other than S installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. SECTION 06250 . ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06250-2 1 .5 PROJECT ONDITIONS: A. Conditioning: Woodwork manufacturer and installer shall advise Montractor of temperature and humidity requirements for woodwork installation and storage areas. Do not install woodwork until required temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. B. Maintain temperature and humidity in installation area as I required to maintain moisture content of installed woodwork within a 1 .0 percent tolerance of optimum moisture content, from date of installation through remainder of construction period. Require woodwork manufacturer to establish optimum moisture content and required temperature and humidity conditions. Y PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Custom Items Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high pressure decorative laminates of the following manufacturer: 1 . Formica Corp. , or approved equal.. G B. Prefabricated_Counters and Cabinets: 1 . Diamond Cabinets. 2 .2 CUSTOM FABRICATION, GENERAL; A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber at time of fabrication and for relative humidity conditions in the installation areas. i B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated with openings and mortises precut, where possible, to receive hardware and other items and work. 1 . Ease edges to a 1/16" radius, for corners of cabinets and edges of solid wood ( lumber) members less than 1" in nominal thickness, 1 /8" radius for edges of rails and similar members over 1" in nominal thickness. I "# A Ima 4 SECTION 06250 ARCHITLCTUPAL WOODWORK 06250-3 C. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work before shipment to project site: to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as nacessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. D. Pre-Cut Openings: Fabricate architectural woodwork with pre-cut openings, where possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams for proper size and shape. Smooth edges of cutoffs and, where located in countertops and . similar exposures, seal edges of cutouts with a water- resistant coating. E. Measurements: Before proceeding with fabrication of woodwork required to be fitted to other construction, obtain field measurements and verify dimensions and shop drawing details as required for accurate fit. 1 . Where sequence of measuring substrates before fabrication would delay the project, proceed with fabrication (without field measurements) and provide ample borders and edges to allow for subsequent scribing and trimming of woodwork for accurate fit. 2 . 3 CUSTOM ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS, LAMINATE CLAD: A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 and its Division 400B. B. Laminate Clad Cabinets: Comply with the following requirements: 1 . Grade: Custom. 2 . Type of Cabinet. Construction: As shown on Drawings. 3 . Laninate Cladding: High pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD 3 and as follows. 4 . Lam_inate Grade for Exposed Surfaces: Provide laminate clx(iding complying with the following rF3uirements for type of surface and grade. a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP-50 (0.050" nominal thickness) . b. Postformed Surfaces: PF-42 (0.042" nominal. thickness) . t q, � W ' .. SECTION 06250 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06250-4 C. Vertical Surfaces: GP-50 (0.050" nominal thickness) . d. Edges: GP-5G (0.050" nominal thickness) . 2 .4 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS: A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessary materials associated with architectural cabinets. B. Hardware _Standard: Comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.9 "American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware. " 1. For exposed hardware comply with requirements indicated for finish and base indicated BHMA Code Number below. C. Hardware _Finishes: Polished chrome-plated steel or polished stainless steel. 1 . For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish which complies with product class requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.9. D. Premanufactured Cabinet Work: 1. All hardware by manufacturer in polished chrome or stainless steel in a style seleccrd by Architect from manufacturer's standard styles. 2 . 5 ARCHITECTURAL CABINET FINISHES: ' A. Quality Standard: Comply with applicable WIC Section indicated below: 1 . WIC Section 17 - "Laminated Plastic Countertops, Splashes, and Wall Paneling. " B. Type of Top: High Pressure decorative laminate. 1. Grade: Custom. 2 . Laminate Cladding for Horizontal Surface: High pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD 3 and as follows: a. Custom Cabinet Work: 1 ) Restrooms: Formica Brand, 907. Platinum, matte texture finish. 2 ) All others: Formica Brand, 923 Surf, matte texture finish. SECTION 06250 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06250-5 b. Premanufactured Cabinet Work: 1) For all pre-manufactured cabinet work, use the following colors: a) Formica brand, 923 Surf, matte texture finish. b) Manufacturer's standard materials and finishes as follows: i 1. Style: Clarion. 2 . Finished Wood: Oak. 3. Finished Wood Stain: Standard. 3. Laminate Grade: a. Grade: GP--50 (0.050: nominal thickness) . b. Edge Treatment.: Same as lam;..nate cladding on horizontal surfaces. 2 .6 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD ITEMS: A. Int,cior Wall Trim: Red oak, vertical grain, S4S, KD 1 . Custom mill to shape as detailed on drawings. 2 . Finish: Natural transparent stain with satin finish. B. Wood Storage Shelving: 1 . Laminate cover all surfaces including brackets same as 2 .5.B. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 PREPARATION: A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. SECTION 06250 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06250-6 B. Pre-Installation Meeting: Meet at project site prior to delivery of architectural woodwork and review coordination and environmental controls required for proper installation [ and ambient condition in areas to receive work. Include in 1 meeting the Contractor, Architect, and Owner representative (if any) ; installers of architectural woodwork, wet work r such as plastering, other finishes, painting, mechanical work and electrical work, and firms or persons responsible for continued operation (whether temporary or permanent) of HVAC system as required to maintain temperature and humidity conditions. Proceed with woodwork installation only when everyone concerned agrees that required ambient conditions can be maintained. C. Deliver inserts and anchoring device s to substrates, well. in advance of time substrateslare lt 1toobe built. D. Prior to installation of architectural woodwork, examine shop fabricated work for completion, and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Anchor woodwork to anchors or bloc built-in attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping, and � blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and binded nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where pre-finished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork, and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. B. Cabinets: Install thout distortion so that doors and drawers fit openinc,., properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardrare and accessory items as indicated. Maintain veneer sequence matching (if any) of cabinets with transparent finish. C• Wood .storage Shelving: Complete the assembly of units and install in the areas indicated, including hardware and accessories as indicated, i t SECTION 06250 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06250-7 3.3 ADJUSTM''Mr,`CLEANING, FINISHING, MD PROTECTION: ti A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually where not possible to repair replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch- up shop-applied finished to restore damaged or soiled areas. End of Section 1 t { 5 l . i r•�'.wi..dFLt{tJ1iip]Y101�1�Y�4A'L.YMM.'14MtwHful/Wt..+M4..aw.wWWYt 1[INYrt'N'LNMI.Nrr.Wn+✓ar:w•r+.wMr•wr.w.urw.....:uw......w.. .......... _.. ,... .. .... SECTION 06310 PRESSURE TREATED WOOD 06310-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. American Society of Testing Materials. B. American Wood Preservers Asscciation. s C. American Wood Preservers Bureau. PART 2 PRODUCTS 4; 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Preservative Treatment: 1. Waterborne Salts: CCA, Chromated Copper Arsenate, ASTM D 1625-71 (76) . 2 . Oilborne: Pentachlorophenol. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: A. Treat in accordance with AWPA C2 for lumber, and AWPA C9 for plywood for above ground, soil, and water applications. B. Treat cants, nai.lers, blocking, stripping and similar items in conjunction with roofing and flashing and great sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar items in direct contact with concrete or masonry and nark with AWPB LP2, Waterborne Salts/Waterborne Oxides. End of Section SECTION G6400 PART 1 GENERAL EXTERIOR WOOD SIDING 06400-'1 1 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Work Included: This specification includes the labor, materials, equipment and superintendence necessary for a complete installation. 1 .2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,—AND 'HANDLING: Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, installation, and after installation from moisture and impact damage. 1 . 3 JQB CONDITIONS: Contractor to verify existing siding material and profile of siding. New siding to match existing. 1 .4 SUBMITTALS: A. Furnish three sets of drawings for Architect's review of proposed and existing siding showing profile, species, dimensions, and finishes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 EXTERIOR WOOD SIDING: (or approved) . A. Species: : Western red Cedar, WWPA. B. Grade: Match existing. IC. Size: 5/8" x 6 C. Type: Tongue and groove E. Profile: Square edges (for tight joint) . Finish: Rough sawn exposed face, hidden surfaces smooth. 2 . 2 QUALIFICATION: All siding specified i-I section 2 . 1 above is to match existing siding. The specifications for the actual installed siding may vary with exploration of existing conditions. 2 . 3 TRIM: Install cedar wood trim at all corners to butt joint with siding. _PART 3EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: Install siding with galvanized nails at required spacing in concealed location of tongue and groove joint. 3.2 ORIENTATION: Orient joints as shown on drawings. Align joints with existing adjacent siding. End of Section �r +ter •� �. � � At SECTION 07114 WATERPROOFING 07114-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Protection: This Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all z:iurrounding areas while applying materials. Any material damaged or stained by the application of waterproofing material shall be replaced by this Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. q PART 2 PRODUCTS a 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. WaterDroofinq System: 1 . Tremco Tremproof 60 as manufactured by Tremco manufacturing Co. , or approved i:gual. 2. Waterproofing Protection: Tremboard as manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Co. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSPECTION: Examine substrates and conditions under which waterproofing is to be applied. Report all unacceptable conditions to the General Contra^tor. Do not apply waterproofing until deficiencies Starting work constitutes acceptance eofPexistinen gGconditi g ons. ! 3 . 2 AZ LICAATION: A. Wa_ teroroofin_at Planter: 1• Location: Apply to vertical wall surfaces and bottom of planter area adjacent to front entry. I Do not extend higher than 2-inches below finish grade. I 2. Install waterproofing with cant strips and protection board as recommended by manufacturer. 3 . 3 CLEANING: Remove overrun and splatters from exposed surfaces. End of Section 1 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 072-10-1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Thermal Insulation: Kraft faced batt type fiberglass or rockwool blanket insulation with rating of R-11 and R-19 with asphalted paper vapor barrier on inside face. Federal Specification HH-I-521E, Type II. B. Acoustical Insulation: Unfaced Fiberglass Noise Barrier Batts, 3-1/2" thick. C. Firestop Insulation: "Cerafelt" ceramic fiber felt insulation with weight of 10 lbs per cubic foot a; by Jahns- Manville or Thermafiber Safing Insulation by U.S. Gypsum. rD. Foundation insulation: Dow Chemical Styrofoam SM; U.C. Industries "Foamular" Polystyrene Insulation Board, ' Product 250, 1-1/2" thick by 48" x 24" . Comply with ASTM C578-87, Type IV. E. Insulation underneath metal roofing: 2" rigid fiberglass as manufactured by Owens Corning Fiberglass Corp. , Manville or approved equal. f PART 3 EXECUTION t 3. 1 T.NSTALLATION: 1 A. Thermal Insulation! Install. R-11 batt in 2 x 4 stud walls and R-19 bait in 2 x 6 stud walls in all exterior stud walls and faF,cias where shown on the Drawings 1 Install vapor barrier on interior side of wall as shown 1 on Drawings. B. A_oustical Ins-ilati,on: Install in walls and ceilings (out 4" from wall) of dividing walls as shown on the Drawings. C. Firestop Insulation: Install arcund junction boxes for electrical outlets and other wall penetrations at firs rated walls. Install in cavity of raised floor in "pearls" . D. Foundation Insulation: Install at building perimeter I foundation walls. V End of Section eSECTION 07414 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING 07414-1 i ' PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: Roofing and siding shall conform to American Iron and Steel Institute's "Specifications for i the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. B. Erector's 4ua1?.fications: 1. Applicator must be acceptable to panel manufacturer. 1 C. Testing_and Certcation: 1 . wind Up-Lift: UL90 tested and certified system. r 2 . Air Infiltration: Panel to meet the following standard when tested in accordance with ASTM F283- 73 : .020 CFM at 1. 57 P3F with sidelap sealant. 3 . Water Penetration: Panel to meet the following standard when tested in accordance with ASTM E331- 71 (75) : no leakage at 20 PSF with sidelap sealant.. 1 . 2 WARRANTY: A. Warrant panels, flashing, sealants, fasteners, and accessories against defective materials and/or workmanship, to remain watertight and weatherproof with normal usage for two ( 2 ) years following project substantial completion date, and to repair or replace without additional cost to Owner any leaks, and resulting damage to other materials and building contents as may occur. PART 2 PRODUCTS I2 . 1 PREFOFtMEU METAL ROOFING: A. "Kl.ip-R.ih as manufactured by ASC Pacific, Inc, or 1 approved; PO Box 6256, Federal Way, Washington 98063- 62.56 , 206-838--482.1 . 1 . Bass Metal: .1. Material_: Steel. i). Manufacturing Standard: ASTM A-446, Grade C. I I � I I I I SECTION 07414 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING 07414-2 � C. Minimum. Yield Strength.: 40,000 psi. f d. Thickness: 24 ga. As selected b e. Finish: Y Architect from Manufacturer's Standard Color Chart. f. Protective Coating_Components: i 1) Zinc - 45%. 2) Aluminum Alloy - 55%. g. Protective Coating Thickness: 1.9 mils. 2 . Configuration: f a. Pattern: Ribbed. ' b. :.ib Spacing: 8" ac. i C. Rib Height: 1-5/8" . J d. Nominal Panel Width: 16" . e. Panel Length: As required for c-)rt,inuous run from ridge to eave. �] B. Fastener Clips: [� 1. Material: Galvanized steel. 2 . Manufacturing Standard: ASTM A-446. 3. Thickness: 18 gauge. 4 . Galvanizing Standard: ASTM A-525. 5. Galvanized Coati a Thickness Cesianation: G-60. , I C. Panel Penetration Flashing: 1 . Manufacturer and Topa: Recommended by Panel Manufacturer. . Satisfy conditions of -ise. D. All Other Flashin : 1 . Material and Finish: Match panels. Do not use lead or copper. r SECTION 07414 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING 07414-3 IE. Fasteners: ' 1. At Steel up to .02 Inches Thick: a. Type: Self drilling and tapping screws. b. Head: Phillips Truss type. C. Size: No. 10-24 x 3/4" . F. End Closures: 1. Material: Waterproof, laminated, semi-ringed, 1 cross-linked, polyethylene foam. 2. Size and Shape: Tightly fit panel configurations. G. Sealant Compound: 1. Manufacturer and Brand: Norton V730, Geocel OConstruction 2,000 or approved. H. Sealant Tape,: 1. Manufacturer and Brand: Recommended by Panel Manufacturer. I2. Material: Low-density, polyvinyl chloride foam sealant. 3. Thickness: 5/32" . 4 . Width: 1/411 . ! 5. Adhesive: One-sided only. I . Accessories: 1. Provide all required for complete, secure, and waterproof installation. J. Fabrication: 1. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings or specified herein, fabricate panels in continuous one-piece lengths and fabricate flashing and accessories in .longest practicable lengths. 2 . At Roofing Panel Upper Ends: Turn up at least 1- 1/2" under flashing. I SECTION 07414 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING o7a1a-a 3. At Roofing Panel Lower Ends: Turn down at least 1-1/2" where exposed and turn down into gutters. 2 . 2 CORRUGATED METAL SIDING: A. 2-1/2" corrugated metal cladding as manufactured by ASC S Pacific, Inc. , or approved. (�j{ 1. Base Metal: a. Material: Steel. b. Minimum Yield S____qthe ASTM Grade E, 80,000 psi. C. Thickness: 30 gauge. d. Finish: Class G-90 coating both sides. e. Color: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's Standard Colors. 2 . Configuration: Corrugated.a. Pattern: g b. Corrugation Spacing: 2-1/2" on center. C. Corrugation Height: 1/2" . 1' d. Panel Length: As required for continuous run full height of wall. 3. Fast_eners: Manufacturer's standard non corrosive types, with exterior heads gasketed. 4 . Accessories: Provide components required for a complete siding system, including trim, clips, seam covers, flashings, sealAnts, gaskets, fillers, closure strips and similar items. Color to match base metal. PART 3 FXECUMION: 3 . 1 I*'SEECTION: A. Existin Conditions: 1 . Verify that members to receive panels are SECTION 07414 PREFORA4ED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING 07414-5 ' complete, accurately sized and located, in true plane, secure, and otherwise properly prepared. ' 2 . Notify General Contractor of defects requiring correction. 3. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. 3 .2 PREPARATION: A. Field heasurements: 1. Verify prior to fabrication. 2. If fiell measurements differ slightly from Drawing dimensions modify work as required for accurate fit. If measurements differ substantially notify Architectprior to fabrication. r B. Protection: 'Treat any contacting suLfaces o dissimilar materials to prevent electrolytic corrosion. C. Surface Preparation: 1. Clean and dry surfaces prior to applying joint sealant. 3. 3 INSTALLATION: A. Metal Roofing Panels: 1 . Follow manufacturer's directions. 2 . Lap par►el ribs away prevailing wind direction. 3. Prior to installing panel, apply sealant compound bead or sealant tape on underside of female ribs. 4 . Extend roof panels to overlap gutter openings 2" , but do not restrict opportunity to clean gutters. 5. Maximum Alignment Variation: 1/4" of 40 ' . 6 . Flashing: a. Follow manufacturer's directions. b. Overlap panels at least 6" . �y 1 SECTION 07414 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING AND SIDING 07414-6 I 7. Cutting and Fitting: 1 a. Neat, square, and ;.rue. Torcn-cutting prohibited where cut is exposed to final view. b. Openings 6" and Larger in Any Direction: I Shop fabricate and reinforce to maintain original load capacity. C. Openings Less Than 6" in Largest Dimension: Made by Trade requiring opening. 8. Touch-u2: a. Touch-up damaged paint surfaces with same paint used in shop. Apply in accordance with paint manufacturer's directions. B. Metal Siding: ' 1. Comply with panel fabricators and material manufacturers instructions and recommendations for installation, as applicable to project conditions and supporting substrates. Anchor panels and other components of the work securely in place, with provision for thermal/structural movement. ' a. Install panels with exposed exterior and interior fasteners, match panel finishes. 2 . Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of panel systems. Provide types of gaskets and sealants/fillers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, types recommended by panel manufacturer. I End of Section ' SECTION 07510 BUILT-UP BI'T'UMINOUS ROOFING 07510-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire Rating: Underwriter's Laboratories Class A or Class B, Factory Mutual Class 1 as tested by methods outlined in ASTM E-108. B. Uplift Requirement: I-90 Factory Mutual windstorm rating. 1.2 GUARANTEE: A. General: The Contractor shall guarantee all sheet metal and membrane roofing applied under this Specification to be water-tight and weather-tight and shall make good all leaks or defects occurring during a period of two years from date of final acceptance. Should a leak occur within the period, this Contractor shall repair all damaged material to the original condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: A. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation. B. Coniulidated Fiberglass Products Company. C. Manville Roofing Systems Division. D. Evanite Fiber Corporation, Permaglas Division. E. Malarkey Roofing Company. 2 . 2 MATERIALS: A. insulation: 1 . General: All insulation material, whether specified or not, shall be only those materials approved by the root membrane manufacturer for use with system specified. Materials not specifically mentioned will require prior approval. Insulation may be supplied in one or two L-tyers. Supply in 48" by 96" sheets only. 3 ROOFING SECTION 07510 BUILT-UP BITUMI NOUS I� 07510-2 2. Thermal Resistance: Provide insulation in !� sufficient thickness to give a minimum "factory aged" thermal resistance (R) of 9 in accordance with the Roof Insulation Committee of Thermal Insulation Manufacturer's Association (RIC/TIMA) No. 281-1. 3. Approved Manufacturers: a. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation; Fiberglass Roof Insulation, ASTM-C726 and AC Foam Insulation, Fed. Spec. HH-I-1972 polyisocyanurate. b. Consolidated Fiberglass Products Company; Conperl, ASTM-C728; Polycon Class I, Fed. Spec. HH-I-1972 and Polycon-Posite, Fed. Spec. HH-I-1972. i C. Manville Roofing Systems Division; Fesco ( s Board, ASTM-C728; Fesco-Foam, Fed. Spec. HH- I-530A, Interim Amend. #3 and Fes-Cor, Fed. Spec. HH-I-1972/GEN. d. Evanite Fiber Corporation, Permaglas Division; Permatherm, Fed. Spec. HH-I- 1972/GEN and Permatherm bonded, Fed. Spec. HH-I-1972/GEN. e. Malarkey Roofinn _Com ate: Multi-Max as ' manufactured by R-Max, Inc. , Fed. , Spec. , HH- I-1972/GEN with perlite overlay board, ASTM i C728; Thermaroof composite board as manufactured by R-Max, Inc. , Fed. , Spec. , HH- I-1972/GEN. ' B. Base Felt: ASTM D 4601, Type II, Factory Mutual ? approved, U.L. classified. . C. Roofing Felts: 1 . General: All roofing felts shall comply with requirements of ASTM D 2178, Type IV, Table 1 and Table 2, Factory Mutual approved, U.L. classified. D. Cap Sheet: 1 . General: Cap sheet shall be mineral surface roofing :material conforming to Federal Specification SS-R-630, Class III , ASTM D3909, U.L. Classified. Color shall be white. SECTION 07510 BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510-3 i E. Asphalt: 185 degree melt point asphalt, ASTM D3121 i Type III. F. Cant: 6" nominal height fiberboard, Federal Specification LLL-I-535. r k G. Emulsion: Fibrated type conforming to Military Specifications MIL-R-3472 or ASTM D-1227, Type IV, with inorganic fibers. H. Plastic Cement: ASTM D-45861 Type I. I . Wood Nailing Strias: Pressure-treated wood (water hese preservative) . t J. Cold Adhesive Cement: Fire retardant type as approved by Architect. K. Reflective Coating: Fibrated type aluminum roof coating conforming to ASTM D-2824, Type III . L. Base Flashing: Conform smooth (SBS) as manufactured by Conglas; Dyna Flex Elastomeric Flashing as manufactured by Manville; SBS-170 Mcp-On Derbi.gum as manufactured by Owens-Corning, or approved. M. Asphalt Primer: As recommended by roofing manufacturer. N. Fasteners: 1. Wood Roofs: Owens-Corning "Glasfast Fastening System" , Squar.ehead Cap Nail, annular thread, ' diamond cap by Simplex Nail 6 Mfg. Co. , or as recommended by manufacturer and as required fuc Factory Mutual Classification 1-90 uplift Iresistance. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 PREPARATION: I A. Deck Preparation: Roof deck shall be clean, smooth and dry. B. Flashing and SealiM: Prime all metal flanges of vents, edging strips, etc. , with primer and allow to dry thoroughly. SE9TI0N 07510 BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510-4 i 3.2 APPROVEDSYSTEMS: I A. General: Manufacturer's roofing systems designations listed in this specification are based on the latest information readily available at the time and may not necessarily be the latest issued by the manufacturer. Where conflicts occur, the systems described in Paragraph 3.3 shall govern. B. Insulated Roofs: 1. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation; 31-IS, subject to meeting Class "A" or Class "B" requirements. i.i 2 . Consolidated Fiberglass Products Company; RI•-24A-SS, Class "A" or Class "B" . 3. Manville Roofii3 Systems Division; 3GIS, Class "A" or Class "B" with 3 gallons Topgard "B" per 100 squares feet. 4 . Evanite Fiber Corporation, Permaglas Division; ERA-3TP-RI, Class or Class "B" . 5. Malarkey Roofing Company, IS3, Class "A" or Class 3 . 3 INSTALLATION: A. Insulated Roofs: V 1 . Insulation: Where insulation is to be installed in two layers the fiberglass cr perlite board shall be on top with all joints offset 12" minimum _L from joints of lower board. For all insulation installation the boards shall bo placed in courses parallel to roof edges with mopping surface up. I } Edges of insulation shall be mitered at ridges and elsewhere as required to prevent open or irregular surfaces. Attach insulation to decking using the number of fcateners and pattern required per 48" by 96" to comply with Factory Mutual requirements for uplift resistance classification specified. Provide additional fasteners at roof perimeter and corners as called for by Factory Mutual . Fasteners shall be of such length as required to protrude through the roof decking at least 1./4" . 2 . Cant Strips: Install 6" high fiberboard on top of insulation or nailing strip at intersection with SEC'..ION 07510 BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510-5 vertical surfaces. Set in asphalt similar to first ply. 3. Basic Roof: a. Roofing Plies: Embed three plies Type IV roofing felts in shingle fashion, lapping 24- ,/4" , into uniform mopping of 185 degree melt point hot asphalt applied at 400 degree using a nominal 25 - 30 lbs. per 100 square feet, as recommended by the manufacturer. b. Finishing Coat: Coat entire surface with uniform solid mopping or spray applied coating of fibrated emulsion at a minimum rate of 3 gallons per 100 square feet. Fibrated emulsion shall contain polypropyler,? fibers roving strands entrained therein. 4 . Reflective Coating: After curs-out, and as recotrmended by the Manufacturer, apply aluminum pigment reflecting coat to cleaned roof surface at a rate of one gallon per 100 square feet. Apply with suitable spray equipment as recommended by the Coating Manufacturer or with a moderately soft roof brush. Air pressure on spray Pquipment shall be turned to lowest possible working pressure. B. Existing Roofs: 1. Reflective Coating: When weather permits and as recommended by the manufacturer, apply aluminum pigment reflecting coat to cleaned roof surface at a rate of one gallon per 100 square feet. Apply with suitable spray equipment or with a moderately soft roof brush as recommended by the Coating Manufacturer. Air pressure on spray equipment shall be turned to lowest possible working pressure. C. General: 1. Base Flashigg: Apply approved base flashing at all parapet walls, curbs and roof accessories nailed at 6" on centers or hot-mopped in strict accordance with approved m-nufacturer's flashing specifications, or equal. Extend base flashing 6" beyond toe of cant strip and 17." minimum above roof at parapets and to top of curb at roof accessories. SECTION 07510 BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS ROOFING 07510-6 2 . dope Protrusions: Apply three reinforcing collars of Type IV roofing felt over flanges of flashing around pipe. Embed each collar in solid uniform 1/8" layer of plastic cement in accordance with approved manufacturer's flashing specifications, or approved equal. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. N.ancfacturez 's Representative: All materials shall be applied in e.ccordance with the Manufacturer's printed instructions and under the supervision of his local representative. B. Test: At Architect's option, three (3) 18" x 18" sacticzs ohall be cut from the roof, at locations spezified by the Architect and checked for conformance with these Specifications. This procedure will be at the expense of the Owner. Tests shall be in accordance with ASTM D2829-72. 1 If any one test shows the roof to be below the specifications minimum, the Architect may select up to six (6) additional locations for 18" x 18" sample sections to be cut at the Contractor's expense. Aftei all tests have been evaluated, Contractor to bring roof up to Specifications standards at Contractor's expense. End of Section I l � I � I 1_ 1 � MW 1W MKOW-MEN ISECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET MET1�L 07600-1 PART 1 GENERAL: 1. 1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Types of work specified as work of this section include the following: 1. Flashing and counterflashing. ' 2 . Gutters and downspouts. 3. Reglets, including sawcutting where required. 4. Fasteners. 5. Prime painting. 6 . Sealant. I1.2. QUALITY OF WORK: A. Workmanship: Workmanship shall be of the best quality. The fabricated metal shall be installed in perfect I condition, with no damaged or marred surfaces. When in place, surfaces shat : be smooth and t•-ue. PART 2 PRODUCTS ! 2 . 1 MATERIALS• A. Flashing and Cou.nterflashing: Galvanized Iron (pre- finished metal for counter. flashing) , ASTM A525, Class I G-90, Commercial. Provide corrugated counterflashing at parapet walls greater than 3 '-0" high. Inryro, M- 12 ; Engineered Components, Inc. , "R" Pane].; or approved. Roof Copings -- 22 gauge All Others 24 gauge Scuppers 22 gauge Down spouts -- 26 gauge I A. Reglets: 24 gauge galvanized iron, Fry, Type CO and Type SM, or approved equal. C. Nails and Fasteners: As required for proper installation. Exposed fasteners shall be Dutchman type anchors caulked top and sides. i E SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600-2 D. Paint: All galvanized sheet metal to receive prime coat by Supplier. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color chart. i E. Sealant: Aluminum pigmented "Gutterseal" as manufactured by ALCOA, or approved. F. Prefinished Panels: Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color chart. PART 3 _EXECUTION 3. 1. INSTALLATION: A. Flashing Installation: Install as detailed or required with 6" lap joint and secure as detailed. Soder joints in flashing around roof penetrations. Corrugated sheets shall ba full length vertically with no horizontal joints. Side laps to be per manufacturer's recommendations with full bed of sealant between sheets. B. Roof Coping : Secure as d.--;.jailed. Use standing seam for required expansion mints, 10 ' maximum on center. Do not penetrate top of coping with fasteners without written approval from the Architect. Install sealant at all pin holes in standing seams. C. Downspouts: Attach downspout piping to scupper box and anchor to structure with sheet metal brackets. Set end of downspout into previously installed rain drain hub as � and caulk perimeter solid. Entire scupper and downspout assembly shall be water tight. D. Reglets: Set accurately at locations required. Slots to be cloan before application of flashing. E. Scupgers: Extend flanges of scupper past wall opening 4 inches minimum all around roof side of wall and mop roofing felts over metal and inside scupper. Caulk around scuppers at outside face of wall or fully embe3 scupper in solid bed of mastic as required to insure a watertight installation. G. Roof Penetrations: At all areas where equipment penetrates the roof, including electrical conduit, vent lines, mechanical piping, etc. , metal flashing rings shall be provided along with appropriate flashing device to insure water. tightness. End of Section SECTION 07813 ALUMINUM FRAMED ROOF GLAZING 07813-1 I PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 GUARANTEE: Provide the manufacturer's standard 5-year guarantee. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 SKYLIGHTS: A. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Architectural Specialties, Inc. , Duralite Industries, Inc. , Bohem Mfg. Co. , Inc. , DeaMor Assonfates, Inc. , Bristolite Skylights, Hillsdale :Industries, Inc. , O'Keefe Inc. , Naturalite, or approved. B. ASSEMBLY: 1. Size: Apprcximately 9'-0" by 9 '-011 . Octagon. { (Field verify dimensions. ) 2. Model: Curb Type Model Structural Aluminum. 3. Curb Finish: Dark Bronze Anodized. A1. Glazing: Insulated clear glass, 30° pyramid type. 5. FabLeners: Aluminum to match frame. 2 . 2 CANOPY:: A. IPPROVED MANUFACTURER'S: Fisher; or approved equal. ti B. ASSEMBLY: 1. Model: Single glazed, tubular aluminum framed system. 2. Size: 7/8" or less cross bar system. 3. Glazing: Green tinted laminated tempered glass, 1/2" minimum thickness. 4 . Frame Color: Custom paint color as selected by Architect. 5 . Gasketing: As required, and provided by manufacturer to attach to steel structure. SECTION 07813 ALUMINUM FRAMED ROOF GLAZING 07813-2 6. est Hers: Self tapping stainless steel screws with neoprene caps to match finish color, or custom color painted to match frame. PART 3 EXECUTION � � 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: 1.1 A. Set frames in full bed of concealed mastic. Anchor frame to roof curb or steel structure in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. i B. Provide watertight installation. C. Provide all trim and accessories as required for complete, watertight installation. D. Provide any professionally stamped engineering drawings required for construction permits. �.I End of Section f i SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS 07900-1 PART 1_ GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall have successfully completed within the last 3 years at least 3 joint sealer applications similar in type and size to that of this project. 1 .2 PROJECT CONDITIOW: A. Envir_onmerttal Conit'ons: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until substrate conditions comply with sealant manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS. GENERAL: A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with I one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. B. Co ors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. I2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS: A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: ASTM C 920. B. One-Part Non-Acid Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; for uses NT, M, G and A. C. One-Part Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant.: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, 0. D. One-Part Nonsa Low-Modulus Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, A and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0. SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS 07900-2 ' E. Available Products: 1. One-Part Non-Acid Curing Low Modulus Silicone j Sealant: "Chemcalk 1000, " Bostik Construction Products Div. ; "Dow Corning 790, " Dow Corning Corp. ; 11864 , " Pecora Corp. ; "Omniseal, " Sonneborn/Rexnord; "Spectrum 1, " Tremco; or approved. 2. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: "Dow Corning 786, " Dow Corning Corp. ; "SCS 1702 , " General Electric; Co. ; "863 #345 White, " Pecora Corp. ; "Proglaze White, " Premcc; or approved. 3. One-Part, Nonsag Low-Modulus Urethane Sealant: "Vulkem 116, " Mameco International, Inc. ; "Dynatrol I, " Pecora Corp. ; "Sonolastic NP 1, " Sonneborn/Rexnord; "Dymonic" ; Tremco; "Perampol RC-1, " Products Research and Chemical. Corp. ; "Sikaflex 1A, " Sika Corp. ; or approved. 2. 3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS: A. Acrylic-Latex Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, acrylic, mildew-resistant, acrylic-latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 , formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed applications on (� interior and on protected exterior exposures. B. Available Products: "Chem-Calk 600, " Bostik Construction Products Div. ; "AC-20, " Pecora Corp. ; "Sonolac, " Sonneborn/Rexnord; "Tremco Acrylic Latex Caulk, " Tremco. ; Sikaflex 420, " Sika Corp. ; or �1 approved. # 2 .4 MISCELLANEOUS JOINT SEALANTS: A. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying, non hardening, non f skinning, non staining, gunnable, synthetic rubber Ir sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. B. Butyl-Polyisobutylene Tape Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, solvent-free, butyl-polyisobutylene tape sealant with a solids content of 100%; complying with AAMA 804 . 1; formulated to be nonstaining, paintable, and non-migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; � packages on rolls with a release paper on one side; with or without reinforcement thread to prevent stretch. I ISECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS 07900-3 C. Available Products: 1, Acoustical Sealants for Concealed Joints: I "BA-98, " Pecora Corp. ; "Tremco Acoustical L Sealant, " Tremco; "Acoustical Sealant, " U.S. Gypsum; or approved. 2 . Butyl-Polyisobutylene Tame Sealant: "Extru-Seal Tape, " Pecora Corp. ; "PTI 606, " Protective Treatments, Inc. ; "Tramco 440 Tape, " Tremco; or approved. 2.5 F'I..,3-RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS: A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sealant and accessory materials with fire-resistance rating indicated which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance hap been determined by testing per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. One-Part Fire Stopping Sealant: One-part elastomeric I sealant formiilatec; for use as part of a through-penetration fire-stop system for sealing openings around cables, conduit, pipes and similar penetrations through walls and floors. C. Available Products: I 1 . One-Part Fire-Stopping Sealant: "Dow Cori:inq Fire Stop Sealant, " Dow Corning Corp. ; 113M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25, " Electrical Products Div. /3M; Biotherm Firestop Sealants 100/200; or approved. 2 .6 JOINT SEALANT BACKING: A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other Joint-fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint-Fillers: Preformed, compressile, resilient, non-waxing, non-extruding strips of plastic foam of material indicated below, and of size, shape and density of control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS 07900 1. Either flexible, open cell polyurethane foam or non- gassing, closed-cell polyethylene foam, unless otherwise indicated, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic r, tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint-filler or other materials at back ( 3rd) surface of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealer-substrate and Field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaner of type acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials which axe not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials. C. Masking Tape: Provide nonstaining, non-absorbeT,t type compatible with joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent to joints. D. Accessory materials for Fire-Stepping Sealants: Provide forming, joint-fillers, packing and other accessory materials required for installation of fire-stopping sealants as applicable to instaiiation conditions indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 PREPARATION: A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with .recommendations of joint sealer manufacturer's requirements. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALP.N'rS 07900-5 C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where ::equi.red to prevent contact of sealant With adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after i tooling without disturbing joint seal. R 3 .2 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS: A. General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. C. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. 1 D. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with 1 recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, { applications and conditions indicated. i E. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: I1 . Install ioint-fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at I position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant I � movement capability_ a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint-fillers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint-fillers. C. Remove absorbent joint-fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and I replace with dry material. 2 . Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint-fillers, compression seals or back of joints where required to prevent third-side adhesion of sealant to back of joint. SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS 07900-6 F. Installation of Sealaizts: Install sealants by proven ' techniques that redult in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling ' recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1 G. Tooling of Nonsac _Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. ' 1. Concave joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTM C 962, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Installation of Fire-Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire- stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING: A. Protect 'joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations. If damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged areas and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. B. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to t joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. 1 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS 07900-7 3.4 JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE: Joint Sealant Application 1. One-Part Non-Acid- Curing Silicone Exposed interior and exterior joints Between aluminum entran(:e framing system and steel tube framing and Pt11 other areas not covered by other methods. f 2. One-Part Mildew- Resistant Silicone Interior joints in vertical surfaces of ceramic tile in toilet rooms. 3. One-Part Nonsag Low-Modulus Urethane Exterior and interior joints between metal framing systems and masonry walls or steel tube framing. 4 . Acrylic Latex Interior joints in field-painted vertical and overhead surfaces at perimeter of hollow metal door frames, window frames, steel door ' frames, gypsum drywall or plaster. 5. Acoustical Sealant Interior joints at sound rated walls, between edge molding and wail at acoustical ceilings. 6. Butyl-Polyiso- butylene Tape Entrance framing system where not covered by other methods and where shown on Drawings. 7. One-Part Fire- Stopping At exterior and interior wall joints and wall or floor penetrations of fire rated 1 assemblies and as shown on the Drawings. ' End of Section 1 SECTION 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08114-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1UO ALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: Comply with requirements of Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames, " SDI-100-83. B. Fire Ratings: Provide door assemblies with U.L. and F.M. fire zat.ings as indicated on Door Schedule. PART 2 _ PRODUCTS 2 . 1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Amweld; The Ceco Corporation; Curries; Fenestra Corporation; Hol-O-Met; Republic Builders Products; Steelcraft, American-Stsndard; Pioneer Industries; Stiles Hollow Metal; or approved. I2 .2 MATERIALS: A. Backstock Doors: 1 . Type: SDI-100-83, Grade I, Standard-duty, Level "C, " Model 2,. Full Flush; Republic Builders Products Corporation, DM Series, or approved equal. 2 . Construction: a. Size: As shown on Drawings. Provide standard 3/4" undercut. b. Thickner�s: 1-3/4 inches. C. Face Sheets: Roller-leveled, commercial quality, 18 gauge hot-dipped galvanized cold-rolled steel, ASTM A-366. d. Edge Treatment: Seams shall occur on vertical edges of door only. Top of door shall be closed flush and bottom closed with recessed channel. e. Internal Construction: 1" cell honeycomb core bonded to inside faces of both sheets. B. Backstock Door Frames: 1 . Type: Republic Builders Products Corporation, FE SECTION 0811.4 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAISE 08114-2 Series, or approved. 2 . Construction: a. Size: As shown on Drawings. b. Frame Steel: Commercial quality, hot-dipped , galvanized 16 gauge cold-rolled steel, ASTM A366. C. Fabrication: Pressed steel, knock down, 2-inch face, 5/8-inch high integral stop in wi%iths as shown. on Drawings. C. Standard Interior Door Frames: 1. Type: Republic Builders Products Corporation, FH Series, or approved. 2 . Construction: a. ajg. .: As shown on Drawings. b. Frame Steel: Commercial quality, 16 gauge cold- rolled steel, ASTM A366. C. Fabrication: Pressed steel, 2-inch frace and 5/8-inch high integral stop. D. Hardware Preparation: 1 . Prepare doors and frames to receive finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping, complying with ANSI A115, "Specifications for Dior and Frame Preparation. " 2. Provide manufacturer's standard reinforcing at hinge pockets, l.ockset and latchset openings and closers. 3. Prepare door frames to receive three silencers on ' strike jambs. 2 . 3 FINISHING: A. Doors and Frames: All. doors and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned, phosphatized and finished with one ' coat of baked-on rust inhibiting gray prime paint, capable of passing a 120-hour salt spray test in accordance with Federal Standard 141 or ASTM B117 and a 250-hour humidity test in accordance with ASTM D1735. SECTION 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08114-3 d PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Install steel door frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. i B. Fit doors to frame providing clearances specified in SAI-100-83. C. Install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Adjust door clearances and hardware placement to allow smooth operation. B. Clean door and frame surfaces and touch-up scratched prime paint. i End of Section L . I 1 I I SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOOR$ 08211-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Reference Standards: Comply with NWMA I.S. 1 and AWI Quality Standards by the Architectural Woodwork Institute. B. Fire Ratings: Provide doors with FM or UL labels as indicated on the Door Schedule. 1.2 GUAFW4TEE: Furnish manufacturer's or NWMA standard five year guarantee for all interior solid core wood doors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Cal-Wood Door; Door Craft Manufacturing; Vancouver Door Company; B & J Door Company, Oak Grove, Oregon; Cenco Architectnral Wood; Oregon Door, Inc. ; Lyndon Door Incorporated; or approved. 2 .2 INTERIOR SWINGING DOORS: A. Fitting. Machining and Finishing: Prefit, Premachined, Unfinished. B. Core: Particle core or glued wood block core except mineral composition core at assemblies with fire rating over 20 minutes. AWT Specification PC, SLC and FD. C. Face Veneer: Paint grade rotary sliced Birch. D. Adhesive: Interior Type II. E. Thickness: 1-3/4 incites. F. Grade: AWI Premium. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Install doors per manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Adjust door bottom to clear floor finish where required. C. Install door hardware as indicated in Section 08710. Adjust door hardware for smooth operation. End of Section SECTION 08412 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE FRAMING 08412-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: Comply with current standards and recommendations by Nations]. Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association and Aluminum Association. B. Submittals: Submit manufacturer's published details, specifications and instructions. Include shop drawings with field dimensions and conditions. Submit maintenance manual with cleaning recorr - lations and glass replacement instructions. 1 .2 DESIGN LOADS: Entrance framing system ehall xwc�,at wind load of 80 mph, Exposure "B, " per UBC, with a maximum deflection of 1/175 of the span in either horizontal or vertical members. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER: Kawnf:er Company, Inc. , and Brite Vue Architectural Metals, or approved. 2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Framing: Framing extrusions 0. 125 inch thick minimum. Glazing stops .062 inch minimum. 6063-T-5 extruded aluminum alloy. B. Approved Appearance Framing Systems for Double Glazing: 1 . 1-3/4" by 4-1/2, " Tri-Fab "451, " Shear Block System or Stud System by Kawneer. C. Finish: 1 . Tri-Fab System: Mill Fii.ish 2 . Clading of Tri-Fab System: a. Polished brass by Brite Vue Kawneer b. After installation, clean and pGlish all brass, and then lacquor clear coat all brass. D. Reinforcinq: Provide standard steel reinforcing members concealed in alum-'.num framing sections at i SECTION 08412 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE FRAMI NG 08412-2 locations shown on the drawings or as required to meet the structural requirements of the span. E. Sealants: Refer to Section 07900 Joint Sealant.- for � p manufacturer's products and installation requirements. pART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: Set units plumb and level, accurately aligned and securely anchored. Set base component in full bed of mastic sealant. Install clear sealant at exposed joints between framing members and between framing system and adjacent materials. 3 .2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: Replace or touch up scratched or damaged components. Clean framing and remove excess r sealant. All exposed fasteners shall match finish of ,1 framing system. End of Section J ll I 5XCTION 08422 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE DOORS 08422-1 PAST 1 GENERAL 1. 1 OUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Framing Performance: 1. Water Infiltration: The grid framing system shall not leak when tested in accordance with ASTM E331-70 at a test pressure of 7 .5 PSF. 2. Uniform Loadinn: When tented in accordance with ASTM E330, the maximum deflection of any member .r shall not exceed 1/175 of its span and when the load is removed there shall be no sign of permanent deformation of damage when tested under a load of 25 PSF. 1 .2 SUBMITTALS: Furnish shop drawings for the Architect's review prior to fabrication. Submit maintenance manual with cleaning recommendations and glass replacement q instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 MATERIALS: A. Apgroved Manufacturers: 1. . Swing Type Doors: Brite Vue/kawneer Company, Inc. , or approved. B. Aluminum: All aluminum shall be of 6063-T5 extruded aluminum alloy. C. Fasteners: All screws, miscellaneous fastening devices, and internal components shall be corrosion- resistant and of sufficient strength to perform the functions for which they are used. D. Glazinu Beads: Shall be elastomeric gaskets. E. Door Hardware: 1 . Pair of Single Acting Doors shall be furnished with stock hardware as follows: 2 ea. Horizontal Patch Rail and Top Pivots by Brite Vue/Kawneer to match door style B-Pt match doer finish. 1 ea. Cylinder (See Section 08710. ) and permanently adhesive header sign: "This Door Must Remain Unlocked During Business Hours. " 1 eZA. Controller 38-939. 08422-2 SECTION 08422 "TUMTNUM ENTRANCE AOORS 2 ea. Floor Closer, Rixon 28. 2 ea. Push bar, Style nbbrassBrite finish) . Vue/Kawneer (polished 1 ea. Threshold, by Brite Vue/Kawneer. to �y also ccver floor closer (polished brass ►11d finish) . 2.2 FABRICATION: A. Swinging Doers: Swinging door shall be Brite 1. Manufacturer: Vue/Kawneer tempered glass swing entrance medium stile. Standard "B-P" style. 2. rams: a. Too: Standard 9-1/2" long horizontal patch rail at pivot corner (to receive 3/4" z gloss) . b. Bottom: Standard continuous rails No. BV- 387 with weatherstrip (modified to receive �• 3/4" gloss) . Ends: Radlused, capped, welded and �.. polished. 3. &dj ustments: Door leaf shall be equipped with adjustable mechanism located in top rail near lock stile which will provide for minor clearance adjustments after i...stallation. 4 . Hardware: Hardware for aluminum entrances shall be installed in the door by the Door Manufacturer. All cutouts, recesses, mortising, or milling operations required for hardware shall be accurately made and reinforced with backing plates as required to insure adequate strength of t the connection. Door shall be accurately fitted to the frames. 5. Finish: a. Rail finishes to be brass clad in muntz metal alloy 280 with polished finish. b. After installation, clean and polish all brass, then l.acquor clear coat all brass. E . Hardware Finish: Match door finish, except where otherwise specified. ..':.IIL MM•wrMMbIW'YM`YIV.YMnw.+iMipt'AM.—Irt'wirrrwrnw.rw.�•..w uwwr..:.vr..r.. SECTION 08422 ALUMT�IU�i ENTRANCE DQO$S_ 08422-3 7 . Glazing: 3/4" clear tempered (see Section 08800) . All. exposed edges to be flat polished to a reflective appearance similar to the glass surf a.e. pART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: A. Gene a . I 1. All it,!�:ms under this specification shall be set in their correct locations as shown in the details and shall be level., square, plumb, and at proper elevations, and in alignment with other work. Secure to structure as required. 2. All joints between exterior aluminum frames and steel or masonry shall be tightly caulked in order to secure a watertight job. Joints shall be neatly pointed and excess material .removed. 3.2 ADJUST AND GLEAN: A. Hardware: After erection and glazing, the Contractor shall check and re-adjust ars required all items of operating hardware on doors installed under this section. B. Protection: After erection, the General Contractor shall adequately protect exposed portions of the grid framing from damage by grinding and polishing machines, plaster, lime, acid, cement, or other harmful compounds. C. Cleaniug: The General. Contractor shall be responsible for removal of protective materials and cleaning with plain water, or water with soap or household detergent. The General Contractor shall be held responsible for damages resulting from the use of other cleaning materials. End of Section SECTION 08520 P.LUMINUM WINDOWS 08520-1 PART 1 GENERX 1 . 1 SY T9M DESCRIPTION: A. Performance and Testing: 1. General: Comply with air infiltration tests, water resistance tests, uniform load deflection tests, and uniform load structural tests specified in ANSI/AAMA _102.9 for type and classification of window units. 2. Design Wind Velocity: 80 mph. 3. Sound Insulation Construction: Window units shall provide a sound transmission class (STC) rating of at least 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-90 and classified according to ASTM E-413. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical. product data, recommendations, and standard details for aluminum window units, including certified test laboratory reports as necessary to show compliance with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including wall elevations at 1/4" scale, typical unit elevations at 3/4" scale, and full size detail sections of every typical composite member. Show anchors, hardware, operators, and other components not included in manufacturer's standard data. Included glazing details. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A� Horizontal Fixed Windows: Mercer Industries, Inc. ; Wailsau Metals Corp. ; or approved. 2 . 2 MATERIALS: A. Aluminum Extrusions: Alloy and temper recommended by window manufacturer, but not less than 22 ,000 psi ultimate tensile strength and not less than 0 .062" thickness at any location for main frame and sash members. Comply with ASTM B 221 . SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08520-2 B. Fasteners: Aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with window components. C. Anch.ars. Clips and Window Accessories: Aluminum, non-magnatic stainless steel, or hot- dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with ASTM A 386. D. Compression Glazing Strips and Weatherstripping: At manufacturer's option, provide molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D 2000 Designation 2BC415 to 3BC620, molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287 , or molded expanded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Grade 4 . E. Sealant: As recommended by window manufacturer. See Section 07900. 2 . 3 WINDOW CLASSIFICATION: A. Commercial Windows: Provide window units complying with requirements of AAMA Classification A2, for "Commercial" type buildings. 2 .4 WINDOW TYPES: r A. Aluminum Windows: Mercer Industries, Inc. , custom series 1 .50 aluminum windows, for single and double glazing, or approved. 2 .5 FABRICATION AND ACCESSORIE`,: A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard fabrication and accessories which comply with indicated standards and are reglazable without dismantling of sash framing. Include complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. Preglaze at factory. B. Sizes and Profiles: Required sizes for window units and profile requirements are indicated on Drawings. C. Coordination of Fabrication: Verify actual window opf;nings by field measurement before fabrication. e, Coordinate installation tolerances to ensure proper fit of window units. D. Prealazed Fabrication: Preglazed window units at factory where possible and practical for application indicated. Comply with requirements of section "Glass and Glazing" in addition to requirements of ANSI/AAMA 302 .9 . SECTION-0@52�pUMINUM WINDOWO 08520-3 1• Gla`iI}g; a. o z t'-A- IQ W 1/4" Clear Float Glass, and 1/4" Spandrelite by PPG, E. Provide means of drainaae for water and condensation which may accumulate in members of window units. 2.6 AI tJA1—IM WINDOW FINISHES A. 0 or nn�; zed Finish: NAAMM AA=C22A42/44, Class I (minimum thickness of 0.7 mils) , integral or electrolytically deposited Dark Bronze anodized finish. -� XECUT ON 3. 1 INSTALLATION; A. Com)ly with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of window units, hardware, operators, and other components of work. { B. Set units Dlumblevel, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Anchor securely in place. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action. C. Set $i11 mens and other members in bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight construction. 3.2 ADJUST_AILD CLEAN: I jA. Ad ust sash to provide tight fit and weathertight ertight B. Cleaning: Remove excess dirt and other subst glazing and sealant compounds surfaces. ance,a from all glass and aluminum End of Section -•n .a w SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-1 i PART GENERAL I i 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes: All hardware and installation shall comply with applicable fire and building codes. 1.2 SUBMITT�LLS: A. Hardware List: Submit a complete list of hardware for review to the Architect. PART 2 PRODUCTS 9 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Fasteners: Wood screws, machine screws, sheet metal screws, tampin shield, toggle bo1' s, etc. , as required for a complete installation. 2 .2 MANUFACTURE: A„ Finishes: Bright Brass, (Clear coated) No. 605 B. Design: As specified in Hardware Schedule. C. Keys and Keying: All cylinders and locksets shall be keyed to Owner's master key system. Provide inserts for construction keys and three! ( 3) extractor keys. Provide Owner with five (5) sets of keys. Deliver by registered mail to: i (, Brian Roberts JRS Architects PC (Authorized Aient for t Western Stone and Metal Corp. ) Western Stone and Metal Corp. 1620 S.W. Taylor Street, Suite 200 1 Portland, Oregon 97205 1 ff IRA W SECTION 08710 FINISH AARDWAR 08710-2 D. Specified Manufacturers: Specified Approved �1 Door Hardware Manifacturer Substitute `! Butts Hager Stanley/McKinney Locksets/Cylinders Schlage Best Closers L.C.N. /Rixon None Stops F. B. Ives Glynn-Johnson Baldwin, Corbin Weatherstripping Pemko Zero Rain Drip Pamko Zero Armor/Rickplates Cipco Brookline, Baldwin Silencers H. B. Ives Glynn-Johnson Smoke Seals Pemko Zero Push/Pulls Hayer Cipco Exit Devices Von Duprin None Door Alarm Alarm Lock Corp. None Threshold Pemko None E. Strikes: Shall. have extended lip where required to protect trim from being marred by latch bolt. F. Door Closers: All door closers shall be of size as recom- mended by the Manufacturer. Check degree of opening for all closers. LCN Super Smoothee Series 4040 and 4041, non- handed and non- sized, may be substituted for those specified but must be installed on side of door indicated. PART 3 EXECUTLON 3 . 1 INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE: A. Setting: Set all finish hardware as furnished in a i neat and workmanlike manner. Do all q fitting and make all adjustments necessary for perfect operation. ' B. Fastenings: 1 . Metal: Template machine screws except push, pulls, kickplates, which shall be full thread, self-tapping sheet metal screws, oval head countersunk. 2 . Wood: Full threaded wood screws. 3. Wood Surface Fire Doors: Sex bolts, except locks, push, pulls, kickplates, which shall be full threaded, self- tapping sheet metal screws, oval head countersunk. i SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-3 4 . Stud or Hollow Wa : Machine screw and toggle bolt. 3.2 ADJUST: A. Final Ad-justments: Contractor to adjust hardware prior to final inspection by the Architect. Any hardware found not operating properly will be adjusted. 3„ 3 RARDI#ARE SCHEDULE: A. EXTERIOR DOORS: Ty"e 2 ea. Cylinder B20-013 05 6 alanceby Door Manufacturer/ Supplier B. INTERIOR DOORS: Tyoe 2 (Pearls & Backstock) 1 pr. ButtsBB850-630 (Re-use existing on door 4A) 1 ea. Lockset D80PD-ORB x 10-025 630 1 ea. Wall Stop 407-630 Type 3 (Restrooms) 1� pr. Butts BB850-605 4� x 4� 1 ea. Push 20 5-605, 3 x 12 1 ea. Pull 34 G x 4G-605 Paint to match doorframe 1 ea. Closer 4013 1 ea. Rick Plate 5153 10" x 2" LDW 605 (push side) 1 ea. Wall Stop 407-605 3 ea. Silencers 20R 1 ea. Threshold 190B Type 4 (Exit Door) 1� pr. Butts BB 850-630 4� x 4� NRP 1 ea. Exit Device 99TP-BE-F x 299F 1 ea. Door Alarm Pilfergard PG10 1 ea. Closer 4013 Alum 1 ea. Wall Stop 407-630 1 set Smoke Seal S88 t f I 08710-4 ON 087�0 FI"Test p1�RDWARB ' MUM 5 (Shop/Lunch/Hall) Re-use existing lk pr. Butts D10S-Orb x 10-025 630 4� 1 ea. Latchset 407-630 1 ea. Wall Stop 20R 3 ea. Silencers Tv� (Training) lh pr. Butts Re-use existing ea. Lockset D80PD-Orb x 10-025 630 1 e 20R 3 ea. Silencers 407 ..630 � 1 ea. Wall Stop IMe 7 (Office / Storage) ¢� BB850-F,30 4h x 4� (Re-use existing 1 pr. Butts on Door 6A. ) 1 ea. Lockset D53PD-Orb x 10- 025 630 1 ea. Wall Stop 407-630 3 ea. Silencers2UR mg pppp (Janitor) 2 pr. Butts BB-850-630 4� x 4h 1 ea. Lockset D80PD-Orb x 10-025 630 1 ea. Wall Stop 407-630 3 ea. Silencers 20R Tye (Clean and Check) BB850-605 4h x 4� 2 pr' Butts D10S-Orb x 10-025 630 1 ea. Latchset 407-630 1 ea. Wall Stop 20R 3 ea. Silencers T<,pe10 (Water Heater) Butts BB850-630 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 3 . Lockset aD80PD x 10-025 630 1 eea. 458B-630 x 12" (inactive leaf) 2 ea. Flush Belts 1 ea. Dustproof 4898 x 478B (inactive leaf) Strike 20R 4 ea. oilencers SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWW 08710-5 Tvnb 11 (Roof Access) 1 pr. Butts BBR50-630 4h x 4h NRP 1 ea. Lockset DSOPD-Orb x 10-025 630 1 ea. Closer 4013 Alum 1 ea. Wall Stop 406-630 1 ea. Threshold 165 DV (with vinyl insert) 1 ea. Rain Drip 345A 1 set Weatherstrip S88 Type 12 (Storage) 1� pr. Butts BB850-630 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 1 ea. Lockset D80PD-Orb x 10-025 630 1 ea. Closer 4013 Alum 1 ea. Wall Stop 407-630 1 set Smoke Seal S88 Type 13 (Showroom No. 1 Door 23A) 2 pr. Butts BB850-630 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea. Lockset D80PD x 10-025 630 3 ea. Silencers 20R End of Section I SECTION 08800 GLAZING 08800-1 PART 1 GENERA 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Materials: Materials shall be of the best grade of the respective Manufacturer. Labels shall remain on glass until Architect's review. B. Installation Standards: Comply with recommendations of "Glazing Manual" by Flat Glass Marketing Association. C. IMpact Glazing: Glass subject to impact shall comply wish safety standards set forth in ANSI 297 . 1-1975 and Federal Standard 16 CFR 1201. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Manufacturers: Pittsburgh, L.O.F. , Mississippi Glass Company, or approved equal. B. Types: The following types shall be used as shown on the Drawings or as required by the Uniform Building Code. 1. 3/8" Clear Float Tempered Safety Glass. 2. 1/4" Clear Float Glass. 3. 1/4" Clear Laminated Safety Glass. 4 . One-way Glass, 1/4" Laminated Mirrcpane EP, Transparent Mirrors by L.O.F. Color shall be gray. 5. 1/4" Spandralite by P.P.G. Color as selected by Architect. PART 3 _EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Accurately cut and fit glass to openings and get with equal bearing on entire width of panel . Cai.vex side of glass to be on the outside. B. Metal Frames: Vinyl glazing bead as required. End of Section SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire-Resistance Rating: Where gypsum drywall systems with fire-resistance ratings are indicated, provide material and installations which are identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by f. re testing laboratories acceptable to authorities ha, ung jurisdiction;., B. gypsum Board Terminology Standard: GA-505 by Gypsum Association. C. Shale Source Resygnsibility: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. 1 . 2 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced gypsum board application 1 standards and recommendations of gypsum board 1 manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of gypsum board. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: I A. Manufacturer: (, 1. Metal Support Materials: Angeles Metal Systems; Knorr Steel Framing Systems; Steeler, Inc; Western Metal Lath; or approved. 2. Direct Suspension S sY cems: Chicago Metallic Corp. ; Donn Corporation; Roblin Building Products Systems, Inc. ; or approved. 3. Gypsum Board and Related Products: Domtar Gypsum; Georgia-Pacific Corp. ; Gold Bond Building Products Div. , National Gypsum Co. ; United States Gypsum Co. ; or approved. SECTION 09250 _GYPSUM DRYW TL 09250-2 2.2 NETAL SUPPORT MATERIALS: A. Ceiling Su port Materials and -Systems: 1 . General: Size ceiling support components to comply with ASTM C 754 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Main Runners: Steel channels with rust inhibitive paint finish, hot or cold-rolled. 3. Ranger Wire: ASTM A 641, croft, Class 1 galvanized, minimum 8 gauge, except 12 gauy: minimum at Direct Suspension Systems. 4 . Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts, cast-in- place concrete inserts or other devices applicable to the indicated method of structural 7 anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability for use intended has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. Size devices for 3x calculated load supported except size direct pull-out concrete inserts for 5x calculated loads. 5. Furring Members: ASTM C 645; 0.0179" min. thickness of base metal, hat-shaped, or 16 gauge by 3/4" cold-rolled channels. 6. Furring Anchorages: 16-gauge galvanized wiry ties, manufacturer's standard wire-type clips, , bolts, nails or screws as recommended by furring manufacturer and complying with C 754 . 7 . Direct Suspension vstems: Manufacturer's standard zinc-coated or painted steel system of � furring runners, furring tees, and accessories designed for concealed support of gypsum drywall ceilings; of proper type for use intended. 1 B. Wall/Pa.rtition Su ort Materials: 1 . Studs: ASTM C 645; 0.01791° for 3-5/8" studs and 0.0344" for 6" and larger studs min. thickness of base metal unless otherwise indicated. (25 gauge and 20 gauge) . a. Depth of Section: 3-5/8" (or 3-1/2" ) and 6" . w � �r w ■e 1 09250-3 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL 1 b. Runners: Match studs; type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and ceiling support of studs, and for vertical abutment of drywall work at other work. 2. Furri.n Members: ASTM C 645; 0.0179" min. thickness of base metal, hat-shaped. 3. 1'as__teners for Furrinet Mem• Type and size recommended by furring manufacturer for the substrate and application indicated. 1 2 .3 GYPSUM BOARD: A. um Wallboard: ASTM C 36, of types, edge r_yi)a d thickness indicated below; in maximum configuration an minimize end-to-end butt joints. lengths available to ? . Types: a. Regular. , unless otherwise indicated. a b. Types X for fire-resistant rated assemblies. C. Type WR, water-resistant where indicated. 2. Edges: Tapered and features for prefilliflg. 3. Thickness: a. 1/7." or 5/8" at regular applications. Do not mix sizes. b. 5/8" at fire-resistant applications. B. Water-Resistant sacki.ng�d: ASTM C 630, with tapered edges and of type and thickneFs indicated below; in maximum lengths available Lo minimize end-to-end butt joints. 1 . Types: a. Regular, unless otherwise indicated. b. Type X for fire-resistant rated assemblies. 2 . Thic_ knees: a. 1/2" at regular applications. b. 5/8" at fire-resistant applications. SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-4 C. Exterior Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C79, with straight, solid, square edges and of type and thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to- end butt joints. 1. Types: a. Regular, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: a. 1/2" at regular applications. ti 2 .4 TRIM ACCESSORIES: A. General: Provide manufacturer's staidard trim accessories of types indicated for drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expand-id flanges for nailing or stapling, and beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide corner beads, L-type edge trim-beads, U-type edge trim-beads, special L-kerf-type edge trim-beads, and one-piece control joint beads. 2 . 5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: A. General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. B. Joint Tape: Perforated type. C. Joint Compound: Ready-mixed vinyl-type for iatorior use. r 1. Grade: A single multi-purpose grade; for entire application. D. Water-Resistant Joint Compound: Sheetrock Brand W/R ! i Compound; United States Gypsum Co. ; or approved. 2 .6 M.ISCLLLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Fastening Adhesive for Wood) : ASTM C 557 . B. Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 646. C. Gypsum Board Nails: Comply with ASTM C 514 . D. Water-Resistant Adhesive: Type I organic adhesive for cerar1c ti-le complying with ANSI A136. 1. S-�� n 09 50 GYPSUM pRv`W� 09250-5 BART 3 EXEC—UTION 3. 1 PRET�ARATT � -ON FOR MFmnr g�PPORT 5YSTEM�; A. Furnish inserts other trades for installatier on wellsinladvance of m needed for coordination with other work.advance of time 3 2 ZN,-,_L_ATION 0 SUPPORT SYSTEMS: A. et$1 Sunn.,.-t C 754. data lati.on Standard: Comply with ASTM B. Ce U _,L SupSLSDenaion 1• Secure ha ers to structural au directly to structure where support by connecting connect. to inserts Possible, other�,ise devices or fasteneraas clips Or indicatedr anchorage 2• Space main runners. 4 t- olf 4 � 0" o.e. along runners. o•c' and apace hangers 3• Level main runner§j to a to- off lerance of 1/4, measured both lengthwise on each„ruin n and transversely between parallel runners. ner 4• Wire tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. C, Direct--ht, Metal Su wall track or angle whereverssum' rAttach perimeter vertical surfaces. Mechanically system meets to each other and butt-cut to y loin support r' fit into waltrac�bers D. indicated. member 16 o.c. , except as otherwise E. 1-II-8-tall auxilia>v fi work, A-- --�lns at termination of ywell and at openings for light dr work, as zFquired fcr supportght fixtures and similar construction and Cather wokindicated for drywall support thereon. support SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-6 F. Wall/Partition Support Systems: 1 . Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, and similar work to comply with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. 2. Isolate stud system from transfer of structural loading to system, both horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. Provide deep leg track at top of walls extending from floor to roof structure or underside of second floor. 3. Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other work. 4 . S ace studs 16" on centers or as scheduled on drawings. 3 . 3 GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Gypsam Boara Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840, GA 214, and GA 21.6. 3. 4 INSTALLATION OF DRYWA'.L TRIM ACCESSORIES: A. Genera.: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work. C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except: where semi-finishing type is indicated. Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf-type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L-type trim. install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant-filled 'including expansion joints) . SECT ON 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-7 D. Install metal control Joint (beaded-type) where indicated. 3.5 FINISHING OF DRYWALL: A. General: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (b-th directions) , flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. 1. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. 2. Apply Joint compound in 3 coats (not including prefill of. openings in base, and sand between last 2 coats and after last coat. After sanding has been completed, damp mop all sanded areas with a wet sponge in order to restore the "nap" on the face of the board. Finish to GA 214-90, Level 5 in areas scheduled to receive unbacked vinyl wallcovering, gloss, semi-gloss, enamel, or non- textured flat paint finish. All other areas to receive Level 4 finish unless otherwise noted. B. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Comply with recommendations of gypsum backing board manufacturer for treatment of joints behind ' ceramic tile. 1 . In areae Lo be tilad, treat fastener heads with water- resistant joint compound. Fill tapered edges in gypsum panels with water-resistant joint compound, embed joint tape firmly and wipe off excess compound; follow immediately with a second coat of water-resistant joint compound over taping coat, being careful not to crown the joint. Fold and embed tape in all interior angles to form true 1 angles. Finish to GA 214--90, Level 2 . 2 . In areae not to be tiled, treat fastener heads and embed tape as indicated above using water-resistant joint compound but finish with 2 coats of joint compound used for regular gypsum board work. Finish to GA 214-90, Level 4 or Level 5 as dictated by final wall covering. C. Gypsum Sheathing: Finish as reccmmended by final finish manufacturer for final finish being applied. End of Section { as ,I I 09300-1 SECTION 093 0 TILE PART 1 G NE ARAL 1 . 1 OUALITY A SS URAN99• A. go„rce of .Mate isle: Provide materials obtainedfrom one source: for each type and color of tile, g setting mi!Lterials. 1 .2 SUBMITTALS: A. Products: Submit manufacturer's technical in for materials required. B. Maintenance Materials: At the completion of the work, sof upply the Owner one unopened carton or congroutrand each material specified including adhesives for future replacement. C. Maintenance Manuals: Submit manual to Owner indicating care and maintenance required for materials installed. See Section 01700- 1 . 3 PRO_ JECT CON_ DITIUNS. A. Maintain environmewor ntal c-onditi�ns and Prwithtrefekenced during and after installation to comply standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. pAR�— PRODUCTS 1 2 . 1 ACCEPTABL_E MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: 1 . Glazed Tile: CrosulInternationae Ceramics; d l; orlapproved. Incepa, Div. of Lafen tom 2. C�cial Portland Cement GTi1e-Mates719)guording Products; The Upco Company approved. out 3. uartz Aggre�-Latex Por FlextilCPmLtd•ftlaneentrThe•Upco Custom Building Products; Company; or approved. 4 . Tile Cleaners: Hillyard Chemical Co. ; L & M Surco Mfg. Co. , Inc. ; or approved. 1 I' ,"MW SE�TIGN 0930A TILE 09300-2 2.2 PRGDUCTS GENERAL; A. 1WNSI Standard for Ceram'c T'1 A137. 1 'American Nationalal-T-le. lifith ANSe for Ceramic Tile" for types and grades of tile indicated. 1• Furnish tile complying with "Standard Grade" requirements unless otherwise iaJicated. B. SI Staniland dor T:!, T-- with ANSI standard referencedlwithninstallation Comply products and material& indicted. C• Tom: Provide tile trim and accessories which match 2.3 TILE color and finish of adjoining flat tile. PRODUCTS: A• Bui�lding Int-Ln : 1 • F.lo_o_r Tile(and wall tile at "Planter" ) : a. Tvoe: Granth Ua �lri, unglazed wall tile, g a,..ed floor and b• Color: "Granite Slate% C. PlearinQ Surface: Unglazed. d. Nominal Facial Dimensions: 12" x 12" . e• Nominal Thickness: �. f• Face: Plain with cushion edges. 9• Patter k----n• As shown on Drawings. h. G__rout Joint: 1/42. G1--1azed Accent Tile; a• T_YPe2 Crossville Ceramics, Glazed floor oor b. Color: Platinum No. C810 (unpolished) C. Wearin_g Surface: Glazed. d• Fac__e__Dimensi_ons• 611 x 16" . i� +a a io ECTIQN 09300 TILE 09300-3 Is. Thickness: 5/16" . f. Face: Plain with cushion edges. g. Pattern: As shown on drawiings, align floor and wall joints. h. Grout JoiDt: 1/4" . i. Tr}M: Provide cove base edges. Use 6 x 4 cove base tiles and cut to match width of floor tile, ease exposed cut edge by buffing. 3 . Restroom Wall Tile: Incepa a. Model: Registry. b. Color: "Mist" FL 401. i C. Facial Dimensions: 6" x 8" . (8" vertical dimensions) . d. Thickness: 3/16" . e. Face: Plain with cushion edges. f. Pattern: As shown on drawings, align floor and wall joints. g. Grout Joint: 'A" . h. Trim: Provide bullnose edges for outside corners. (3" x 8" ) . 4 ., Restroom Wall Accent Band: Incepa. a. Model: Registry. b. Color: Men's room "Mist" FL 437, women's restroom "Mist" FL487 . C. Facial Dimensions: 6" x 8" . (8" vertical dimension) . d. Thickness: 3/16" . e. Face: Plain with cushion edges. f. Pattern: Accent at top of tile, align joints as shown on drawings with field tile joiats� �CTYON 09300 TILE 09300-4 9• Crout Joint: h. Trim: Provide bullnose edges for outside corners. (3" x 8") . 5• Trim Units: a• Bas---e for Thinset Mortar nQr Straight. allations: b. External Corners for Thinset Installations: Surface bullnose. C. InternalCom rs: Field-butted square corners. 2'4 5E--TTING- MATERI SLS A. Thinset Portland Cement Mortar: Dry-set Portland latex-po , cement mortar, ANSI A118. 1 rtland cement mortar, ANSI A118.4. B. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136. 1 • primer-sealer where recommended bypP I' Provide 2.5 UTING y manufacturer. GROMArfERI1�S A. Builds Interior: 1 . _Om?nercial Portland Ce preblended compound compo sedetary roftPortl.andlcement and additives formulated for }he type of file installed. 2 • Latex-Portland Cement Grout: Proprietary preblended compound of portland cement, selected and graded aggregates, additives gaged with color pigments and chemical latex additive to comply with manufacturer's directives. ANSI A118. 6. 3. Gr__out Colors• a. Floor�Ttle: Custom ' Building Products, 165, Delorean Grey,, sanded. No. b• Rest Rooms: Custom Building Products, No. 165, Delorean C;rey,, sanded. SECTION 09300 TILE 09300-5 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Two-Component Sealants: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, use T ( for use in joints subject to pedestrian traffic` . PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION. GENERAL: A. Clean existing floor slabs prior to installation of tile as recommended by tile manufacturer. B. ANSI Tile Installation Standard: Comply with applicable parts of ANSI 108 series of tile installation standards included under "Ame.:ica.n National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile. " C. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" ; comply with TCA instal?.ation methods indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as applicable to installation conditions shown. D. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant filled joints, including control, contraction and isolation joints ai. joints in structural floor and where indicated; or if not indicated, at spacings and locations recommended in TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, " and approved by Architect. E. Grout tile to comply with referenced installation standards, using grout materials indicated. 3.2 INTERIOR FLOOR INSUNLIJiTION METHOD: A. Tile: 1. Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108. 1. a. Bond Coat: Portland cement paste on plastic bed; or thin-set portland cement on cured bed, ANSI A108.5; at Contractor's option. b. Concrete Subfloors, Interior: TCA F11-1 (bonded) , C. Grout: Commercial portland cement ANSI A108. 10. S �t SECTION 09300 TILE E 09300-6 3 .3 INTERIOR WALL TILE INSTALLATION METHODS. A. Tile• 4 1. Ur,.ganic Adhesive: ANSI A108.4. e. GvosMm Board. Interior: TCA W242. ( 1) TCA W242 (for areas with metal stud framing) . (2; TCA W223 (for areas with wood stude framing) . b. Grout: Latex-p ortland cement ANSI A108. 10. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grc. lting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of � foreign matter . I B. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective tile work. C. Protection: When recommended by 'tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neut'7a1 protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage and wear. I D. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. E, Before final inspection, remove protective coverings y and rin3e neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. t End of Section +f' *�r aw S]�CTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILI GS 09510-1 pA�tT 1 _, GE_NERAL_ 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire erformance Characteri.sics: Provide acoustical P ceiling components that are identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics. 1. Sur Lace_Bu r,linct Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 . a. Flame aR.Iead: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Rf-,tacement Materials: Provide OwnE _ with two unopened cartons of each type of ceiling tile used on the project for future replacement purposes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 ACOUSTICAL TILES: A. Tyc�P III Tile-Mineral CCniposition with Standard W_ash_able Painted Finish: 1. Fissured: NRC 50-60, STC 35-39, LR 1, square edge, white, 2V' x 48" 5/8" - a. Products: Subject to compliance with req+l:rements provide one of the following. 1) Non-Fire-Resistance Pated Tile: a) White: Armstrong, Second Look II, No. 2767 or equivalent from Celotex or U.S. Gypsum. 2 .2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL: F,. Standard for Metal StIs elision Systems: Provide metal suspension systems of. type, structural cla3s�.ficatiun and finish indicated which -:omply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. B. Finishes ana. Colors: Standard black finish. C. Atta — chment Devices: Size for 5 times design load - indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. I SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510-2 D. Hanger Wire: Galvanized carbon steel wire, ASTM A 641, soft temper, prestretched, Class 1 coating, sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Tabla 1, Direct Hung) , will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 12 gauge. E. Edge Moldings and Trim: Provide manufacturer's standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. F. Manufacturers of Steel Exposed Suspension Systems: Exposed Gri3 Exposed Grid Non-Fire Rated Fire Rated 1 . Chicago: 1.800 System 1850 System 2. Conwed: 200 or 800 ,system 250 or 850 System 3. Donn: DX System DXL Exposed 4. Robyn: Series "RL" Series "X" G. Structural Classification: Heavy Duty System. H. Vertical Struts: Donn compression post, telescoping, Models VSA-12, VSA-24, USA-47, VSA-733, VSA-1215 as required for various heights of structure above ceilings. Provide all connectors, and accessories for a complete installation ars manufactured by Donn, or approved. PAF. 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instruct.Lons, and to comply with governing regulations, fire resistance rating ' requirements as indicated, and industry standards applicable to work. a. Instal'suspension systems to comply with ASTM C 636, and UBC Standard 41-18, with hangers supported only from building structural members. Locate hangerE not less than 8" from each end and spliced 4 '-0" along each carrying channel or direct-hung runner, unless otherwi9e indicated, loveling to tolerance of 1/8 ' in 12 '-0" . f I SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510-3 s 1 . Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye-screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate, and which will not ueteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures. 2 . Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required `--, miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal force by bracing, countersplaying or other equally effective mea;:a. 3. Install lateral bracing per UBC Standard 47 . 1812, a thrcugh e. 4 . Light fixtu.;es shall be installed per UBC Standard 47. 1813. Provide hangers per this standard. Electrical. Contractor to make attachment to I fixture. 4 S . Mechanical.items shall be installed per UBC Standard 47 . .1.814 . C. Install edge moldings of type .indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. 1 . Sealant Bed: Apply continuous ribbon of acodetical sealant, concealed on back of vertical lea before installing :holdings. 2 . Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more thsn 3" from ends, 1 leveling with ceiling suspension system to toleranca of 1/8" in 121-011 . Niter corners accurately and connect securely. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustizal ceilings and baffles, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work wi-ich cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. ' End of Section as SECTION 09650 _ RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Maintain minimum temperaty.re of 65^ F ( 18° C) in spaces to receive resilient f.loori,nq for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during, installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will )re installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain -nini.mum temhera.ture of 55° F ( 13° C) in areas where work is completed. f PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Vinyl Composition Tile: Endura, or approved, B. Accessories: Wall Base: Roppe Rubber Corporation; Burke Flooring Products; Div. of Burke Products Inc. ; Flexco Div. , Textile Rubber Co. Inc. ; GAF Corp. Floor Products Div. ; Johnson Rubber Co. , Flooting Accessories Div. ; Kentile Floors, Inc. ; or appraved. 2 , ':ile Reducer Str),p: Flexco Div. , 'Textile Rubber i Co. , Inc. 3 . Metal Edge Strias: Extruded aluminum. 4 . Adhesives: Henry; Johnsonitr. Floor-'.ng P -,ducts Division; or approved. C. Leveling Compound: Gyp-Crete Corperntian, or approved equal. : . 2 RESILIENT FLOORING COLORS AND PATTERNS: A. Vinyl Composition Tile: Series 1.00 Square (LV:?) , 18" x 18" unless othe mise indicated, and as follows: 1 . "Public Seen Work Areas" : Charcoal No. 4473. 2 . "Non-piblic W rk Areas" : Pewter No. 4479 . SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-2 2 . 3 ACCESSORIES: A. Rubber Wall Base: Provide rubber base complying with FS SS-W-40, Type i, with matching end stops and preformed or molder: corner units, and as follows: 1. Hei ht: 3" and 4" as shown on drawings. 2 . Thickness: 1/81, gauge. 3. Tup Set: Standard cove. 4 . Carpet: Straight base without cove. 5. Color: Roppe, Gray No. 50. B. Leveling Compound: Gyp-Crete 2000, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 PREPARATION• A. Prepare subfloor surface.; as follows: 1 . Use leveling and patching compounds as recommended by patching compound manufacturer and resilient flooring manufacturer for filling sh all cracks, holes and depressions in subfloor. 2 . Remove coatings from subflo r surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, including curing compounds incompatible with resilient flooring adhesives, paint, oils, waxes and sealers. 3 . Perform moisture tests to determine 1L surfaces are sufficiently cured and dry. B. Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor. r C . apply concrete sls ab primer, if recommended by flooring ] manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. r U. LE�veling Compound: Install to thick less required on drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. 3 . 2. INSTALLATION: A. General: 1 . Install flooring using methot? indicated in strict i SECTION 09650 REEILIFliT FLOORING 09650-3 compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Extend flooring into toe spa--e,3, door reveal&, and into closets and similar openings. i `i G KAM SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-4 2 . Scribe, cut and fill, resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built-in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. 3. Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at .joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand .roll flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. B. Tile Floors: 1 . Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room area of equal width. .'adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut ' widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. 2 . Match tiles for color and pattern by using tide from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. 3 . Adhere toile flooring to substrates using full. spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. C. Accessories: 1 . ApQly wall base to walls, columns, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as 1,-)iAg as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. 3 .4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Perform the following operations immediately upon completion of resilient flooring. ' 1 . Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 2 . Do not wash floor until time period recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer has elapses!. to allow resilient flooring to become well-sealed in adhesive. 1 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-5 3. Damp-mop floor being careful to remove black marks and excessive soil. 4 . Remove anv excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using appropriate cleaner recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers. 1 B. Clean resilient flooring not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion of project using method recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. End of Section r i f SECTION 09680 CARPET114G 09680-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSU CE: A. flame Sjoread Ratinla: Carpet shall have passed Federal Flammability Standard DOC-FF-1-70 and Class B Flame spread of 75 or less per. ASTM E 84-76. B. Manufacturer: Carpet to be first quality material, no seconds or imperfections will be accepted. All carpets to be "static-free. " 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Manufacturer' s Literature: Submit two copies of manufacturer's specifications covering carpet construction and recommended installation and 1 maintenance procedures. B. Overrun Stock and Scraps.: 1 1 . Furnish 2% of total carpet area of each color to Owner for maintenance materials. 1 . 3 WARRANTY: Provide Manufacturer's Standard ten ( 10) year warranty against wear and static. PART 2 _PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. General Carpeting: Karastan 1 . Manufacturer: Bigelow, or approved. 2 . TMq: Karastan ' 3. Pattern: Optimus 4 . Color: Crystalline No. 4104 5 . Construction: Cut loop pile. 6. Pile Fiber: 100% continuous filament. Antron-nylon anti-static. 7 . pe Method: Skein Dyed . 8 . Pile Yarn Weight: Face 48 oz. Total 82 .90 oz . 9 . Pile Height: . 31.3" . 1 SECTION 09680 CARPETING 0961+0-2 B. Adhesive: Non-toxic, waterproof, white latex base cement, formulated for installing carpet and recommended by carpet manufacturer. C. Carpet Accessories: 1 . Carpet Pad: Recticel, or approved equal. a. Model: Loadmaster Series No. CX2580, 1/4" Close Cellular Rubber. 2 . Approved Manufacturer: Flexco Div. , Textile Rubber Co. , Inc. , or approved. I a. Tile and Caret Joiner: No. 81 . Standa--d color as selected by Architect. Trim leading edge to match tile thickness, where abutting tile flooring. D. Concrete Sealer: 35% solution of 421 Baume zx dii.m silicate and non-acid penetrating agent. CompatLble with adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1. INSTALLATION: A. Install carpet in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Locate seams for most economical use of materials. Run pile in the same direction throughout the project. C. Cut carpet at columns and floor outlets. Make "X" cut as small as possible so that it will be concealed by the floor outlet when installed. Pull wire and fitting through the floor outlet cut as the carpet is installed. D. Accessories: 1 . Tile and (_arpet Joiner: Install where carpet abuts resilient flooring. 1 3 . 2 ADJUSTMENT' AND CLEANING: A. Replace or reinstall carpet not smooth and even, free of discoloration, soil, sag or buckle. �aMslow IMI +w �W 09680-3 SECTION 09680 CARPETING ith B. After installation, eureclean carpetW spot removrrqied. Removethreadithsharp scissors and vacuum clean. End of Section V r i ISECTION09900 PAINTING 09900-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION: A. Work _ Inc �.ded: 1 . Surfaces to_Receive Paint: Paint all exposed surfaces as called for on the Drawings and as herein specified except those specifically deleted by this section. 2 . Exterior Painting: a. Field paint exposed wood, aluminum and steel surfaces. b. Field paint primed and galvanized steel exposed to public view. 3. Interior Pairtin : a . General: Surfaces to be painted are designated .in the Room Finish Schedule and the Specifications and this Contractor shall consult the schedule for the extent of the interior work hereinafter specified. b. Field Paint exposed mechanical and electrical equipment not factory finished which is installed in finished rooms. C. Field Paint exposed steel items in finished roams, d. Sand and finish exposed wood items in .finished rooms. e. Paint exposed gypsum surfaces in finished rooms as called for on the plans. f. Paint unfinished or prefinished grilles and registers in walls, floors and ceilings. g. Paint glass-fiber reinforced concrete column covers. 4 . Touch-Up: Field paint factory finished items idamaged prior to Owner acceptance. SECTION 09900 PAINTING 09900-2 1 .2 OFFICE SAMPLES: A. Submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. Resubmit samples as requested unt. l required sheen, color and texture is achieved. B. Opaque Finish: Provide two samples 12" x 12" of each color with texture to simulate finish condition. C. Transparent Finish: On actual wood surfaces provide two 4" x 8" samples for natural and stained wood finish. 1, 3 CONTAMINATED SURFACES: Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, 1 grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable paint film. 1 . 4 COORDINATION: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers where required. Notify the Architect 1 in writing of anticipated problems using specified coatings with su:.)strates primed by others. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 APPROVED MATERIALS: The materials for the painting and , finishing shall be of the kind of the following name brands and the best quality of their several kinds, or approved equal. A. Prepared Paints and Varnishes: 1 . Sherwin Williams or approved_: Colors as indicated on Drawings. 2. Miller, Rodda, Pittsburg, Sherwin-Williams or ' Dutch Bov Paints: Colors as indicated on Drawings. B. Sealer -- Wood: Sherwin Williams or approved. t PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSPECTION: ' A. Examination of Surfaces: Examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 's• � SECTION 09900 PAINTING L9900-3 ' B. work Start: Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. 3 .2 PREPAP.ATION A. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer 's instruction for each substrate condition. ' B. Protect work of other trades. Remove hardware and accessories, machine surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and prefinished .tams in place and not ' scheduled for finish-paint, or approved surface applied protection. Reinstall removed items. C. Seal wood required to be job painted. Prime edges, ends, face, underside and backsides of counters, shelves and cabinets. I3. 3 APPLICATION: A. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance I with the manufacturer's directions. Use techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. I B For opaque finishes, apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through 1 final paint coat, until paint fili,. is of uniform finish, color and appearance. C. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with ! prime coats only. D. Sand lightly between succeeding enamel or varnish coats. E. Except where accent colors are scheduled, paint mechanical and electrical work in finished areas including exposed ducts, piping, conduit, louvers, grilles, etc. , to match adjacent surfaces except when factory finished with color to match adjacent surface. F. Paint interior surfaces of ducts where visible through registers or grilles, flat, non-specular black. SECTION 09900 PAINTING 09900-4 3.5 SCHEDULE: A. Exterior Painting Schedule: 1 • Metal. Items: a. Structural and Miscellarie,ous Metal: One ( 1 ) Coat Primer (in Division 5) (by others) . Two (2) Coats Exterior, Semi-Gloss, Alkyd Enamel. b. Mechanical Wark: (exposed to public view) I (louvers, grilles, roof mechanical units, etc. ) One ( 1 ) Coat Primer (in Division 15) (by I others) . Two (2 ) Coats Exterior, Seini-Gloss, Alkyd Enamel. I C. Sheet Metal: (exposed to public view -- flashing, etc. ) One ( 1) Coat Primet (by others) . Two (2 ) Coats Exterior, Semi-Gloss, Alkyd Enamel. d• Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: One ( 1 ) Coat Primer (in Section 08114 ) (by others) . Two (2) Coats Exterior, Semi-Gloss, Alkyd Enamel. e. Metal Exterior Awnings: One ( 1 ) Coat Primer. Two (2 ) Coats Exterior, Semi-Gloss, Aliphatic Polyurethane. 2 . Wood Items: a. Wood Siding and Wood Structure for Awnings: One ( 1) coat primer (on ail surfaces) . Two (2) Coats Exterior, Full-bodied, Solid Opaque Stain. b• EXDOs@d Steel Canoy_Structure: (including ,k I SECTION 09900 PAINTING 09900-5 beams, joists and conduit. ) 1) Painted Surfaces: One ( 1) Coat Primer Two (2 ) Coats Exterior, Semi-Gloss, Alkyd Base Industrial Enamel. B. Interior Painting Schedule: Refer to Room Finish Schedule and Room Elevations for extent of work. 1 . Metal Items: a. Structural and Miscellaneous Metal• (Exposed to view) One ( 1 ) Coat Primer (in Division 5) (by others) . f Two (2 ) Coats Semi-Gloss, Acrylic Latex. b. Sheet Metal: (exposed to view) One ( 1 ) Coat Primer. Two (2 ) Coats Semi.-Gloss, Acrylic Latex. C. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: One ( 1.) Coat Primer ( .in Section 08114 ) (by others) . Two (2 ) Coats Semi-•Gloss, Alkyd Enamel . 2 . Wood Items: a. Enantel-?d Items: (Millwork, frames, trim. ) One ( 1) Coat Primer-Sealer (on all Burfaces) . One ( 1. ) Coat 1/2 Undercoat and 1/? Enamel. Ona ( 1) Coat, Semi-Gloss, Alkyd Enamel. i 1 1 air Wwr M mwV_WKMAMULIN f 09900-6 SECTION Og90q PAINTING b. Stained Items: One ( 1) coat stain on non-exposed surfaces, satin finish. Two (2) coats on exposed surfaces, satin finish. C. Plywood: Sealed. One ( 1) Coat Clear Sealer. 3, Gypsum Board Items: a. Enamel: One ( 1) Coat Primer Sealeer. lic Latex Satin one ( 1) coat Low Sheen, y Enamel, or One ( 1) Coat Semi-Gloss, Acrylic-Latex Enamel. b. Vinyl Wall Coveri�rimer: One ( 1) Coat Flat Vinyl Acrylic-Latex, a= One ( 1 ) Coat Lacquer. 4 . CancreteI_tems: . a. Enamel: I j Ore ( 1) Coat Primer-Sealer (white) . ; Two (2) Coats, I,ow Sheen, Acrylic Emulsion Enamel. S , Mechanical Pipa_s: a. Insulated Mechanical Pipes in Painted Areas: ceilings -- Match ceiling finish (color and coats) . color and coats) . ' Wall -- Match wall finish b, Uninsulated Mechanical Pipes and Fi.ttingss Prime all metal with metal primer, Ceilings -- Match ceiling finish (color snd coats) . color and coats) - wall all - Match wall finish End of Section SECTION 09950 WALL COVERINGS 09950-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fire Hazard Classification: Provide materials bearing UL label and marking, indicating fire hazard classification of wall covering, as determined by ASTM 2 84, with the following fire hazard classifications. 1) Flame spread less than 75. 2) Smoke developed less then 450. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: MITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of wall covering materials. B. Maintenance Instructions_: Submit manufacturer's printed instructions for maintenance of installed work, including precautions for use of cleaning materials which could damage wall covering. C. Salvaged Materials: Pieces of wall covering left over from the installation shall be turned over to the Owner. 1 .3 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Maintain -onstant minimum temperature of 70° F at areas of installation for at least 72 hours before and 48 hours after application of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 VINYL WALL COVERING (VWC1: A. General: Comply with FS CCC-W-408 for types required, and comply with requirements specified herein. Provide vinyl wall covering material with suitable backing which has been treated with mildew and germicidal additives. B. Medium Duty_(VVWC-MDI : Type II; total weight not less than 13 oz, per sq. yd. ; vinyl coating not less than 7 oz . per sq. yd. C. Manufacturer: Provide vinyl wall covering produced by the following msnuLicturer. w SECTION09950 WALK COVE19INGS 09950-2 1. TvAe 1: Geo-Rib by Roroseal. Color: Flannel No. 6936-95. 2. Type 2: Harborweave by Koroseal. Color: Gray , Feather No. 2118-91. 2 .2 ACCESSORX ITEMS: ' A. Adhesives: Provide manufacturer's recommended adhesive, primer, and sealer, produced expressly for , use with selected wall covering on substrate as shown on drawings. Provide materials which are mildew-resistant and nonstaining to wall covering. B. Release Coat: Oil base sealer or enamel undercoater 1 for drywall substrates. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3. 1 PREPARATION_: A. Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing from packaging in area of installation not less than 24 hours before application. , B. Remove switchplates, wall plates, and surface-mounted fixtures in areas where wall covering is to be applied. ' C. Prime and seal substrates in accordance with wall covering manufacturer's recommendations for type of substrate. Apply surface sealer to gypsum drywall which will permit subsequent removal of wall covering without damage to paper facing. D. Test substrate with electronic moisture meter to verify ' that surfaces to be covered do not exceed 4% moisture content. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Vinyl Wall Covering: 1 . Place wall covering panels consecutively in order cut from rolls, including filling of spaces above ' or below openings. Hang by reversing alternate strips except_ on match patterns. i 1 SECTION 09950 WALL COVERINGS 09950-3 2 . Apply adhesive to back of wall covering and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install seams plumb, and at least 6" away from corners. Horizontal seams are not perm-itted. Overlap seams i�nd double- cut to assure tight closure. Roll, brush, or use broad kniAle to ' remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. Cut wall covering evenly to edges of outlet boxes or support. 3. Trim salvages as required to assure color uniformity and pattern match. 4 . Remove excess adhesive along finished seams while it is still wet using warm water and clean sponge, and wipe dry. 3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN l A. Replace removed piates and fixtures; verify cut edges j of wall coverings are completely concealed. B. Remove suralus_materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from wall covering installation upon completion of work, and leave areas of installation in neat, clean f condition. End of Section I SECTION 09960 COLUMN FURRINGS 09960-1 PART 1 GENERAL 7 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION: A. Work Included: Provide Custom formed column furring, mounting hardware, labor, equipment and superintendence as required for a complete installation of column furring covers as shown on drawings. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Furnish three ( 3) copies of shop drawings for 1 Architect's review prior to fabrication, clearly detailing all materials, accessories, and fasteners to be used including materials, dimensions, gauges, and finishes. 1 . 3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Packaging: All pieces and portions thereof shall be packaged to prevent any piece from wearing on any other. B. Storage and Handling,: All materials shall be inspected by Contractor prior to installation, then stored in a manner to prevent damage. ' 1 .4 JOB CONDITIONS: ' A. Field Measurements: Contractor to verify or supplement dimensions shown on Drawings and to assume responsibility for the fitting of. work. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS• A. Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFR 1 . Manufacturer: Magnalite Systems, Inc. , Carson City, NV 89706, (702 ) 883-8300; or approved. 2 . Furring Cover: Custom formed by manufacturer as shown on Drawings. 3. Edge Treatment: Thickened edges with tapers for 1 taped and sanded joints per Manufacturer's Standard Details. 4 . Fasteners: Per Manufacturer. r SECTION 09960 COLUMNFURRINGS 09960-2 5. ,Accessories: Clips, edgers and other accessories as required for a complete installation. j 6. Finish: Install joint tape and compound, sanded � ) smooth so that the entire assembly is ready for primer and paint. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: Install plumb and level per manufacturers recommendations and as shown on drawings. rg End of Section i ; id0 SECTION 10160 TOILET PARTITIONS 10160-1 RART 1 GENERAL 1• � QUALITY ASSURANCE: i A. Field Measu-rements: Take field measurements prior to fabrication where possible, to insure proper fitting of work. PART 2 —_PRODUCTS 2. 1 ACC EPTA LE MANUFACTURERS: A. Mn ct rer: Duraline; Accurate Partitions Div. , United States Gypsum Co. ; Global Steel Products Corp. ; Knickerbocker Partition Corp. ; Sanymetal Products Co. ; Weisart; Robart; Flush-Metal Partition Corp. ; or approved. 2 .2 M&TE I LS: A. General: Furnish standard doors, panels, screens, and I pilasters fabricated for partition system, unless other wise indicated. Furnish units with cutouts, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive I partition-mounted hardware, accessories, and grab bars as indicated. B. Door Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, furnish I 24" wide inswinging doors for ordinary toilet stalls and 34" wide (clear opening) outswinging doors at stalls equipped for use by handicapped. C. Partitions and Screens: Duraline No. 1081, or i approved. I D. Wall Hung Screens: Furnish panel units of same construction and finish a- partition system panels. Duraline No. 1085, )r approved. IE. Hardware: Furnish manufacturer's standard hardware each comparttient. for F. Finish: Plastic laminate, color: Grey, from manufacturer standard color chart. 1 SECTION 10160 TOILET PARTITIONS 10160-2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install partitions rigid, straight, plumb, and level. 3.2 ADJUST AND. CLEAN: A. hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on inswinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on outswinging doors to return to fully closed position. B. Olean exposed surfaces of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. I I End of Section I SECTION 70210 ALUMINUM LOUVERS 10210-1 i PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standards: All louvers shall bear AMCA Licensed Rating Seals for air performance and water penetration. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Aluminum Louvers: 1 . Manufacturer: The Airolite Company, Marietta, Ohio. Airline Products, Inc. , America* Warming and Ventilating, Inc. , Construction Spe,.ialt=_es, Inc. , and Industrial Louvers, Inc , or approved equal. 2 . Type: Framed, extruded aluminum stationary stormproof louver Type K6742 as manufactured by the Airolite Company, or approved equal. 3 . Construction: a. Material: Extruded aluminum, alloy 6063-T5, completely welded construction. b. Blades: 12-gauge ( .081" ) , stormproof, 30- degree blade angle. C. Frame: 12-gauge ( .081" ) , predrilled for installation. 1 i d. Depth: 2" . 4 . Finish: Factory finished with manufacturer's standard thickness prime coating. 5. Size: 17." W. x 18" H. 6. Screen: 16 x 18 mesh aluminum insect screen in folded extruded aluminum frame. SECTION 10210 ALUMINUM LOUVERS 10210-2 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION• A. Aluminum_Louvers: Aluminum louvers to be installed in acc. fdance with the Drawings and shall be securely anchored to structure. Flash at head and caulk all (�1 around and seal watertight. Install insect screen on interior side of louver. End of Section �1 �y1 } �y d Y SECTION 10250 FIREFIGHTING DEVICES 10250-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. General: All firefighting devices shall be Underwriters Laboratories approved. PART 2 PRODUCTS i 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Cabinets; 1. Manufacturer: J. L. Industries, or approved equal. 2. Design: Ambassador Series. 3. Types: Model 1017 V16 4. Finish: Color epoxy coated tub, door, and trim to match wall finish color. B. Fire Extinguishers: ? . Manufacturer: J. L. Industries, or approved equal. 2 . Type: Model 10E Cosmic. 3. Nominal Capacity: 10 pounds. 4 . Rating: UL 4A-60BC. PART 3 _ EXECUTION 3. 1. INSTALLATION: Install cabinets and fire extinguishers in strict accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. End of Section SECTION 10800 TOILFT ACCESSORIES 10800-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Code Compliance: Install accessories as required to conform with local handicapped codes as to height, location and type of accessory whether shown on the Drawing or not. tB. Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and servicing of accessory units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc. , ; McKinney/Parker; or approved. 2 .2 MATERIALS• A. Grab Bars: 1. Stainless Steel Type: Provide Bobrick grab bars #B6806 with wall thickness not less than 18 gage and as follows: a. Mounting: Concealed, manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages. b. Clearance: 1-1/2" clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar. C. Gripping Surfaces: Satin finish, with peened non-slip gripping surface. rd. Heavy-Duty Size: 1-1/2" outside diameter. B6806 x 36" and B6806 x 42" . B. Toilet Tissue_Holder: Bobrick #B-686 surface mounted multi-roll dispenser. Bright polished stainless steel. C. Multi Dispenser: Bobrick #B-3570.60 partition mounted dual napkin disposal, and toilet tissue dispenser. Satin finish stainless steel. Rr # isa � �9 10800-2 SECTION 10 nn TOILET ACCES O- IES D. pager Towel Dispenser: Bobrick #B-35907 recessed dispenser and waste receptacle. Stainless steel cabiaet and flange. Plastic laminate, color: Designer White. 1. Door: Brushed E. Li Qu '-d SoapDis enser: Bobrick #B-822• stainless steel finish, surface mountSpout utttpoo be 6" translucent polyethylene container. P nless steelfinish. length, polished stai . g. Napkin Disposal: Bobrick #8-3544 . Satin Recessed finishes stainless steel., semi-recessed. r G. Toilet Seat Cover DigRenser: Bobrick #B-3017 . Stainless steel cabinet and flange. Combination Napkin Vendor: Bobrick #B-35027 single H. ).0 cent mechanism. Cabinet and flange stainless coin, steel. 1, Door: Plastic laminate. Color: Designer white. I. Semi-r sse`ered Waste Receptical: Bobrick #B-- 365074 . Stainless steel cabinet and flange. 1, Door: Plastic laminate.. Color: Designer white. PAR_ T 3-- EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: in accordance with A. Install toilet accessory units manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate tosubstrate n and reunitsnplumb ded y and level, manufacturer of firmly anchored in locations indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install at all handicapped toilet compartments (as shown on drawings) . C. Toilet 'Tissue Dis enser and Multi-Dis enser: Install one each at each toilet compartment (as shown on drawings) . D. paper Towel_Dispenser: Install one each at each toilet room (as shown on drawings) . LiQuid Soa Dig enser: Install one each at each lav E �-- to as shown on drawings) . recessed in counter p i SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10800 .3 F. Recessed Napkin Disposal: Install one in women's handicapped stall (as shown on drawings) . G. Semi-recessed Waste Receptical: Install one in each restroom (as shown on drawings) . H. Napkin Vendor: Install one in women's toilet room (as ' shown on drawings) . End of Section I w 1 I f i SECTION 10810 MIRROR UN TS S loelo-1 I PART_ _I GENERAL 1. 1 SPECIFIED PRODUCT W RANTY: A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty again6t 4 silver spoilage of mirrors, agreeing t. , replace any mirrors which develop visible defects ►•:thin warranty ' period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. 1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Bobrick Washroom Egnipment, Inc. , McKinney/Parker, or aFproved. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Mirror Glass: 1/4" thick, 1, conforming to FS DD-G51, with silvering, No. rcoating, and protective organic coating complying copper I, FS DD-M-431. P ging with � B. gainless Steel Framing: AISI Type 302/:304, with Polished No. 4 finish. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. D. Galvanized Steel Mo unti_na Devices. ASTM A 386, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. E. Model : Bobrick B-165 series. Provide mirrors i quantity as shown on drawings. n F. Size: as called fuer on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLP►TION• A. Secure mirrors to walls in tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units Plumb, level, and square. End of Section SECTION 12670 ENTRANCE MATS 12670-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 SUBMITTALS: A. Ma .ntrnaiice Data: Submit manufacturer's printed instructions for cleaning, drying, maintaining and rehandling of removable entrance mat units. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 ENTRANCE MATS: A. Manufacturer: Construction Specialties, Inc. , or approved. B. Size: as shown on the drawings. C. Model: PM375 BM or PM400SM D. Color: 8926 Pewter 2 .2 ANCHCRAGE: as recommended by Entrance Mat Manufacturer and as shown on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Install entrance mats to comply with manufacturer's instructions, and to prevent edges from lifting or rolling. End of Section 1 I hereby certify that this project specification, schedules, and details were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Oregon. i r Interface Engineering, Inc. 6542 S.E. Lake Road Milwaukie, OR 97222 (503) 659-6394 G� M. �^^. 1VASh,, "Y a •9 Hca; Q MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION SECTION 15010 GENERAL PRUVISIONS 15010-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 _QENERAL QOCUMENTS: A, Application of General Conditions: A. I.A. General Condi- tions, Divisions 0 & 1, latest edition, are a part of this Specification and Contractor shall consult them in detail for instructions pertaining to work. B. See Contract Conditions (General and Supplementary) and Division 1 for requirements concerning this Division including, but not limited to, submittals, shop drawings, substitution requests, change orders, maintenance manuals, record drawings, coordination, permits, record documents and guarantees. 1. 2 SCOPE: Provide all materials, labor, and equipment specified herein, together with all incidental items not shown or speci- fied, which are required by Code and good practice to provide r-,omplete systems. 1. 3 DEFIN TIONS: F.. Contractor: All references in this section shall mean Mechanical Subcontractor. B. Provide: Where word appears, Contractor shall furnish, install and connect item complete unless shown otherwise. C. Arch itect/Engineer: Shall bear meaning of Architect and/or the Architect' s consultants. 1. 4 CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS: A. All work and materials shall conform to all applicable local and State Codes, laws and regulations, including OSHA. B. Whenever indicated material, workmanship, arrangement or construction is of higher quality or capacity than that required by above Codes, Drawings and/or Specifications shall govern. C. Should there be any direct conflict between State or local Codes, Laws or Regulations and Drawings and/or specifica- tions, then Codes, Laws or Regulations shall govern. Architect shall. be notified in writing of any such con- flicts. �r �w SECTION 15010 GENERAL PROVI51,Q]aS 15010-2' PART 1 GENERAL (Cont'd) 1. 5 PERMITS AND INSPECTION$: A. Unless otherwise distinctly hereinafter specified, this Contractor shall apply and pay for all necessary permits and inspections required by any Public Authority having jurisdiction. [ B. All required utility connection fees will be paid by Contractor. 1. 6 WORKING DRAWINGS: A. working drawings are generally diagrammatic. They do not show every offset, bend or elbow required for installation in space provided. They also do not show every dimension, component piece, section, joint or fitting required to complete work. All locations for mechanical work shall be checked and coordinated with other trades, and with existing conditions in field before beginning construction. B. Call to attention of Architect any error, omission, conflict or discrepancy in Drawings, and/or Specifications and Code. Do not proceed with any questionable items of work until clarification of same has been made. Any work installed in violation of governing Codes will be removed and correctly installed by Contractor as part of contract work. Minor relocations or modifications made prior to installation of wor'c shall be made without additional cost. to Owner. C. Where equipment is shown, dimensions have been taken from typical equipment of class indicated. Carefully check Drawi.igs to see that equipment, under consideration for installation, will fit space provided and '.fiat all connec- tions may be made thereto without impair.nent of area and height requirements and of Code required clearances. D. Cutting and patching shall be in accordance with Division 1. 1. 7 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Refer to Division 0 and Division 1 for requirements. B. Where materials or equipment are specified by name of manufacturer such Specification shall be deemed to be used for purpose of establishing a standard for that particular item. NE.- vnr pRQVISIONS 15010-3 SE�'TION 150 0 GE i PART 1 GENU" (Cont'd) 1 . 7 SUBT TUT IONS• (Cont d) C. Equipment submitted for substitution sha�alitteeestabl Contract Document requirements including qi Y lished by brand specified. Any deviation or non-compliance shall be indicated by an attached letter explaining proposed change. Acceptance requirem material seri AddiL-ional does not grant deviation from C expense resulting by Contractor's decision to use substi- tuts materials trust be jaffected in Bid . sum and shall include all cos Y D. Material description takes precedence over catalog number listed. clot shall verify ith manufacturer correct- ness of catagnumberagainsmaterialdescription and accessories. E. Variations In Ecru• m n If approved mechanical equipment of other manufacturer quires Mecpanic 1 Contxa ctor dification or eshall ns to other work shown on drawings, arrange for and pay all costs of such changes at no additional cost to Owner. SUBMITTALS: A. Refer to Division 1 for requirements. B. Where an item submitted is designated by number or symbol on Drawings, submittal shall show this number or symbol. C. Contractor shall check Product Data for space requirements and conformance with Specifications and shall mark correc- tions and approval on all Product Data prior # bmittal to Engineer. D. The purpose of the Shop Drawing Submittals by the Contrac- tor is to demonstrate to the Engineer the Contractor's understanding of the design concept and that this under- standing is indicated in detailingtion furnished emethods equipment, materials, g and fabrication brought forth in the Submittal Drawings. rther agrees that if deviations, dscrepancies E. Contractor fu or conflicts between Shop Drawings and Specifications Submit- discovered whether prior to or after Shop Drawing Subm�t- tals are processed by Engineer, Desiqn Drawings and Specifications shall control and shall be followed. �1 SECTION 1501Q_ GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-4 : PART 1 GENERAL (Co.it'd) 1.9 REgORD DRAWINGS: A. Refer to Division 1 for requirements. B. Record drawings shall show dimensions, locations and depth of all buried and concealed piping, plugged outlets, ductwork and other equipment. No backfilling of trenches will be permitted until Record Drawings are up-to-date. Depth of sewers shall be from a permanent bench mark as shown on Contract Drawings. Dimensions shall be referenced from building structural features, such as bearing walls or columns. 1. 10 VISITING PLE ISES: A. Contractor, before submitting Bid on work, shall visit site and familiarize himself with all visible existing condi- tions, including existing ceiling spaces covered by tee-bar ceilings. No additional allowance will be granted due to Contractor's lack of information of visible existing conditions. B. The submission of a bid will be considered an acknow- ledgement on part of Bidder of visitation to site. 1. 11 GUARANTEE: Furnish written guarantee to Owner for a period of one year from date of final acceptance covering all defects in material and workmanship. Should any trouble develop during this period due to defective materials or faulty workmanship, Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor and materials and correct trouble promptly and without additional cost to Owner. Include one copy of guarantee in each Operations & Maintenance Manual. 1. 12 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Com iance with Specifications: 1. Whenever required during progress of work, furnish proof acceptable to Owner that items insta? led equal or exceed all rPqu.irements specified for this work. 2 . If proof is not available, or is not acceptable to Owner, Owner may require Contractor to remove item or items and replace with material meeting specified requirements and to repair all damage caused in remo-►al and replacement, all at no additional cost to Owne *. ew SECTION 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010-5 PART 1 GENERAL (Cont'd) 1.. 13 CHANGE ORDL$$: A. As part of Change Order process, Contractor shall submit (with cost quote for each Change Order Request) a breakdown cost of each material, quantity required, labor units for each item, miscellaneous costs (itemized) , overhead and profits, etc. for review by Engineer. Contractor's estimating sheets with above information will be adequate for this purpose. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT: All materials and products used for construction shall be new, of quality herein specified, free from defects, and latest products as listed in printed catalog data. All articles of a kind shall be standard product of a single manufacturer. 2 . 2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS: All electrical equipment shall be UL and NEMA labeled or acceptable to electrical inspection authorities having jurisdiction. 2 .3 ASBESTOS: Under no circumstances shall asbestos be used in any manner on this project. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 WORKMANSHIP AND SUPERVISION: Workmanship shall be of best quality and none but competent mechanics skilled in their trades shall be employed. Contractor shall furnish services of an experienced superintendent, who will be constantly in charge of work, until completed and accepted. 3 . 2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver, store and handle materials and equipment in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Store in original container which identifies manufacturers name, brand and model number. Indoor equipment shall not be stored outdoors unless provided with a waterproof protec- tive cover. B. Replacement: In event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary. 1 ��^TTON 750 0 GENERAL PROYL M 15010-6 e pART 3 EXECLITI9 (Cont d) 3 . 3 SCH U jN.G OF WORK: A. Schedule work to maintain progress and avoid, conflicts with various trades. B, Following Job-sio notifyte observations are to be made by appro- �} priate Engineer. Contractor will be r rprior to system that Engineer, directly, working being ready for observation. Contractor system is note to pay Engineer for time expended for observation at stipulated time. , 1. Underground water, waste and vent piping before 9 backfill. 2 . Aboveground Water. , waste and vent piping before cover. 3 . Air distribution and ventilation ductwork before cover. 4 • Gas piping before cover. C. Contractor is on notice that substitutions of materials or Manufacturers will not be considered on basis of availa- bility after bid opening. At time Contract is awarded, Contractor will be expected to furnish and install speci- fied materials in a timely fashicn so as not to delay General Contractor' s construction schedule. Claims by Contractor that substitutions of materials were verbally approved lsubstituted materials will have to be repaced with specified items D. If observer finds any material or work oth onfor int o days these Specifications, Contractor shall, remises. If after being notified, remove materials from p � material has been installed, entire expense of removing and replacing will be borne by Contr.- .tor. a �3 . 4 WORK COORDINATION: A. Coordinate exact location and installation of all mechan- ical equipment with work of other trades.. B. Coordinate all mechanical roof penetration locations with General Contractor. All penetrations shall be flashed, counterflashed and sealed watertight. Refer to details on Mechanical and Architectural Drawings. r sf SECTION 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.5010-7 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 4 WORK COORDINATIONE: (Cont'd) C. Chases, framed openings and roof curbs other than for roof mounted air conditioning units, are by General Contractor. This Contractor is responsible for proper layout, size and location of above items. i 3 . 5 COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS: A. Refer to Division 1 for requirements. B. System Adjus m gt: Aejust all controls for proper opera- tion. Adjust all regulators, etc. Open and close all shutoff and control valves several times to ensure tight glands. Flush all piping thoroughly after testing, prior to connecting equipment or. fixtures. Clean all fixtures and adjust all faucets and valves. C. System Operation Demonstration: 1. Upon completion of work and adjustment of all equip- ment, all systems shall be tested by Contractor to demonstrate to Owner's Representative and Engineer that all equipment furnished and installed or con- nected under Provisions of these Specifications function mechanically in mariner required. 2 . Furnish services of a qualified person for a period of not less than one day, at a time approved by Owner, to instruct maintenance personnel, correct any defects or deficiencies and demonstrate to satisfaction of Owner, that entire system is operating in a satisfactory manner and complies with all requirements of any other trades or Contractors that may be required to complete work. D. At time of system demonstration, Contractor shall deliver to Owners Representative two bound copies (3-ring binder type) of Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing following materials: 1. Catalog description of each item of equipment actually installed on job. AJOUDW .... ...... SEXTON 1507 0 G WERAL PB2ylSZ= 15010-8 FART 3 FxFrrrmrn�. (Cont'd) 3 . 5 COMPr,FTIO�T R nr7rRM NTS. (Cont1 �..�' d) D. (Cont'd) 2. Instructions for operation and maintenance of Mechani- cal systems composed of operating instructions, maintenance instructions and manufacturers literature as follows: a• Maintmm '0`d��a Chart; Provide an 8-1/2 by 11 typewritten list of aach item of installed equipment requiring inspection, lubrication or service, describing and scheduling performance of such maintenance. b• copi of manufacturer's instructions for Provide operations and maintenance of all mechanical equipment, including replacement parts list with name and address of nearest distributor. Mark each copy with equipment identification label as listed in -quipment Schedule, i.e. AC-5, EF-10, etc. C. COPY of domestic water chlorination certificate and Mechanical System guarantee shall be included. 3 . 6 ECT LERICAL ical ContraWtar. 9. All power wiring to be provided by Electr- 3 ' 7 DDN_..8: Refer to Division 1 for requirements. identify cost of payment and performance bond as nei individual bid item. 3 . 8 � AN--UP: Upon completion of installation, thorou clean all exposed Portions of equipment, removing all temporaryylabels and traces of foreign substances. Throughout work, remove all construction debris and surplus materials accumulated by this work. END OF SECTION 15010 29 r a SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-1 PART 1 GENERAL { 1. 1 GENERAL DOCUMENTS: ! A. Annlication of Gener 1 Conditions: A. 1.A. General Condi- tions, latest edition, are a part of this Specification and Contractor shall consult them in detail for instructions pertaining to work. 1. 2 SUBMITTALS: Provide Product Data for following: A. Valves. B. Pipe Hangers and Supports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 FTODUCT STANDAR_f : References to product Specifications for materials are listed according to accepted base Standards. All materials shall meet latest approved versions of these Stan- dards. 2 . 2 PIPING MATERIALS: A. Cagt iron Soil Pipe: Service weight Hub and Spigot cast iron pipe and fittings conforming to ANSI Standard A-112 . 5. 2 , or No-Hub cast iron pipe conforming to ANSI Standard A112. 5. 2 , or cast iron pipe with compression type gasket fittings. B. Steel Pine: American made Schedule 40 pipe, black or galvanized. Size 4 inches and smaller conform to ASTM A-120 Fittings shall be screwed fittings, black or galvanized, to match pipe. C. Copper Tube: Hard drawn copper, Types K, L and M con- forming to ANSI H23 . 1. Fittings shall be wrought copper solder joint fittings conforming to ANSI 816. 22 . 2 . 3 VALVES: A. General: All valves of a given type shall be of one manufacturer. Manufacturer's name and number listed are intended to indicate type and quality. B. Manufact. users: Valves shall be manufactured by Jenkins, Kennedy, Powell, Walworth, Crane, Hammond, Milwaukee, Nibco, Stockham, Grinnell, Red & White, Lunkenheimer or approved substitute. SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIAE AND METHODS 15050-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2 . 3 VALVES: (Cont'd) � C. Gate Valves: 1. 2 inch 4nd Smaller: Bronze body, 125 psi working pressure, non-rising stem. Nibco Model T-113 or S-113. D. Rall Valves (2 Inch and Small.: 1. Natural Gas: Two-piece construction, threaded, bronze body, conventional port, UL listed, 250 psi W.O.G working pressure. Watts Model B-6000-UL. 2.. domestic Water: Two-piece constriction, solder ends, bronze body, full port, 400 psi W.O.G. working pres- sure. Watts Model B-6081. E. Gas Shut== Valves: i . 1. 2 inches and Smaller: Ball valves. F. Check Valves: Bronze body, 125 psi working pressure horizontal swing, regrinding, Y-pattern renewable disc. Nibco Tall -B or S-413-8. � a. Balancing Valves: 1. Bronze with a machined orifice flow restriction, internal 0-ringo, rated working pressure of at least 300 psig, flow setting-indicating pointer and cali- brated nameplate, and pressure readout port with intagral check valve on each side of the orifice. 2 . Manufacturer: Bell and Gossett Circuit Setter, Illinois Series 6000, Taco or approved substitute. H. Natural Gas Pressure Reclulators: Vented or non-vented as required by local Code. Maxitrol, Rockwell or approved substitute. 2 . 4 PJPE UNIONa: 1) A. Standard Unions: 1. 2 inches and Smaller: Malleable ground-joint type, 150 psig working pressure. SECTION 15050 BASIG,_MATI3PRIAL AND-METHODS 15050-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2 . 4 PIPE UNIONS: (Cont'd) t A. Standard Unions: (Cont'd) 2 . 2,-1/2 inphes an_ci Larger: Flanged type, 125 psig working pressure. B. Dielectric Unions: 250 psi working pressure. Pipe ends and material to match piping. Electric current below 1 percent of galvanic current. Gasket material as recom- mended by manufacturer. Epco or approved substitute. 2 . 5 PIPE SLEEVES: Minimum 20 gauge galvanized steel in concrete 3 gauge in all other construction. Provide 1/2 inch cleat around pipe or insulation. 2 . 6 FaOr"MEONS: Brass material, chrome plated finish with set screw or spring to secure to pipe. Size sufficient to cover all pipe coverings through wall, floor or ceiling. 2 . 7 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. GGg @XAI: Michigan numbers are indicated Eor type and quality. Comparable products shall be manufactured by Globe, Elcen, Grinnell, Super Strut- or apprr':ed substitute. B. Pipe Hangers Size 2 inches and Smaller : Adjustable swivel ring hanger, UL listed. Michigan #100 or 101. C. Pipe Hangers Size 2-1/2 inches and Larger: Adjustable clevis type, UL listed. Michigan #400. D. Riser Clamps: Steel, UL listed. Michigan #510 or 511. E. Plumbers TaB,e: Not permitted as pipe hangers. 2 . 8 ELECTRIC MMRS: A. Motors shall meet NEMA Standards and shall be suitable for service and location shown or required. Motors shall be drip-proof induction type with ball bearings unless otherwise specified and shall be suitable for voltage variations of plus or minus 10 percent of rated voltage. I I.� SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AN METHODS 15050-4 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2.8 ELECTRIC I- TORS: (Cont'd) B. Protection: Motors without built-in protection shall have L� separate thermal overload devices with law-voltage release or lock-out as required. Hermetically sealed motors shall t have quick trip devices. Provide built-in thermal overload protection in motors not otherwise protected by external devices. C. Rating: Rate motors for continuous duty under full load. fJ Horsepower rating shall be without service factor for specified load. Voltage rating shall be as shown on Drawings. D. Manufacturer: Motors shall be Wagner, Reliance, General Electric or Century. Each motor shall have manufacturer's identifying nameplate permanently attached. 2 . 9 STARTERS: A. Starters for equipment shall be provided by Mechanical Contractor and be suitable for performing control function required. Starters shall have thermal overload protective devices on all "line" legs. Size all overload heaters as recommended by motor or equipment manufacturer for service and location. i B. All 3-phase motors shall have magnetic starters. 2 . 10 DISCONNECTS: Provided by Division 16 unless otherwise speci- fied. 2 . 11 AC ESS PANELS: A. Provide access panels as required for service of fire dampers, cleanouts, valves, etc. and other items requiring maintenance or inspection. B. Manufacturer: Elmdor, In-Ryko or approved substitute. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 PIPE AND PIPEFITTINGS. A. Run all piping parallel to building structure and support it sufficiently to prevent Sagging. Provide pipe support structure as detailed on Drawings. Verify building construction type with Architectural Drawings. 1111�Lm__ SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-5 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont!d) 3 . 1 #PIPE ANp PIPEFITTINGS: (Cont'd) B. Route piping in general locations indicated on Drawings. Coordinate with and offset around or piping, ducts, conduit and equipment as necessary. Install to conserve headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of available space. Group piping at common elevations wherever possible. Slope piping and arrange for drainage at low point. C. Support all piping independently so that its weight is not carried by equipment w'Ach it serves. D. Conceal piping above veiling and within furring and walls unless otherwise indicated, Provide clearance for proper installation of insulation and for access to or pipes, valves, and equipment aF� required. E. Screwed joints shall have pipe ends reamed, dope or tape applied to male threads only, with exception of brass to brass joints which shall be made with Teflon tape only. 3 . 2 PIPE JOINTS: A. Capper--Brazg!J: Brazed joints for copper tubing and fittings shall be made with Code approvad brazing filler alloys meeting ASTM and AWS Standards and listings. Filler alloys of BCuP2 classification (e.g. "Phos-0" or "Fos- copper") may pgt be used to mage joints between copper tubing and cast brass or bronzes fittings. Filler alloys containing cadmium are not approved for use in potable water piping. Installations shall conform to accepted published procedures; such as UPC IS 3-75 standards and CDA Publications. Use of Steel wool for cleaning tube and fittings is prohibited. B. Copper-Soldered: Soldered joints for copper tubing and fittings shall be made with Code-approved solder allcys meeting ASTM and ANSI Standards and listings. Solder- paste-flux combination fillers are not approved. Instal- lations shall conform to ac--epted published procedures; such as UPC IS 375, IS 21-80 Standards and CDA Publi- (,at.ions. Use of steel wool for cleaning tube and fittings is prohibited. SECTION 150,10 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-6 .� r T 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 3 VALVES: � 9 A. Install valves on each side of all equipment and where it shown on Drawings. Full size of pipe unless otherwise indicated. ) B. Install valves in groups with all parts ea,�iily accessible. Valve stems shall be installed in a horizontal or upright position and in accordance with manufacturer's recommenda- tions. 3 . 4 PIPE SLEEVES: I i A. Lay out work in advance of pouring concrete and furnish and set sleeves necessary to complete work. I B. Floor S eeves: Provide sleeves on pipes passing through concrete or masonry construction. Extend sleeve one inch above finished floor. Caulk all pipes passing through floor with nonshrinking mortar or approved caulking compound. 3 . 5 PIPE UNIONS: A. Standard. Un ons: Install where indicated on Drawings and I on each side of all pieces of equipment to permit easy .removal of equipment. B. Dielectric Unions: Locate in piping system where two dissimilar metals come in contact. 3 . 6 ESCUTCHEONS: Install on all exposed pipes passing through wails or floors, and on fixture stops and waste connections to wall. 3 . 7 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. General: Install adjustable hangers on all pipes, complete with adjusters, swivels, rods, etc. B. On hot pipe lines where expansion and contraction occurs, provide swivel joint at top or bottom of hanger rod. C. Provide hanger within three feet of all changes in direc- tion. D. Branches six feet or longer shall, have separate hanger. 6 !1 SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-7 FART 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 7 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: (Cont'd) E. Hanger Spacir,ig: Pipe Cast Iron Soil Pipe - At each joint and at Intervals not to exceed 8 Feet Steel Pipe 1 inch and Smaller 7 Feet j Steel Pipe 1-1/2 inches and Larger 10 Feet Copper Tubina 1-1/: inches and Smaller 6 Feet Copper Tubing 1-1/2 inches and Larger. 10 Feet F. Hanger Rod Si Ripe Sizes: Rod Sizes, 1/2 inch to 2 inch 3/8 inch 2-1/2 inch to 3 inch 1/2 inch 4 inch to 5 inch 5/8 inch 6 inch and Larger 3/4 inch 8 inch 7/8 inch 3 . � CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. Cutting, patching and repairing required for proper installation and completion of work specifioad in this Division, including but not limited to plastering, masonry work, concrete work, carpentry work and painting shall be performed by skilled craftsmen in these respective ;trades, all at expense of Mechanical Contractor. B. Holes which are cur over-size shall be filled 'hack in with Code-approved fire-resistant caulking or filler so that a tight fit is obtained around pipe, duct or object passing through. Refer to Division 1. 3 .9 ACCESSIBILITY: A. Installation of valves, gauges and equipment shall be conveniently and accessibly located pith reference to finished building for repairs, removal and service. B. mess Panels: Label all access panels with engraved nameplates indicating function of panel. Seton, Bakelite or approved substitute. Nameplates shall have 1/4 inch high white letters on black background, urless noted other- wise. END OF SECTION 15050 SECTION 15060 ALTERNATES 15060-1 PART - 1_S2RNFRAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION: Amount for additions to or deductions from Contract price for acceptance of any or all alternates shall be shown on Bid Form. Owner reesrves right to accept or reject any or all AlternaCles. 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 AL�TES: A. Alternate No, 1-M: Sump pump for storm drain water. See Plumbing Drawings. END OF SECTION 15060 i I 5ECTTON 15250 INSULATION 15250-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 GENERAL DO�SF�T� A. Application of GeConditions: A.I.A. General Condi- tions, latest edition, are a part of this Specification and Contractor shall consult them in detail for instructions pertaining to work. 1. 2 WORKMANSHIP QUALITY: A. Oualificati n of Workn�n: Use trained journeyman insu- lators and apprentices in execution of this portion of work to ensure proper and adequate installation of insulation throughout. 1. 3 SU MITT LS• A. do uct ata: Before insulating materials are delivered to job site, submit complete data showing insulation materials proposed to be furnished and installed. 1. 4 PRODUCE IAN_QLa. _Q: A. protection: Use all means necessary to keep insulation dry and to protect insulation materials before, during and after installation. 1. 5 pig AND SMOKE HAZARD Maximum fire and smoke hazard classification of composite insulation construction as installed shall be not more than a flame spread of 25, fuel contributed of 50 and smoke developed of 50. A. Piping insulation shall be tested in accordance with requirements of UL "Pipe and Equipment Coverings R5583 400 8. 1511 , ASTM E-84 and NFPA 255. B. Duct insulation shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E- 84 and bear UL label. f 15250-2 PART 2_ 2 . 1 wtATERTAL: Ander no Circumstances shall Asb,stos be Used is any Manner on this Protect. ��berglas ectio nal PiAe rngt>>ation: Maximum thermal A. foot per hour per conductivity of 0.26 BTU-in. per square degree F at 75 degrees F mean temperaturEa. density Minimum of 3 .5 pounds per cubic foot. Jacketed with white vapor barrier laminated of aluminum foil and white Kraft paper ;-einforced with glass fiber strands. Jacket shall have factory applied self-sealing lap. B. Duct Lining: l 1. Acoustical duct liner with maximum thermal conduc- tivity of 0.26 BTU-in. per square foot per hour per degree F, at 75 degrees F mean temperature. Minimum density of 1. 5 pounds per cubic foot. dance with Test 2 Based on a ASTM C-423 . mounting hall haver Method absorption coefficients as follows: Thickness Sound Absorption Coefficients at Frequen- cies of: 0 _125 250 510.0 1000 2040 4000 NRC 1 0. 13 0. 51 0.71 0.97 1.01 1. 15 0.80 pace Fitting n u at o Covers: PVC preformed molded C. roved sub- insulation covers. Manville "Zeston" or app stitute. D. Foamed Plastic Sectional Pipe Insu]at o Flexible,elastomeric, closed cell tubular insulation of 3/4 inch ximum thermal conductivityBTU-in. thickness. Ma of 0. 27 per square foot per hour per degree F at 75 degrees F mean temperature. I E. . uct Wrap: Fiberglass duct insulation with maximum ther.nal conductivity of 0.26 BTU-in. per square foot per hour fer degree F at 75 degrees F mean temperature. Minimum density of 0. 6 pounds per cubic foot. Factory applied flame retar- dant foil reinforced Kraft vapor barrier facing. 2 . 2 MANUFACTURERS: Owens-Corning, Manville Company, Armstrong, Rubatex, Knauf, Certainteed or approved substitute. SECTION 15250 INSULATION 15250-3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSULATION THICKNESS: A. Domestic Cold Water Pipe Above Ground: Cover with 1/2 inch fiberglass sectional pipe insulation. B. Domestic Hot Water Pipe Above Ground: Cover with 1 inch fiberglass sectional pipe insulation. C. Ductwork: Provide 1-inch thick duct liner sound attenua- tion or thermal wrap where shown on Drawings and as required as follows: 1. Wrap all sheet metal supply ducts with 1 inch duct-- wrap with vapor barrier jacket, except not required where internal lining provided. j 1 2 . Line all outside air intake ducts with 1 inch duct liner. D. Refrigerant Suction Piping: Cover with 3/4 inch foamed plastic sectional pipe insulation. 73 . 2 INUALLATION: A. Installation shall be continuous through walls, floors and partitions, except where noted otherwise. B. EiberglaBS Sectional Pipe Insulation: Apply insulation to ' pipe and seal with self-sealing lap. Use self-sealing butt s-`rips to seal butt joints. Insulate all fittings, valves and unions with single or multiple layers of insulation of thickness to match pipe insulation. C. Pipe Fitting Insulation Covers: PVC preformed molded insulation, covers. Manville "Zeston" or approved sub- stitute. D. Duct Liners: Apply with fire resistant adhesive to flat I sheet with 100 percent coverage. For widths over 20 inches, additionally secure liner with mechanical fasteners at 15 inch centers. Coat exposed and leading edges of transverse joints with suitable fire resistant adhesive. E. Duct Wrap: Apply insulation to ductwork per manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 15250 SECTION 15400 . PLUMBING 15400-1 PART 1 GENERAL i. l GENERAL DOCUMENTS A. Agnlication of General Conditions: A. I.A. General Condi- tions, latest edition, are a part of this Specification and Contractor shall consult them in detail for instructions pertaining to work. 1. 2 EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALSS: Provide Product Data for following equipment: A. Plumbing Fixtures and Trim. B. Plumbing Specialties and Equipment. C. Water Heaters and Storage `ranks. D. Freezer Slab Drain Pipe. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PIPING: See Section 15050 for detailed descriptions of following materials. A. Soil . Waste. Vent and Storm Drain Pioincr: 1. Underground Piping to Five Feet Outside Buildina .Line: Service weight or No-Hub cast iron soil pipe and fittings joined with Code-approved couplings. 2 . Above GroundPiging: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with cast iron drainage fittings, No-Hub cast iron soil pipe and fittings joined with Code-approved couplings, or DWV copper with soldered joints similar to water piping. B. Domesti,:s Water Piping: 1. Above Ground: Type "L" copper tubing with soldered joints. Approved Fillers: a. Ptgssure Range 81 psi-150 psi and Tem eratures 151 degrees-200 degrees: 95/5 tin-antimony or silver-bearing solders such as Allstate 1143011 , Harris "Stay Brite 5 or 811 . SECmIQN 15400 PLUMBING 15400-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont d) t 2 . 1 PIPING: (Cont'd) � , B. Domestic Wates pining: (Cont'd) 1. Above Ground: (Cont'd) b. Use appropriate flux per manufacturer's recom- mendations. Use of corrosive fluxes is prohi- bited. 2. BeJQw Grou Type "K" copper• tubing with brazed joints. Approved Fillers: "Phos-011 , ,Si.lfos 511, "Aircosil 15" , "Braze 450(DE) ". 17ae appropriate flux per manufacturer's recommendations. C. scharge Tubing: 1, Above Ground: Type "L" hard-drawn copper tubing with wrought sweat fittings and soldered joints. 2 . Qelow Ground: Type "I," soft-annealed copper tubing with wrought sweat fittings and soldered joints. D. Condensate Drain Piping: Type "M" copper tubing and ? fittings. Type "DWV" copper approved for 1-1/4 inches and larger sizes. E. Gas ,_JDing: 1. Above__Grciund a. Schedule 40 black steel pipe and black malleable iron fittings. b. All piping exposed to weather shall be painted with one coat of Rustoleum. 2 . Below Giound: Schedule 40 black steel pipe with welded fittings. Protect against corrosion by using one of following methods: a . Approved ecoxy coating per local gas utility standards, with field-epoxied joints. b. Coated with hot asphaltum and wrapped with approved Kraft paper. SECTION 1540Q 15400-3 PAST 2 PRODUM (Cont'd) 2 . 1 PIPING: (Cont'd) E. gAs giving: (Cont'd) 2 . (Cont'd) C. Wrapped with two layers of 10 mil plastic tapes, or one lapped layer of 20 mil tape, Scotchwrap (,.- approved :zapproved substitute, in accordance with manufac- turer's recommendations. 2 . 2 PLUMBING FIXTURES: A. GENERAL: Provide new plumbing fixtures of type herein specified and of quantity shown with all similar fixtures of one manufacturer. Refer to Fixture Schedule on Drawings. 1. fixtures-- Complete with fittings, supports, fastening devices, . faucets, valves, traps, stops and appurte- nances required. Fixtures shali be white unless noted otherwise, and shall be guaranteed not to craze, discolor, or scale. 2 . Exnosed Fixr„re Waste and Wates Pining anc Tubing: Chrome plated copper or brass and shall not bear too). marks. Escutcheons and stop valves shall be chrome plated brass. B. es: 1. China Fj.xtures: American Standard, Kohler, Eljer or approved substitute. 2 . Floor, Drains: Zurn, J.R. Smith, Wade or approved substitute. Stainless Steel Sinks: Elkay, Just, Brasscraft or 3 . Iapproved substitute. 4 . Moxa sp= a a.sjn: See Fixture Schedule. 5. Electric Water Coolers: Cordley, Elka.y, Halsey- Taylor, Haws, Sunroc, Oasis or approved substitute. 6. Flush Valves: Sloan, Zurn or approved substitute. 7 . riqcet fittings: See Fixture Schedule. SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 15400-4 .� PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2 . 2 PLUMBING FIXTURES: (Cont'd) B. Tunes: (Cont'd) B. Water Clo$et Seats: Bemis, Beneke, Church, Olsonite or approved substitute. 2 . 3 PLUMBING TRIM: A. Traps: Provide traps on all fixtures except fixtures with integral traps. Exposed traps shall be chromium plated cast brass or 17 gauge chromium plated brass tubing. B. Supplieg__And Stops: High quality, chrome plated. American Standard, Kohler, Crane, Chicago Faucet, Speedway, Brasscraft, Eaatman or approved substitute. 2 . 4 PLUMUNG SPECIALTIES: A. Trap Primers: Trap seal primer valve with integral automatic anti-syphon protection. Code approval required. Wade, Zurn, J. R. Smith, Y.P.P. or approved substitute. B. Relief Valve: ASME Code-approved pressure and temperature relief valve. Run full-size pipe to floor drain, or as noted otherwise. Cash-ACME, Watts or approved substitute. C. Shock Abpo rs: Precharged bellows or sealed piston type manufactured to meet PDI WH-201 and ASSE 1010 Standards. J. R. Smith, P.P.P. , Wade, Zurn or approved substitute. D. 'Thermometers: 3 inch diameter bi-metal dial thermometer with stainless steel case, white dial, black numbers with 4 inch stainless steel stem and brass separable socket. Provide back or bottom connections as required. Range shall be 0 degree F to 200 degrees F. Weiss Model 3BMS, Trerice, Palmer, Ashcroft, or approved substitute. E. Backflow Preventers: I. General: Provide shut-off valve upstream of all backflow preventers. 2 . Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker: Febco Model 710, Watts or approved substitute. 3 . Pressure Vacuum Breaker: Febco Model 765, Watts or approved substitute. i 1 SECTIO;[ 15400 PLUMBING 15400-5 PART _21- PRODUCTS (Cont'd) I 2 . 4 PLUMB109 SPECIALTIES: (Cont'd) E. Backflow Preventers: (Cont'd) 4 . Reduced Pres ure Backflow Prevggtgr: Febco Model 825- Y, Watts or approved substitute. 5. eck Backflowrevente�: Febco Model 805-Y, Watts or approved substitute. 2 . 5 PLUMBING CLEANUTS: A. General: Cleanouts shall be located as shown on Drawings and as required by Local Code. Cleanouts shall be same size ' as pipe except that greater than 4 inches will not be required. Plastic components not allowed, unless noted otherwise. t B. Manufacturer: J. R. Smith, Zurn, Wade or approved substi- tute. Smith numbers used as a basis of selection. C. Types: 1. Tile Flock Clear outs: Smith 4023-U with round heavy- duty nickel bronze top, taper thread, ABS plug and vandalproof screws. 2 . Carpeted Floor Cleanout: Smith 4023-U-X with round heavy-duty nickel ABS top, taper. thread, ABS plug, carpet clamping device and vandalproof screws. 3 . Concrete Floor Cleanout. (General).: Smith 4023 with rc:un- heavy-duty nickel bronze top, taper thread and ABS plug. ' 4 . Concrete _ loor,- leanuut (Stockrooms : Same as for "General" locations, Item 3 above, except Smith 4100 for heavy load traffic. 5. Wall Cleanout: Smith. d4"2-U, bronze ferrule with raised head ABS plug, stainless steel. shallow cover and vandalproof screws. 6. Cutside Area Walks and r'ves: Smith 4253-U-•G with galvanized cast iron body, top secured with vandal- proof screws, taper thread and ABS plug. Install in 18 inch by 18 inch by 6-inch deep concrete pad flush wish grade. RAMULMUR SECTION 15400 PLUMES 15400-6 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2 . 6 WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT: A. Genera: Water heaters shall meet Energy Code requirements and be provided with anode rod corrosion protection, internal glaGs lining, insulated steel jacket with baked enamel finis,., and pressure-temperature relief valve to match tank working pressure.. Water heaters shall be rated at 15L prig working pressure. Refer to Schedule on Drawirgs for specific heating characteristics, capacity and model . B. Water Heaters 1. Manufacturers: A. 0. Smith, Ace-Buehler, Bradford- White, PVI, Rheem, Ruud, State or approved substitute. 2 . Gas: Natural gas-fired type, complete with hi-limit temperature control device, gas pressure regulator, aluminized steel burner and draft diverter. Unit shall be AGA certified. Provide automatic flue damper and intermittent electronic ignition. C. Recircul bion Pumb: DoTiestic hot water recirculation pump with bronze body and brass .impeller or all stainless steel construction, of in-line centrifugal design with 1750 RPM. Bell and Gossett, Taco, Armstrong, Thrush, Grundfos or approved substitute. See Schedule on Drawings for capacity. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: A. general: Perform all necessary excavation and backfill required fo;- installation of mechanical work. Any piping or other work damaged by Contractor's operations shall be repaired at Contractor's expe:ise. B. Water: Keep all excavations free of standing water. Excavations damaged or softened by water or frost shall be re-excavated and filled back to original level with sand, crushed rock or other approved material by Contractor at own expense. C . Tests: During progress of work for compacted fill, Owner reserves right to request compaction tests made under direction of a testing laboratory. i I. SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 15400-7 pART 3 FXZCUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 1 ENNA A1: (Cont'd) D. Trench C avajjo Excavate trenches to necessary depth and width, removing rocks, unstable coil (muck, peat, etc. ) , roots and stumps. F,xcavation material is classified as "base fill" and "native". Base fill excavation iraterial consisting of placed crushed rock may be used as backfill I above "Pipe zone" . Native excavation material shall be I removed and disposed off site at Contractor's expense. Width of trench shall be adequate for proper installation of piping or conduit. E. SUDDgrt founuat i ons J 1. Foundations: Trenches located in unstable ground areas shall be excavated below elevation required for j installation of piping to a depth which is determined by Architect as appropriate for conditions encoun- tered. Approved foundation material shall be placed and compacted in excavation up to "Bedding Zone". Dewatering, placement, compaction and disposal of excavated materials shall conform to requirements contained in other sections of Specifications and/or drawings. 2 . Over-Excavatio Where trench excavation exceeds required depths, Contractor shall provide, place and compact suitable bedding material to proper grade or elevation at no additional cost to Owner. 3 . Foundation Material: Where native material has been removed, necessary foundation material shall be placed and compacted to form a base for replacement of required thickness of bedding material. CLASS A CLASS B MATERIAL PASSING Min. Max. Min. Max. 3/4 Inch Square opening 27 47 0 1 I 15400-8 pA_RT 3 (Cont'd) 3 . 1 EXCAVATION AND AC F1 (Cont'd) * '� Cont'd) � E. Sunnor., Foundatl ns: 4 . Bedding Material: All site piping shall be full l bedded on sand or crushed rock.. A minimum 4-inch deep i layer of sand or crushed rock shall be placed on leveled trench bottom for this purpose. All bedding shall be removed to necessary depth for piping bells and couplings to maintain contact of pipe on bedding for its entire length. Additional bedding shall be provided in excessively wet, unstable, or solid rock trench bottom conditions as required to provide a firm foundation. F. pac i l M: 1. Following installation and successful completion of required tests, piping shall be backfilled in lifts. a. In "pipe zone" , backfill material shall be placed and compacted in lifts not to exceed 6 inches in depth to a height of 12 inches above top of pipe. Backfill material, shall be placed to obtain contact with entire periphery of pipe, without disturbj.ng or displacing pipe. b. Backfill above "pipe zone" shall be placed and compacted in layers not to exceed 12 inches in depth. ! 2 , 13agkf'11 Mater' a-l: a. Backfill material in "Pipe zone" shall be 3/4 L� inch minus crushed rock or sand. b. Crushed rock, fill sand or other backfill material approved elsewhere in Specifications may be used above pipe zone. ,.. .. RAL SECTION 15409 PLUMBING 15400-9 pABI 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL: (Cont'd) G. Compaction of Trench Backfill: Where compaction of trench backfill material is required, one of following methods or combination thereof shall be used: (1) Mechanical tamper, (2) vibratory compactor or (3) other approved methods appropriate to conditions encountered. Engineer shall have right to change methods and limits to better accommodate field conditions. Compaction shall be sufficient to attain 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content unless noted otherwise on Drawings or elsewhere in Specifi- cations. Water "puddling" or "washing" is prohibited. 3 . 2 PIPE INSTALLATION: A. Sanitary Waste Piping: Slope at uniform grade of 1/4 inch per foot unless noted otherwise. Make ch%.:nges in size with reducing and wye fittings. Run exposed ripiig parallel or perpendicular to building structure. B. Vent Piping: 1. General: Horizontal runs shall be tree of drops and sloped to drainage system. 2 . VTR's (Vents-thru-Roo f) : Provide three pound lead flashing with counterflashing at vent penetrations through roof. See Detail cn Drawings. Wherever vents run up near or inside of exterior walls. offset pipe at underside of roof deck to obtain minimum 5 foot clearance between parapet and roof penetration. C. Gas Piping 1. General: Provide shut-off valves, pressure regulators and unions at all connections to gas-fired equipment. Provide dirt legs at all low points. 2 . Pining Through Roof: Coordinate exact location with roof structure and roof-mounted equipment. Provide three pound lead flashing a th counterflashing at roof penetration. See Detail on Drawings. D. Water Piping: 1. Piping installations and valves shall be grouped where possibl-3 to obtain maximum practica3 use of available space. ;ACTION i 5400 ATin�nT��.. 15400-10 ART 3 ZXZ0-T10_A (Cont'd) 3 . 2 i'IPE INUa--�r.r T I � N_� (Cont'd) D. Wate uin;,,... (Cont'd) 2• Locations of valves, unions, drains and other com- ponents operation, repair oed to r servic vide for ease of shall also be sized and e. Access panels acceptable proximity and working space to pro fovida r sboth uch devices. I 3 • Provide valves and shock_ arrestors where required by Code and where otherwise indicated in Specifications and on Drawings. 4. Provide protection plates for piping installed in wood stud walls and other building sub-structures as required by rod- . 5. Wherever piping is installed in exterior shall be routed on warm side of insulation. walls, it E. 3oi n -P Provide temporary caps and/or all piping shown on Drawings to be roughed-in rlugs at future connections by others. fo 3 . 3 PIPE—TEST: A. Notifyg L Engineer and local Plumbing Inspector tdo days r before tests. B. Dra 'nage Waste a d e !1 governing plumbing Code t °j�9' Test in accordance with C. Water Pi>,inR; Eliminate air from s 125 psig or minimum 1-1/2 times static p Fill and test at tion to servingpressure at connec- no loss in utility main for a period of two hours with pressure. D. Gas Cap all openings and test with or nitrogen. for a period oSystems to maintain test f four hours with no ' Pressucompressed air of 3.00 ptlig Use only non-toxic soap and water or ccmmercks or iall -apessure loss. leak detector liquids for ng mediums and a leak detection. Testing mediums apparatus 3ha11 be required to be oil free. E. All test results shall be sent to Engineer fu, - review and approval . r� i �T��49 0 PLUMHrNr 15400-11 -- �- (Cont'd) 3 . 4 CHLCRINATTnu; A. Upon completion o f all teSts replacements, all domestic water piping shall abe nd thoroughly flushed and disinfected. y B. Me-�: After thoroughly flushing system with water to remove sediment, system shall be filled with a solution containing 50 parts per million of chlorine or ars re by Code. After four hours Letention, system shallirbe drained, reflushed and returned to service. C. Ce ifir� Provide cOPY of t certificates in ea in ns &eMaintenancer chlorination mestic 3 . 5 e Manual . �� T�M�NG FTX'r'UR I 1ST1� ��TICN: A. �IYUUres: 1• Set and connect to soil, in waste, vent and water piping neat, finished and uniform manner. shall be equal height, plumb and set at rightections angles to floor, wall or both unless otherwise required or specified. 2 . Fixtures mounted on floors and walls shall be sealed at abutting joints with approved sealant compounds. B. ��lre Lo—9_A_t i.-On : As shown on Architectural Drawings. Center water closets and urinals between privacy part finless noted otherwise. itions C. IqtOVs: Stops installed in each supply accessibly located with stops of loose key typeeach fixture stops to be screwdriver or l ' Concealed loose Y pe escutcheons. key type with wall D. Fixture Su ports: 1• All wall--hung water closets and urinals shall be supported 0.1 heavy-duty, concealed, commercial grade chair carriers mounted to floor structure. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Connection Schedule on drawings. SECTION 15400 ZL=09 15400-12 , Pt,RT 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 5 PLUMBING FIXTURES INSTALLATION: (Cont'd) D. Fixture Sugportg: (Cont'd) 2 . Other fixtures mounted on stud partitions shall be supported on heavy concealad wall brackets bolted to a 1/4 inch thick by 5 inch high steel plate anchored firmly to studs with bolts (or welded to metal s`.uds) . Plate shall extend one stud each way beyond fixture mounting point width. E. Flush Valves: Provide "(trop-ear" ells or couplings in wall ] at water supply outlets to all flush valves; anchor firmly JJ to structure. F. After fixtures are set in place and secured to walls, caulk all around between fixtures and wall with white silicone caulking compound, Dow Corning #780, General Electric construction Sealant, or approved subLtitute. G. All countertop lavatories and stainless steel sink rims shall. be set .in waterproof' sealant made for application. H. Adjust self-closing faucets to provide minimum of 10 seconds of waterflow, and maximum of 15 seconds. I . After fixture installation is complete, cover and protect rims, fronts and all exposed parts until completion of construction phase. Plumbing Contractor shall be respon- sible for all damage to fixtures and shall assume all pp related fixture repair or replacement costs. 3 . 6 FLOOR QUA IF AND PRIMING INSTALLATION: A. Install floor druin grate flush with finished floor (except where noted otherwise. B. Prime all floor drains. lu SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 15400-13 PART 3 E?{ECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 6 FTAOR DRAINWID PRT-MING INSTALL TION: (Cont Id) C. Primer connection at water closet flush-valve tailpiece shall connect to rear of pipe using chrome-plated piping at all exposed locations. If primer valve installed in wall, provide access panel and coordinate exact panel location wi::h General Contractor. D. Support all priming lines located in overhead areas from structure at sufficient intervals to prevent displacement or sagging . Hangers, clamps and straps shall be copper or coated steel. 3 .7 SHOCK ADSORB For a battery of three or more flush valve operated fixtures, locate shock absorbers in supply pipe in accordance with recommendations of Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201. Install ahead of all solenoid- operated valves. Determine size of absorber by fixture unit value of fixture supplied, using PLI symbols to designate sizes. 3 . 8 OW - L NI H._S Ep Z4Uj. � A. Some equipment is to be furnished under another Contract and is indicated as such on Drawings. Mechanical Con- tractor shall rough-in for such equipment, receive, uncrate, install and connect all plumbing equipment and fixtures as furnished by others. Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install all stops, traps, valves and other appurtenances not furnished by others in order to provide a complete operating system. Obtain list of such equipment from General Contractor. B. Comply with paragraph on PLUMBING FIXS INSTALLATION, this Section, for installation procedures . C. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Connection Schedule on Drawings. END OF SECTION 15400 i SECTION 15500 HVAC 15500-1 PART 1 __ GENERAL_ 1 . 1 GE14ERAL DOCUMENTS: A. Application for General Conditions: A.I.A. General Conditions, latest edition, are a part of this Specifica- tion and Contractor shall consult them in detail for instructions pertaining to work. 1. 2 EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS: Provide Product Data for following equipment: A. Gas-fired furnaces. B. Condensing Units. PAS i 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 FURNACE UNIT: Forced air gas-fired pulse combustion furnace piped and wired internally for single point field connection. Direct drive centrifugal. blower for upflow or downflow type discharge. AGA certified heater. Up to 96 percent efficient burner with gas valve, gas expansion tank, gas intake flapper valve, air intake flapper valv,.: finned cast iron combustion chamber and stainless steel tube coil. Provide fan and limit control, blower cooled delay and magnetic starters. Provide intake, exhaust pipe with muffler and concentric combination intake/exhaust assembly for through roof installation. Install furnace per manufacturer's installation instructions. Lennox, Carrier, Day & Night, or approved substitute. 2. . 2 CONDENSING UNIT: A. Heavy gauge galvanized steel cabinet. Baked-on outdoor enamel finish. Heavy duty steel base channels. Removable service access panels. B. Compress r: Hermetically sealed with built-in protection from excessive current and temperatures. Crankcase heater. Compressor installed in the unit on resilient rubber mounts. C. Refrigerant System: Suction and liquid lines stubbed outside the cabinet for sweat connections. Non-corrosive suction and liquid line service valves with gauge ports. A thermometer well for checking refrigerant charge. High capacity drier. High pressure switch, manual reset, low pressure switch, automatic reset. SECTION 15500 HVAC 15500-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2 . 2 CONDENSING UNIT: (Cont'd) D. Condenser Fan: Direct drive fan. Vertical discharge. Fan motor, totally enclosed, inherently protected and equipped with a rain shield. Fan service access is accomplished by .removal of fan guards. Corrosion resistant PVC (polyvinyl chloride) coated steel wire guard. E. Condenser Coil: Coil constructed of ripple-edge aluminum fins machine fitted to seamless tubes. Coil factory tested under high pressure. Entire coil accessible for cleaning. Nora-corrosive PVC coated steel wire coil guard. F. Timed-Off-gontrol.: Furnished and factory installed. Prevents compressor short-cycling. Automatic reset control will shut the compressor off and hold it off for five minutes. G. Low ambient control for operation down to 20 degrees F. t H. Manafak4urer: Day and Night, Trane, Carrier, Lennox or apnroved substitute. L PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 GENERAL: "� A. Condensing Units: Provide 4-inch thick concrete pad and !� install unit centered on pad in accordance with manufac- turer's recommendations. B. Furnaces: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 15500 SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880-1 PART 1 GENEEW 1. 1 GENERAL DOCUMENTS: A. Agglication of General Conditions: A. l.A. 3eneral Conditions, latest edition, are a part of this Specifica- tion and Contractor shall consult them in detail for instructions pertaining to work. 1. 2 EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS: Provide product data for following equipment: A. Exhaust Fans B. Duct Specialties C. Diffusers and Grilles D. Flexible Ductwork E. Volume Dampers and Fire Dampers PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 _EXHAUST FANS: A. Ceiling Fan: Cabinet type, direct drivs, vibration isolator, insulated cabinet, disconnect and backdraft damper. Pace, or approved substitute. B. Fume Hood Fan: 1. General: Galvanized steel fan housing. Square duct mounting collars. Belt-driven in-line fan. 2 . Provide access panel or hingeable service door assem- bly supporting the motor, drives, wheel and inlet cone. Door assembly: Swings out for cleaning, inspection, or service without dismantling the fan. I 3 . Fan wheel : Aluminum, backward inclined, centrifugal. Dynamically and statically balanced wheels. 4 Isolate the motor and drive from the air stream. Motor: Permanently lubricated, sealed ball beatings, and explosion-proof. Wheel shaft: Ground and polished shafting mounted in sealed pillow block bearings. Size drives ;°or a minimum of 165 percent of driven horsepower. Pulleys: Machined cast iron, keyed and attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Motor pulleys: Adjustable for final system balancing. 5. Manufacturer: Greenheck, Carnes, Pace, Acme, or Jenn- Aire. Tcr•�oTRiiTTQT1 3.5880-2 SEC�Q 1L3��o--AIR-D= ( PART 2. PR�UC't'S Cont 2 . 2 UW=& SND GRT A. gen&L41L Diffuser sizing is based on air being introduced at a 25 degrees. F temperature differential and air being diffused at five foot level to a room velocity not to exceed 50 FPM. 1, All diffusers shall have adjustable blades. ,. a• All ceiling diffusers and sidewall supply B. o' a --�' maximum 'INC" levels: grilles shall meet following g, 42 NC 1. At i 5' -0" gild H;aher C�l.11 W At 21 0" through 38 NC. 2 . a4 than 12 feet: 35 NC 3 , At alp ceilin9f' grantee to meet above perfor- (Manu.facturer shall qu grilles where mance factors or replace all diffusers/ required) . 4 . All submittal data shall. incs�a�i o p=egsurerdropia wand neck and face size► for each grille and diffuser to throw characteristics be provided. C. ;02pl_oved Conditions: ArrasS Gri le: 0. 10 1, MaximL�m Static PreSsure Drop inches of H2O column. Carnes, Krueger, + f D. Manufacturer : Air Devices, Air Concepts, or approved Titus, Anemostat, Agitair, J&J Register, sul,2titute. Carnes used for designation. See schedule on Drawings. it shall be respon- E. S: exact type of sibility of Eechanical Contractor to verify ui mounting flange with ceiling style befcre equipment is ordered. _� . 3 CEI INr ITFFUSER 1 -�D-XES: Provide air inlet boxes (cans a- sheet all, square neck ceiling diffusers. Boxes ashall- lined metal or ductboard. Length, width and depth neck. size +2 inch. Attach boxes to diffusers with sheet metal screws. ,SECTION 15,80 AIR bI"RIBUTION 15880-3 ."ART 2 PRODUCES (Cont'd) 2 .4 DAMPERS: A. Volume Dampers: 1. Provide in supply, exhaust and return ducts ae required for balancing in and location where shown on Drawings. Construct of galvanized sheets not lighter than 18 gauge, :reinforced to prevent vibration, equipped at both ends with brass bearing mounts and of sufficiei:t length to provide a complete shutoff of duct. 2 . Provide each damper with adjustment and locking quadrant device ata manufactured by Young Regulator Company, #,403 operator for accessible locations and #315 with galvanizi?d finish on 2-screw ceiling plate for non-accessible locations, Ventlock, Du -odyne or approved substitute.. B. fJJ,1e Dampers: Provide with sleeves where shown and as require+l in accordance with NFPA Pamphlet #90 and local Code, complete with dauper blades, fusible links, linkage and stops. Dampers shall be UL labeled and have near 100 percent free area. Advanced Air, Puskin, Air Balance, Inc. , Tuttle and Bailey. Phillips, Greenheck, Dowco, United Spiral, National Controlled Air, P-afe Air, Prefc:o, Krueger, Metal-Aire, Ultra-Safe o:: approved substitute. 2 . 5 DUCT SPECIALTIES: A. Standard Tum Vanes: Non-adjustable 90 degree air turn with 26 gauge galvanized double wall steel blades and 24 gauge galvanized steel side rails. Vanes 2-1/2 inches on center. H-E-P High Etficiency Profile as manufactured by Aero-Dyne Company or apprcved substitute. 2 . 6 DUCT CONSTRUCTION (for low pressure systems) : A. Metal Ductwork: 1. construction from galvanized c-heet metal to conform to SMAChA Standards as required by operating conditions of system. 2 . Provide duct insulation/acoustical duct liner of thickness and density as described in Section 15250, Insl)iation � 9 { jECTION 15 }.80 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880-4 � i PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) ) 2 . 6 DUCT CONSTRUCTION (for low pressure systems) : (Cont'd) B. Fiber as Ductboar Qpjj n: Contractor may use low pressure fiberglass duct system, rectangular or round, in lieu of sheet metal ductwork for supply ducts in limited locations where noted cin Drawings and as described as follows: 1. Construction shall meet SMACNA standards. 2 . Closure system shall be Therm-Lok-R heat sensitive tape or approved substitute raving color-coded adhe- sion indicator. 3. UL label for a #181, Class I air duct. I 4 . 1 inch thick preformed fibery.Aass ductboard with reiri- forced foil jacket vapor barrier. 5. Maximum thermal conductance factor of C s 0.23 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. ' 6. Fire and Smoke Hazard Classification: D,ictboard shall not exceed a Flame Spread of 25 and a Smoke Developed of 50. 7 . Marr4facturer: Kn3ilf,, Manville, Owens-Corning, Certainteed or approved substitute. C. Flexible Ductwory: Spring steel helix with dame retardant cover, 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation and seamless polyethylene vapor barrier jacket. UL No. 181 air duct, capable of 3 inch W.G. pos'tive pressure and 0. 5 inch W.G. negative pressure. Insulation shall meet fire and smoke hazard classification as described in section 15250. J. P. ' Lamborn Company, Norflex, Cleva-Flex, Genflex, ATCO, or approved substitute. D. Fume Hood Ductwork: Stainless steel Type 304 to conform to ASTM A167 and A480. 2 . 7 GAS FLUES: All shall be Type "P" factory-fabricated, UL listed, double-wall flue, with aluminum inner wall, galvanized steel outer wall and 1/2 inch air s,-ace betwee=n. Provide twist-lack connectors, tall cone flashing, storm col? ar, and round bird- proof/weatherproof *op. Metalbestos or approved substitute. �aF4W 1113 NTION 15820-5 I PART 2 pRpDUCTS (Cont Id) 2 .8 =JOINS_: A. "Ductmate System" by Ductmate Industries, Inc. is approved and round duct joints. for. making transverse rectangularInc. , O her "-" 'facturerg: Ward Duct Connectors, Lockfonnc�r TDC or approved substitute. B. int 51�i1ta: Hard cast "DT" woven fiber tape and "FTA- 20/RTA-50" adhesive; no exceptions. G s W Sid; Provide Ventlock #100 latch with #150 2 .9 nr�FSS DO2g_ TN DUC Durod y roved substitute. hinges and folt gaskets. ne r.r app ., F,runrtSm HOOD (SHOp1: Canopy-style hood of stainless steel 2 . 10 ��� " of size indicated on Type 304 to conform to ASTM A1�7 and A4�30, Drawings. with blades 2 . 11 ro_g E Extruded aluminum tyi7e, Four-inchesand gird screen. Carnes, set at 2-inch centers, rain hook, Indu::trial Louv_rs, Inc. , Ruskin, or approved s ostitute. i.2 G`�1�VTTY ROOF VENA: Stormproof, g cavity intake type of aluminum z . Provide birdscreen, backdraft damper a.nd roof I ,onstruction nenn, or approved substitute. curt. Vent shall be Greenheck, PART�3 EX S11 10N 3 . 1 DUCTWv K: A. All ductwork shall n shall all comply with nstalled in UMC rewith quirements gMACNA Standards 3 B. FT,,^t all ductwork true to dimensions indicated, straight in and smooth on inside with neatly finished ajointnd snf lapped e all ducts wi} °steel anglestravel. or members. ducts wi C. 1 ow5: standard centerline radius shall #-qual 1-1/ 2 times 1 width of duct. 1 D. Duct sizes shown on Drawings are net inside dimensions. requiredas for E. Access doors in ductwork sha_1 be located and oer items service of fire dampers, automatic damp re,,uiring maintenance or inspection. SECTION 15850 AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880-6 PART 3 Cont'd 3 . 1 DUCTWORK• (Cont'd) F. ri ers and Supports 1. Hang rectangular sheet metal ducts with a cross sectional area of less than 7 square feet with galva- nized strips of #16 U.S.S. gauge: steel one inch wide, and all larger ducts with steel angles and adjustable hanger rods similar to piping hangers. Support at 8 '-0" on center. 2. Anchor all ducts sic c,irely to building in conch a manner as to prevent transmission of vibration to structu-n. Do not connect duct hanger straps to roof deck. G. Fiberalagss Duc; board nst ] iation: 1. Construct to SMACNP standards. 2. All grooves shall be modified shiplap. 3 . 1 inch by 2 inch by 1 inch by 22 gauge trapeze hangers secured by 1 inch by 22 gaule strap or 12 gauge wire. . 1 4 . Prov4.de duct hanger at every 4 '-0" on center. Hangers at end of duct runs shall be located no clos-r than 12 inches from far end of duct. 5. Hang before and after all changes in direction. 6. Install with not more than one transverse ioint occurring between hangers. 7. Heat sensitive tape shall be installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. 8 . Ductboard allowed only fo;, supply ducts in concealed locationq but is not allowed above, below or within 5 feet of security catwalks, unless wrapped with sheet metal. 9. Maximum size of Height and width or diameter is 36 inches net air passage dimension. Jobsite Storage: Fiberglass ducts shall be kept dry at all times. iia �w � +sr art SECTION 15A80_�IR DISZ'RT_BtTTTON 15880-7 PART 3 __ EXECUTION (Cont'd) H. Joints' t with Hard�:as 1. Seal all joints in sheet metal ducts joint sealant system applied in accordance with manufacturer's reco.nmendations, or use ductmate-type joints. 2 . To Connect Shut Metal Ductwork_tF_j:)er s Duct- board: Use Hardcast only. 3 . tet,, andi �_Xay Duet Tabe: Not allowed. I . Duct stiffeners shall not be installed on interior (air side) of ductwork; install or, exterior only . J. F ex Dxict Installation: 1. Provide round neck grilles/diffusers or square-to- round transitions. No flex duct connections directly to square neck allowed. 2 . Flex duct allowed only for vertical drops to diffusers except in restricted ceiling spaces where horizontal runs allowed for connections to air inlet boxes. Maximum offset angle from vertical shall be 30 degrees. 3 . Approved for use on supply ducts only,; not allowed for return or exhaust. 4 . Minimum length two feet, maximum length 5 feet. 5. filet Boxes: Connect flex duct to top of inlet box unless prohibited by restricted ceiling space whereby side connection -s approved. K. Paint inside surface of all bare ductwork which is visible through face of grilles with flat black paint for all ceilings 12 ' -0" and lower. L. Gad Flues: Terminate at t1r,40 feet above roof (with weather- proof top) , unless required otherwise by Code. Where applicable, offset gas flues to obtain m.inir►um 5 foot clearance between parapet and roof penetration. 7 � kpa �.9 SECTJQN5� 88u._A E DISTRIBUTIO14 15880-6 PART 3 EKECUTION (Cunt'd) ! 3 . 1. -U-QTEQR-K: (Cont'd) M. Transitions: Where transitions are required in metal or fiberglass ductwork, horizontal and vertical angles forming transition jhall not exceed 30-degrees. Provide supply and return air transitions at AC unit connections. END OF SECTION 15880 t' 15950-1 PA T 1 GFNE �.r 1 . 1 GENERAL C<`c'TIMEN S A Appllcat,;�+n of General Candi ions: A• I.A. General Condi- tions, latest edition, are a part of this Specification and Contractor shall coiisuit them in detail for instructions peitai.ning to work. 1 . 2 equpme SUBMTTT Provide Product Data for the following equipmentt: A. Room thermostats. PART 2 PRODUC1'S 2 . 1 ROOM THERMOSTATS.: programmable l(jw voltage. type and A. Thermostats shall be pro g provided with automatic changeover feature for both heating and cooling stages, 7 day program with one start and stop per day with 3 hour override and provisions for damper ouerators. B. Approved models: 1 1. Honeywell T-7400. 2 . No substitutes without approval . I 2 . 2 REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSORS: Provide electronic: riuct-mounted sensors in return air duct mains of Furnaces F-1 and F-2 . Honeywell Model T-7322A-1010 or approved substitute. 2 . 3 EXISTING CONTROLS FOR ROOFTOP AC_UNUT Allexisting ereSinsta.11 d control wiring exposed on roof. shall beremoved e and method of installa- f weatherproof rigid metal conduit. '1' p tion shall conform to reTuirements of Division 16. IPAF2T__3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 OPERATING SEQUENCE: A. Gas Furnaces/Condensin_ _Units: Units operate from wall mounted thermostats in conjunction with duct temperature sensors. t i i� SECTION 15950 CONTROLS 15950-2 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 1 OPTING SEQUENCE: (Cont'd) B. Fume ood Fan in Shot: Fan shall operate from manual wall switch (by Electrical) adjacent to hood. Interlock motorized damper in outside air intake duct to open 1 whenever fan is running. Close damper 'when fan is off. 3 . 2 THERMOSTAT LQCATION: All thermostats and s• .nsors shall be mounted on wall at 5 '-0" above finished floor. END OF SECTION 15950 1 I 1 I SECTIO J 15950 99-UMLS 15950-2 FART 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 1 OPERATING SEQUENCE: (Cont'd) B. Egme Hood Fan in Shop: Fan shall operate from man�ial wall switch (by Electrical) adjacent to hood. Interlock motorized damper in outside air intake duct to open whenever fan is running. Close damper when fan is off. 3 .2 THERMOSTAT LOCATION: All thermostats and sensors shall be mounted on wall at 5'-0" above finished floor. ENO OF SECTION 15950 I SF'rTTON i 5990 �TEM gAT•ANCING 15990-1 PART 1 GENERAL OVISIO At the completion of the job, the testing 1 . 1 GENE L PR - and indepeg of ndent htest shall be perform by an pnd nt r distribution and balance agency m who specializes in �+ this work. 1. 2 REPORTS ND RECORDS: Submit 3 copies of complete balancing report on standard forms. Provide with each report a complete set of marked balancing drawings showing air opening numbers that correspond to the numbering system in the balancing logs. 1. 3 BALANCING FIRMS APPROVED: Air Test and Balance, Portland, Oregon Air Introduction and Regulation, Portland, Oregon Air Balancing Specialty, Inc. , Portland, Oregon Neudorfer Engineers, Inc. , Seattle, Washington PART 2 PRODUCTS All instruments used by the 2 . 1 COOLS EQUIPMENT. INSTRUMENT period of balancing agency shall have been calibrated within a p . 6 months and proof of such calibration shall be submitted to I Architect if requested. The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish the balancing agency all ladders and scaffolds as necessary to make the adjustments. i PART 3 EXECU.ZION ' 3 . 1 TESTING PROCEDURES - AIR SYSTEMS: A. identify and list size, type and manufacturer of all new and existing air handling equipment and air distribution devices. Manufacturer' s published ratings on all equipment shall be used to make required calculations. 4 ,z. Make all changes in the pulleys, belts and dampers as required to obtain the design air quantities. Where required, riew drives shall be furnished by the Contractor. C. Test, adjust and record fan RPM to deliver within plus 5 percent of air gjantity specified. All test holes shall be plugged. D. After all air flow measurements have been made, mark final position of balancing damper. 6 SECTION 15990 SXSTEM BALANCI14G 15990-2 PART 3 EXECU'.CION (Cont'd) 3 . 1 TESTING, PROCEDURES - AIR SYSTEMS: (Cont'd) E. Record nameplate data and actual running amperes for each fan motor. F. Testand record system static: pressure, suction and discharge . G. Test and adjust system for design outside air and return air. H. Test and record entering and ]leaving air drybulb tempera- ture for the heating cycle of each fan system. I . Test and record entering and leaving air drybulb and weL•bulb temperatures for the cooling cycle of each fan system. J. Test, adjust and record each diffuser, grille and register to within 5 -)f design requirements. Each grille, diffuser and regiat,ir shall. be identified as marked on the balancing drawings. END OF SECTION 15990 w 1� x ya I hereby certify that this project specification, schedules, and details were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Oregon. Interface Engineering, Inc. 6542 S.E. Lake Road Milwaukie, OR 97222 (503) 659-6394 PROF£ �p:NLL. E v 9165 '� 9 OREGON LAS 0 5�9� ELECI AL SPECIFICATION 1 STION 16010 GENE2RL PROVISIONS 16010-1 PART 1 GENERAL ]. . 1 CNERA DOCUMENTS: A. _Application �f General Conditions: The A. I.A General Condition•, latest edition, are a part of this Specifica- tion and the Contractor shall consult them in detail for instructions pertaining to his work. B. See the Contract Conditions (General and Supplementary) and Division 1 for requirements concerning this Division including, but not limited to, submittals, Shop Drawings, substitution requests, change ord ,mai Record ep manuals, Record Drawings, coordination, permits, cuments and guarantees. 1 . 2 SCO E: A. Provide all items, articles, materials, equipment, opera- tions and/or methods listed, mentioned, shown and/or scheduled on the Drawings and/or in these specifications, including all labor, services, permits, fees, utilit charges, and incidentals necessary and required to perform and complete the electrical work described in this Divi- sion. B. Include electrical power connection to Owner' s equipment and equipment installed by other crafts. 1 . 3 DEFINITIONS: A. Contractor: All references in this section shall mean the Electrical Subcontractor. B. Provide: Where the word appears, the Contractor shall furnish and install , wire, and connect complete item unless otherwise shown. C. Architect Ei1ineer: Shall bear the meaning of the Archi- tect and/or his consultants. 1 . 4 VISITING SITE: The Contractor shall inspect the job site prior to bidding and familiarize himself with existing conditions which will affect his work including any additional cost in the bid price information additional showing existing Prior start conditionsand work,of obtain all i round utilities. e�rmTnNr,010 GENERAL ZR0VIS10NS 16010-2 PART 1 GENERAI, (Cont'd) 1 . 5 DRAWINGS: A. Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic indicating approximate location of outlets, lighting equip- location fixtures, electrical ment, etc. Ccnsult the Architectural, Structural, and Mechanical Drawings to avoid conflicts with equipment, structural members, etc. When required, make deviations from Drawings to make the work conform to the building as constructed, and to related work of others. Minor reloca- tions ordered prior to installation shall be made without added cost to Owner. B. Call to the attention of the Architect any error, omission, conflict or discrepancy in Drawings, Specifications or Code. Do not proceed with any questionable items of work until clarification of same has been made. Any work installed in violation of the governing Codes be removed and correctly installed by the Contractor as part of the Contract work. C. Under no conditions are beams, girders, footings or columns to be cut for electrical items unless so shown on Drawings or written approval obtained fi 'm the Architect. 1 . 5 CODF5. INSPECTION: A. Conform to all utility cdipancesany �cuirements and rules and regulations.ll applicable Codes , laws, o.r The apparatus, equipment, material.s and instailati.on shall conform with standards of NEMA, UL, IEEE, NEC, NFPA and all other local Codes, laws or ordinances. B. Arrange and pay for inspections and tests required by Codes or ordinances during construction. 1 . 6 GUARANTEE: A. Division 1 requirement applies. B. Owner furnished lamps are exempt from warranty. 1 . 7 CHANGE ORDER-S-: As part of the Change Order process, the quote for each Change Contractor shall submit with his cost qu quantity Order Request a breakdown cost of each material, a er al, costs required, labor units for each item, m (itemized) , overhead and profits, etc. for review by Engineer. Contractor' s estimating sheets with the above information will be adequate for this purpose. SECTION 10010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010-3 PART � P.RODUCTS 2 . 1 TRIALS: All materials shall be new of the quality herein specified, free from defects and approved by a recognized testing laboratory and shall bear their label. Each type of i material shall be of the same manufacturer throughout the project. 2 . 2 SUSTMUT_IONS: A. Refer to Division 0 and Division 1 for requirements. B. Equipment submitted for substitution shall meet all the Contract Document requirements including the quality established by the brand specified. Any deviation or non- compliance shall be indicated by an attached letter explaining a proposed change. Acceptance :f submitted material does not grant deviation from the Contract requirements. Additional expense resulting by Contractor's decision to use substitute materials must be included in Bid Sum and shall include all costs by other affected crafts. C. The material description takes precedence over the catalog number listed, Contractor shall verify with manufacturer the correctness of the catalog number against the material description and accessories. 2 . 3 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Refer to Division 1 for requirements. B.. The purpose of the Shop Drawing Submittals by the Contrac- tor is to demonstrate to the Engineer Contractor's under- standing of the design concept and that this understanding is indicated in information furnished regarding equipment, materials, detailing and fabrication methods brought forth in the Submittal Drawings. C. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop Drawings and Specifications are discovered whether prior to or after Shop Drawing Submit- tals are processed by the Engineer, the Design Drawings and r Specifications shall control and shall be followed. I f SF: _TION16010 GENER� Q', SION 16010-4 PART 3 EX c TION � 3 . 1 T_,F$TS OBSERVATIONS OF WORK: A. The following site observations are to be made by the Electrical Engineer. The Contractor will be required to notify Engineer directly, two (2) working days prior to the system being ready for inspection. The Contractor will be obligated to pay the Engineer for time expended when the system is not ready for inspection at the stipulated time. Observation Schedules: 1. Conduit, wiring, branch circuit panels, receptacles prior to wall and ceiling cover. 2. Recessed .light fixtures prior to ceiling cover. 3 . Final observation three days prior to store opening. These items can be combined to reduce the quantity of observation trips depending on work progress. B. The Contractor is on notice that substitutions of materials or Manufacturers will not be considered on the basis of availability after the bid opening. At the time. the Contract is awarded, the Contractor will be expected to furnish and install specified mat"rials in a timely fashion so as not to delay the General Contractor's construction schedule. Claims by the Contractor that substitutions of materials were verbally approved will not be accepted and the substituted materials will have to be replaced with specified items. C. If the observer finds any material or work not conforming to the Specifications, the Contractor shall , within three days after being notified, remove materials from the premises. If the material has been installed, the entire expense of removing and replacing will be borne by Contrac- tor. D. Provide one (1) journeyman, tools, meters, instruments and other test equipment required by Engineer. Contractor to remove and replace trims, covers, fixtures, etc. , for Engineer to inspect and test materials, systems, methods and workmanship. 3 . 2 SCHEDULING OF WORK: A. Schedule work to maintain progress and avoid conflicts with various trades. Coordinate with Drawings for other trades . a^� a SECTION 16C10 GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010-5 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 2 SCHEDULING OF WORK: (Cont'd) B. Coordinate underground work with other trades working on site. Careful consideration shall be performed with trades e involving storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water and irrigation lines to avoid conflicts. 3 . 3 FIIT E1Ci: All ewposed equipment in finished spaces provided by this Contractor is to be painted to match surrounding surfaces. Electrical Contractor shall notify General Contractor of painting requirements. Painting by others, refer. to Division 9. 3 . 4 U ANU G: Upon completion of work of this Section promptly remove from the working area all scraps, debris and surplus material of this Section. 3 . 5 FINAL OBSERVATION: Refer to Division 1 for requirements. END OF SECTION 16010 . i SECTION 16020 GONTRAS�' CLOSET 16020-1 PART 1 __12F NEtAI� 1. 1 DESCRIPTION: A. Provide the following items for Contract closeout. B. Refer to Section 01700 "Contract Closecut" . 1. 2 OPERATION iANUAL: l A. O& ManuaLs o include: 1. Section 16121 Modular Wiring System 2 . Section 16500 Lighting B. Submit three sets of. O&M Manuals. 1 . 3 REQ( Rei : On completion of work, deliver to Architect the Record Set Drawings. Sbow all changes and variations from the Design Drawings and exact routes of all. feeders, service conduits and lo:at.�on of all conduits stubbed-out for future continuation with definite dimensions. PERT 2 PRO Up CTS Not used. PART 3 EXEC_ UTI_ON 3 . 1 PANEL AND KEYS• Provide all parielboard keys. Keys to be located in spare fuse cabinet, 3 , ? Provide to Owner "Certificate of Acceptance" from Local Code Enforcing agency. END OF SECTION 16020 �I ,W, aw ;z�CTTON 16030 DEMOLIT ON 16030-1 1. 1 SCOPE' A„ It is the intent of these documents to provide the necee- Bary information and adjustments to the electrical system required to meet Code, and accommodate installation of the new work. B. Contractor shall coordinate with the Second Floor Tenants l , interrupt operations, normal that actio tiesbuilding access, access todifferent areas. 1. 2 �T q,, pLTI S; The locations of existing underground utilities are shown in an approximate way only and have nc� been independently verified by the Owner or its representative, The Contractor. shall 3etermine the exact location of all exj..sting utilities before commencing work, and agree a to be fully ly responsible for any and all damages which might be occasioned by the Contractor's fai'.ure to exactly locate and preserve any and all underground utilities. Replace damaged items with new material -to hch are notshown on the Drawings. ie Promptly owner if utilit e4 are four l� PART_2 PR0 UC:TS the ion 2 . 1 pALrlmaterials accumulated owner's property and shallrbegremovedef.romt process are thethe jobsite as directed by the Owner. P,AR`C 3 E E TION 3 . 1 DEMOLITION: A. Remove all existing wir.enold, clocks, switches, recep- tacles, and other electrical equipment and devices and associated wiring from walls, ceilings, floors; and other demoli- tion relocation, or unless surfaces shown as retained or relocated on the Drawings. B. Disconnect all existing mechanical equipment scheduled for removal or relocation or abandonment. GEw Mechanical Drawings for scope of wcrk. Remove abandoned cables and unusable raceways. Re1F.bel panels to reflect changes. I ,FCTION t6030 DEMOLITION 16030-2 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont'd) " 3 . 1 DEMOLITION (Cont'd) C. Maintain electrical continuity of all existinq systems. Remove or relocate electrical boxes, conduit, wiring, � equipment, fixtures, etc,. as may be encountered in removed or remodeled areas in the existing construction affected by this work. wiring which serves usable existing outlets shall be removed and restored clear of the construction or � demolition. if existing junction boxes will ')e made ' inaccessible., or if abandoned outlets serve as feed through � boxes for other existing electric.., equipment which is being retained, new conduit and wire shall be provided to - bypass the abandoned outlets. If existing conduits pass through partitions or ceiling which are being removed or remodeled, new conduit and wire shall be provided to reroute clear of the construction or demolition and � ! maintain service to the existing load. D. Extend circuiting and devices in all existing walls to be furred out. E. Existing electrical outlets and light fixtures are denoted by dotted or dashed lines. Verify exact location of existing electrical outlets and light fixtures in the field. Only partial existing electrical shown. Locations of items shown on the Drawings as existing are partially based on as-built and other Drawings which may contain errors. The Contractor shall verify the accuracy of the information shown prior to bidding and provide such labor and material as is necessary to accomplish the intent of the Contract Documents. F. Remove all abandoned wiring to leave site clean. G. Keep outages to occupied areas to a minimum and prearrange all outages with the Second Floor Tenants. Requests for outages shall state the specific dates and hours and the maximum durations, with the outages kept to these specific dates and hours and the maximum durations. This Contractor will be liable for any damages resulting from unscheduled outages or for those not confined to the pre-approved times. Major outages shall take place at times when the building is not in operation. Include all costs for overtime labor as necessary to maintain electrical services in the initial bid proposal. Temporary wiring and facili- ties, if used, shall be removed and the site left clean before final acceptance. Requests for outages must be submitted at least (5) days prior to intended shutdown time. r t; ;��CTTUN 6030 DErICTa 16030-3 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 1 DEMOLITioN (Cont'd) H. No circuit breaker or di3connects s,;:,%,ing Second Floor I Tenants shall be turned off without prior approval from Second Floor Tenants. I. Verify with the General Contractor a locution for storage of materials, supplies, tools, rubbish, etc. prior to start of work. J. Identify and mark existing underground electrical utility lines where new and existing driveways occur prior to revision of driveway work start. END OF SECTION 16030 SECTIOU 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-•1 PART 1 GENERAL s 1. 1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: $ A. Mechanical equipment motors to be furnished and mounted under another Division but connected under this Division. Starters to be mounted and connected by this Division, but furnished by another. Division unless otherwise noted on the Electrical Drawings. B. Control wiring for mechanical equipment beyond provisions shown on the Electrical Drawings shall bet performed under another Division of the work. 1. 2 WO. NOT INCLUDED: The following equipment to be furnished by others: A. Telephone wiring and equipment. B. Portable plug-in equipment. C. Mechanical equipment motors and electric water heaters will be furnished and mounted under another Contract. Electri- cal to connect.. D. Mechanical equipment control wiring beyond that s.io;o;n on Drawings. E. Security system wiring, raceways and equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: Trade names used hereinafter are for reference purposes only. 2 . 2 MEA. UR MENTS: Refer to Divisi(::. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 WIRING-METHOD: A. Wiring throughout shall he concealed raceways and enclo- sures, except where indicated otherwise. B. All work shall be executed 1_n a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat and professional appearance upon completion. SECTION 16050 ASIC MATERIALS MD METHQDS 16050-1 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 1 WIgING METHOD: (Cont'd) C. Cable and tree new wiring in distribution equipment and branch circuit panels and other cabinets for power, signal, controls and communication. Use plastic ties in panels and cabinets. D. All open cable and wire instoallatio ns shall pmai manner (plastic ties) and neatly routed � throughout. E. All materials shall be properly modified and UL labeled by i the manufacturer, l ofusenllation such as,ebutds shall be not limited suitable fororthe condition to: (' Fire rated ceiling Wet locations 1 Damp location Insulation materials Area coverage requirements Recessed installation Low density ceiling material Hazardous requirements F. Outlets or equipment shown on plans with no supply conduit or conductors indicated, shall be completed in the same method and manner as similar outlets or. equipment :shown on the Drawings. When the method of installation is not obvious, verify with Engineer. G. Recondition or replace any damage caused by this Contractor to work of other crafts. H. Homeruns for branch circuit wiring to be installed as shown , on the Drawings AND may NOT be altered or combined with other homeruns. I . Feeder runs shall not be altered or recombined without written consent of the Engineer. I J. Cross or hash marks on branch circuit runs indicate quantity of #12 copper conductors unless ott,Prwise speci- fied herein or indicated on the Drawings. Where such marks do not appear on branch circuits, provide two #12 circuit conductors to the outlets shown. 3 . 2 LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT: A. Outlets and equipment shown on Drawings subject to 10'-0" relocation by the Architect or Owner prior to installation; such relocations shall not constitute Change Orders and are included within the Scope of this Contract. 2ZQTION 16050 BUIC MATERTAU AND METHODS 16050-3 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 2 LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT: (Cont'd) B. Drawings indicate general direction and routes of branch circuits and home runs to panels, cabinets, etc. Exact route and installation of wiring will be determined by i conditions of construction of the job. ' C. Exact locations, distances, levels, etc. , will be governed by the building and materials installed by other crafts. Coordinate equipment and outlet locations with all crafts and Drawings on job. Refer to Mechanical, Structural and Architectural Drawings for locations of equipment, piping, ducts, etc. Infta,ll work to avoid conflicts. D. The plus or addition sign Lefure a dimension adjacent to a symbol, indicates the center of this outlet or equipment is to be installed above the finished floor or grace unless otherwise indicated. E. heave center of outlet boxes, unless otherwise noted, the following distance above the floor: 1. Control Switches: 48 inches. 2 . Receptacles: 12 inches. 3 . Telephone Outlets: 12 inches. 4 . Wall Light Outlets: Verify on job and refer to Archi- tectural Drawings. F. ceiling Light Outlets: Refer to Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans. G. Other outlets as noted on Drawings, or as specified, detailed or indicated elsewhere. Verify mounting height of all fixtures or items prior to installation when heights are not indicated. H. Set outlet boxes so that cover plates are flush with the finished surface. Covers, trims, plates and canopies to cover the recessed flush type box and the adjacent spaces between box and finished ceiling or wall materials. Ilse of jumbo device plates is unacceptable. I . Install panels, cabinets and equipment level , plumb and parallel with structural building lines. Switchgear panels and all electrical enclosures shall fit neatly without gaps, openings or distortion. Properly and neatly close all unused openings with approved devices. �3 SECTION 16050 P-ASI-C MATERIALS AND-M S 16050-4 PART (Cont Id) ¢ 3 . � ,LOCATION _AND t.Tc ENT (Cont I d) J. Fit surface panels, devices and outlets with neat, appro- priate trims, plates or covers, without over-hanging edges, protruding corners or raw edges, to leave a finished appearance. K. Verify the location of all. floor outlets with the Owner prior to roughing in. 3 . 3 V A. Perform all necessary excavation and backfill for the installation of the electrical work. Trenching, back- filling, etc. , for electrical systems, conduits, cables and f ducts, shall be done in a manner approved by the Architect ) and indicated in the Contract Documents. dJ B. Contractor shall verify all finished grade elevations and then install conduits the necessary depths to provide at least a minimi around cover after completion of finished cradincr, of those required by NEC 300-5 and utility �� I companices. C. All conduit shall be bedded on sand or approved materials to adequately protect conduit from damage. A minimum 4 inch deep layer of sand or crushed rock shall be placed on ,:he leveled trench AitionaL edding shall in excessively wet or unstable bottom provided Ilk conditions to provide a firm foundation.. D. Backfill: See Architectural Specification Section. 02210. 3 . 4 CUTTING _MD P IAG• A. Refer to Division 1. B. Consult Architect before notching or cutting throughout sI construction. For any cutting in the finished surfaces, repair and recondition as directed by Architect. C. Refer to structural specifications for requirements. I SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050-5 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 5 NOISE CONTROL: A. Contactors, transformers, starters and similar noise producing devices shall not be placed on walls which are common to occupied spaces unless specifically called for on 1 the Drawings. Where such devices must be mounted on walls common to occupied spaces, they shall be shock mounted or isolated in such a manner as to effectively prevent the I transmission of their inherent noise to the occupied space. B. Ballasts, contactors, starters, transformers and like equipment which are found to be noticeably noisier than other similar equipment on the project will be deemed defective and shall be replaced. 3 . 6 EouIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. Provide complete electrical connections for all items of equipment requiring such connections, including incidental wiring, materials, devices and labor necessary for a finished working installation. B. Verify the location and method for connecting to each item of equipment prior to roughing-in. Verify the electrical characteristics (voltage, phase, current, power, etc. ) of each item of equipment prior to roughing-in. C. Provide branch circuit protection and disconnect switches required by Codes and manufacturer's instructions. Unless otherwise noted, disconnects are provided under this division. 3 . 7 EGUIPMENT MOUNTING: Every fastening device and support for electrical equipment, fixtures, panel outlets, conduits and cabinets installed, shall be capable of supporting not less .ian four times the ultimate weight of the object or objects fa,:tened to, or suspended from the building structure. 3 . 8 FIRESTO S: Electrical installations in hollow spaces, vertical hafts and ventilation or air-handling ducts shall be so made that the possible spread of fire or products of combustion will not be substantially increased. Openings around electrical penetrations through fire resistant rated walls, partitions, floors or ceilings shall be firestopped using methods approved by the Code Authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 16050 � elr SECTION i6i �n !WAYS 16110-1 A 1 GENLBAL 1. 1 OFS-PALMOUREMENTS A. Provide all raceways, wireways and associated fittings as herein specified and shown on the associated Drawings. k B. Conduits shown on Drawings which terminate without box, Panel, cabinet or conduit fitting shall be provided with not less than five (5) full threads, bushings and metal washer type sealer between bushing and conduit ends. C. Conduit shall be sized as indicated on the Drawings. Where no size is indicated, conduit may be the minimum Code permitted size for the quantity of Type THW conductors installed, but in no case smaller than 1/2 inch trade diameter, except where specifically noted on the Drawings. 1. 2 IN�XTALS: Incidentals, hargers, bracket: supports, framing, backing, etc. , not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the Plans, and required to complete the system Or systems in a safe and satisfactory working condition, shall be provided and installed as part of the Contract. PART 2 EEoDUgU 2 . 1 COND_ U_TBUSHINGS. CONNECTORS ANQ COUPLINGS: A. Bushings shall be insulated type. B. Locknut.s shall be stamped steel. C• EMT connectors and coup.l i.ngs to be case steel ; pre-irisu- lated connectors up to 1 inch, compression, or set screw. Connectors above 1 inch to be insulated with plastic bushing. 2 . 2 CONDUIT: A. Heavywal7 Rigid M tal Co dui ` galvanized or sherardized steel, threaded Rigid at each conduitconnec- tion; standard lengths or ]0 feet with coupling on one end. � B• Electrical Metallic Tub X or sherardized steel without threadsl or couplinggs. tandard Ilengths of 10 feet. .g=TION 161l9 RACEWAYS 16110-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2 . 2 CONDUIT: (Cont Id) C. Flexible Conduit: Galvanized steel interlocked with or � without factory installed PVC oster jacket. Use :Flexible conduit with PVC jacket where required by NEC Aluminum not acceptable. D. Rigid PVC Conduit: Schedule 40 heavywall high impact , polyvinyl chloride. E. PVC Coated Rigid steel Conduit: The zinc surface of the conduit shall remain intact and undisturbed on both the J inside and the outside of the conduit throughout the J preparation and application processing. A Polyvinyl 0,1ori -!e %PVC) coating shall be bonded to the galvanized ` outer surface of the conduit. The boned between the PVr coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the plastic. The thickness of the PVC coating shall be a minimum of .020 inch (20 mil) . F. Aluminum EMT is not acceptable. G. MC cable may be used in accessible ceiling spaces, but not on emergency circuits. 2 . 3 SURFACE RACEWAYS: A, Wiremold, metal raceway with snap-in cover. B. Wireways with hinged or screw cover, painted steel with knock out provisions, couplings, end caps, elbows and hangers as required. f ' ■ PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLA,rION: � A. Complete electrical conduit before starting the installa- tion of cables. B. Provide PVC-coated conduit or PVC conduit and fittings where indicated for highly-corrosive conditions. C. Provide flexible zinc-coated steel conduit for motor connections, and for other electrical equipment connections where subject to movement and vibration. SECTION_16110 RACEWAYS 16110-3 PART 3 E"ELUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: (Cont'd) D. Provide liquid-tight flexible conduit for connection of motors and for other electrical equipment where subject to movement and -vibrations, where required by Code and the following conditions: 1. Rooftop equipment. 2. Exterior locations. E. Conduits passing through building expansion joints to have approved expansion fittings. See Architectural Plans for location of expansion joints. F. Where length of wire run or maxir..ium number of bends is exceeded, provide Code type pullboxes as required. G. Rigid steel conduit shall be used where subject to mechani- cal injury. H. PVC conduit may be used in lieu of rigid conduit in (l.) fills and concrete, and (2) in contact with earth. Contractor shall ensure adequate conduit sizes and proviue ground conductors as required. PVC conduit shall have factory steel ells at stub ups and risers. PVC shall not be used for exposed work. ` i. Minimum size for branch circuit homerun or any conduit installed under slab shall be 1/2 inch I.D. unless other- wise noted. J. Minimum conduit size for telephone, 3/4 inch. K. Conduits on Surface or Exposed: 1. All conduits except below slab shall follow the 1 structural lines of the building. ` 2 . Offset conduits at panels, outlets, switches, junction 1` boxes, etc. 3 . Do not install conduits on surface of building exteriors, or outlets on top of parapet walls. 4 . Conduits shall be assembled continuous and secured to boxes, panels, etc. , with appropriate fittings to maintain electric continuity. All conduit joints shall be cut square, reamed smooth with all fittings drawn up tight. it SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS 16110-4 PART 3 _ EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: (Cont'd) L. Sugt2ortg: Install conduit supports to comply with NEC and local requirements. Support suspended conduits with metal ring or trapeze hanger and threaded steel rods having safety factor of 4. � M. All conduits penetrating the roof shall be flashed and counter-flashed as shown on Detail "Conduit Through Roof" . 3 . 2 PLUGGED CONDUITS AND EMPTY RACEWAYS: Replace new conduits containing concrete or other foreign materials without addi- tional cost. Provide Appleton steel bushing pennies with 1 bushings, or approved seals, for all empty conduits during construction and completed project. 3 . 3 CONDUIT UNDERGROUND: A. Metal raceways, boxes and couplings that are in contact with the earth (under or in concrete, in contact with the earth and fill materials) shall have an outside factory applied, UL approved, 20-mil plastic jacket on conduit (PVC coated RMC) , or tape nanufactured by ' he 3M Company, for this type of installation, or other Architect -approved flexible and chem,.cal resistant material. Comply with manufacturer's application recommendations. Use 20 mil 113M" #51 tape or Architect approved substitute to cover wrench marks, fieldcuts, couplings or abrasions that may break outer factory applied anti-corrosion covering. B. Drain (slope) underground conduits away from equipment located within the building. All joints shall be threaded and taped to prevent the entry of water. Seal conduits at each end where necessary to prevent entry of water at equipment locations. Provide water seal fittings around conduits where they enter the building as necessary to prevent the entry of water. 3 . 4 CLEANING OF CONDUITS: Thoroughly clean the interior of all conduits and other raceways. In the case of conduit only, leave a 1/8 inch ny' on pull line in place. Cap or plug all conduits after installation to ensure that they remain clean. Thoroughly clean all exposed conduit exteriors. Nylon-line not to be H installed in FVC conduit until completion of job due to possible solvent-cement sticking to rope. ENG OF SECTION 16110 71 SECTION-16120 WIRES. CABLES AND CONNECTORS 16120-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION: A. Provide all wires and cables as herein specifiel and shown on the associated drawings . B. Deliver conductors to the jobsite in cartons, protective covers or on reels. C. Unless otherwise noted or specified all wire and cable to be copper, 600 volt rated with size, insulation, voltage and manufacturer permanently marked on covering. PART _2__PRODUCTS 2 . 1 CONDUCTORS - 60OV: A. Copper, stranded or soft drawn solid, #12 AWG minimum size unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or specified elsewhere herein. B. Insulation types, THW, THHN, THWN or as noted. C. Conductors #14 AWG to #10 A14G may be solid or stranded. Use stranded conductors when flexibility is required for special systems or equipment. D. #8 at►d larger shall be stranded, unless otherwise noted. E. Through wiring in lighting fixtures shall be rated for 90 degree C minimum. F. fac,.urers: General Electric, Hatfield, Anaconda, Southwire or acceptable substitute. G. Flexible metal encased cable, copper #12 AWG and #10 AWG, THHN 90 degrees C. Integral insulated ground conductor. 600 volt. Galvanized steel flexible protective armor. Federal Specification JH-C-30 and UT. Standard Nunber 4. Not allowed for emergency circuits. AFC/Nortek or approved substitute. 2 . 2 CONNECTORS: A. oS lid and Stranded Conductor Splices #18 Through #8 AWG: Use insulated spring connectors, Ideal Wing Nut, 3M Self- Stripping Series 550 or approved substitute. Scotchlok not permitted. i I i PART 2 ROD 16120-2 (Contd) 2. 2 CONN C1OR ' (Contd) B. Light fixture approved taus may use 3M self-stri substitute. ppin 9 series 560 or j C. 9-1 u to Plasticllces Sma> >ez than , insulated crimp -- WG: D. Use sleeves. UL Label e sion tool applieQ sleeves s #6 AWG o r Square-p , Thomas & Anderson or Betts K ' Use compres- acceptable substituteearney, Burndy, I E. i.nator lugs, c p e si n�to Ws�c of —an--Sma�e: Use F applied, a spade flared 1' m�nato u S ff _ 0 W or Anderson, or a - --- e_and car e pproved substitute com r' Use Durndy, �I G. pression tool applied, coed-S�Ild cta 5- --SIL a i comp.resslon type lugs. In ' Shall be practical , copper conductors those cases where in lugs. For aluminum hated this is not termination wire Y be terminated in Set screw H. or approved equ use a Burndy 11Hy-Plug" type ed Con uCt0*'S au compress]on tool Shall to devices with �� applied terminator 1u be terminated in screw heads back-wired" terminations. "e.t where wised acceptable shall use spade type connectors to ptable device. I, cr other u s and ad Provide conductor terminals. approved manufacturer's Installati n Per pads for "commended to multiple turersr Thomas & methods comely w'th lu acceptable Betts and tools. Manufacg substitute. B>>rndy, Ilsco �,• 2 . 3 Anderson or TERMING BLOCK : Box 1.0 6 or acceptable g connector type, 600 volt f! substitute, u Square-D GK- UTI K- u f� P—ART 3 EXECUTION I 3 • 1 � INSTRLr Lmr.,.,, IndlcatedION: Install electrical instructions accordance conductor the a with the and connectors as National Pplicaple manufacturers written Electrical Contractors of Installation's, and in Association s NEC and practices to Ensure accordance with � Standard the that Products s recognized f j serve the intended Industry ;1 functions. SECTION 16120 WIRES. CABLES AND CONNECTQRS 16120-3 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 2 CONDUCTORS: M i A. Pulleys or blocks shall be used for alignment of the conductors when pulling. Pulling shall be in accordance P with manufacturer's specifications regarding pulling tensions, bending radii of the cable and compounds. B. Install stranded conductors where flexible conduit is required. 3 . 3 CONNECTORS: A. Control and special systema wires shall be terminated with a tool applied insulated spade flared lug when erminating at a screw connection. B. All screw and bolt type connectors shall be made up tight and retightened after an eight hour period. Set screw connectors may be used for a direct termination of a stranded copper wire only where they are not field replace- I able with compression type lugs (i.e. breakers, relays, etc. ) . C. All tool applied compression connectors shall be applied per manufacturer's recommendations and physically checked for tightness. 3 . 4 COLOR CODING: A. Phase color to be consistent at all feeder terminations; A- BC left-to-right, top-to-bottom and front-to rear. B. Conductor Color Coding: 120/208V Normal and Emergency Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White END OF SECTION 16120 i SECTION 16121 MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM 16121-1 .PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 GENERAL: A. The Modular Wiring System is to provide a flexible coordi- nation of lighting distribution system. The system is applicable in those areas with accessible ceiling, used as static or environmental air plenums, or accessible wall areas. The system shall incorporate factory pre-assembled, pre-wired cable assemblies which interface with lighting fixtures installed in these spaces. B. The complete wiring system, UL listed, for use in ceiling plenums used for environmental air or non-environmental, is manufactured by Dual-Lite, Inc. Wiring Products Division. C. The Modular Wiring System is made up of the following components, as individual pieces or as part of an assembly. I. Five-face Connector Housing-Assembly "A", one circuit, 120 volt, #2GA 2 . LoaO -side Connector 3 . Line -Side Connector 4. FixtL'e Receptacle, 120 volt, one circuit, #2F'1 5. Ceiling Distribution Box Receptacle, 120 volt, two circuit #2CDB1. 6. Appropriate lengths of UL approved flexible metallic cable-4 conductor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALSS: A. Connectors and_P.ec ptacl.es: The connector shall consist of up to four individual pins or tabs and shall have two locking latches. All housing shall be polarized and color coded and shall be compatible with conventional system electrical boxes. B. This prefavricated wiring system shall be an assembly of five-face connectors, load-side connectors, line-side connectors, fixture receptacles and ceiling distribution box receptacles. C. The connectr�:rs of this System shall be color coded and polarized to all mating with only proper voltage and j function. SECTION 16121 MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM 16121-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont Id) 2 . 1 MATERIALS: (Cont'd) D. C2iling Distribution Boxes: As allowed by NEC, each box shall accommodate up to (8) ceiling distribution box receptacles. CDH receptacles shall be installed in standard 1/2 inch knockouts. E. Cable Sets: 1. The cable sets are to provide a flexible means to connect light fixtures. 2 . Cable sets shall vary in length as requited, and I consist of thermoplastic insulated #12 gauge wire with outer jacket of armor-clad cable. One end of cable set shall be equipped with a five-face connector and the other shall be equipped with a load-side connec- tor. Five-face connector shall be factory wired to accomplish the following functions: Two faces for power out, one unswitched face, one switch face for localized switching and one face for switching connec- tion. All switching requirements shall be an integral I part of the cable set and shall be accomplished without additional modules or sub- distribution boxes. Switching cables shall be provided with one end I equipped with line-side connector which plugs into five-face connector and other end with 6 inch lead for attachment to switch or factory pre-wired switch assemblies may be specified. The unit shall be UL listed for the purpose used. F. Lighting Fixtures: Shall be furnished with factory installed receptacle. Receptacle shall be furnished to fixture manufacturer by manufacturer of flexible distribu- tion system. PART 3 EXECUTION l 3 . 1 CEILING DISTRIBUTION BOXES: Install where units are used to 1 convert rigid wiring to flexible wiring. 3 . 2 EMERGENCY CIRCUITS: Install all emergency lighting circuits, I fixtures, in rigid wiring raceway. END OF SECTION 16121 I I gee ` GFCTION 1613() BOXES 16130-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 ]2RGCgIPTION OF WORK: A. Provide electrical boxes and fittings as required for a complete installation. B. Comply with NEC as applicable to .ons-truc:tion and installa- tion of electrical boxes and fittings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 OUTLET BC`XES: A. Minimum ox: 4-inch box, 1-1/2-inches deep. Provide raised covers on bracket surface mounted outlets, plaster rings on flush outlets. B. Flush-Switch an_cLFecentA� o> �€5�]` one- or 11 Devic 4-inch square box., 1-1/2-inches or more deep, with single F or two-gang plaster ring. C. Three or MoreEeviees atOne_Locrlti4Jr1: Use one piece gang boxes with device cover, install one device per gang. D. Provide galvanized steel interior outlet wiring boxes, of the type, shape and size, including depth of box, 'to suit each respective location and installation; constructed with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded holes with screws for securing box covers or wiring devices. E. Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mount 1. brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting cutlet boxes, compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations. Choice of accessories is Installer's option. 2 , 2 WEATHERPROOF' OUTLET BOXES: A. Provide corrosion-resistant east metal weatherproof outlet wiring boxes, of the type, shape and size, including depth of box, with threaded conduit ends, cast metal face plate with spring-hinged waterproof cap suitably configured for each application, including face plate gasket and corrosion proof fa,stenc=: . SECTION 16110 BOXES 16130-2 PART 2PRODUCTS (Cont Id) 2 .2 WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXES: (Cont.'d) t B. Weatherproof boxes to be constructed to have smooth sides, , gray finish. C. Boxes used in contact with soil shall be cast iron alloy with gasketed screw cover and water-tight hubs. 2 . 3 WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: Provide galvanized sheet steel junct.'_on and pull boxes, with screw-on covers; of the type, shape and size, to suit each respective location and installation; with welded seams and equipped with stainless ` steel nuts, bolts, screws and wAshers. 2 . 4 FLOOR OUTLETS: A. Concrete Type: Floor Boxes: Adjustable with flush floor trim to accept on-the-floor type service fittings for signal or power outlets; cast or pressed steel with threaded hubs or knockouts for conduits in and out as shown on the Drawings. Where. stab thickness is greater than 3 inches, use Hu'.)bell B2527 ; less than 3 inches use 87.529. B. Service_Fitting 1. Recessed into floor box for 120 volt duplex outlet. Hubbell S-3925. 2 . Recessed into floor box for signal outlet. Yubbell 52725. 3 . E nisll• Brass. 4 . carpet flange; clear polycarbonate. 2 . 5 KNOCKggT CLOSURES: Provide three piece punched-steel knockout closures. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS: A. Install electrical boxes and fittings as indicated, or in compliance with NEC requirements, in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that the boxes and fittings serve the intended purposes. "4 SEQTTON 16130 BOXES 161.10-3 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont d) 3 . 1 'JON OF BOXES AND FITTINGS: (Cont'd) B. Provide weatherproof outlets for locations exposed to weather or moisture. C. Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed. D. Locate boxes and conduit bodies so as to ensure acces- sibility of electrical wiring. E. Secure boxes rigidly to the substrate upon which they are being mounted, or solidly embed flush boxes in concrete or masonry. F. See Drawings for outlet mounting heights. END OF SECTION 16130 1 1 C 71 i SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICE-; 16140-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring devices. D. Comply with NEMA Standards for general and specific purpose wiring devices. C. Switches and receptacles shall be back-wired and comply with Federal Specification requirements WS 896 and WC 596 respectively. D. Wiring devices with special devices as noted on the Drawings. Should the Drawings indicate a device other than those listed herein without reference to catalog number, such device shall be of same grade and manufacturer as specified below. 1. 2 MANUFACTURERS: Comparable grade devices to those listed manufactured by Slater, Eagle, Hubbell, Pass and Seymour are approved. All lighting switches and duplex receptacles installed shall be by the same manufacturer and have identical appearance characteristics. PART 2 PRODUCTS i 2 . 1 WALL SWITCH ,S: A. Switches shall be A.C. toggle, 15A. , 120/277 volt, listed for motor Loads up to 80 percent of rated amperage. Exposed finish shall be grey unless noted otherwise. Pass & Seymour #660-GRY. B. Switches with pilot lights shall be the lighted handle (red) type unless otherwise noted. Pass & Seymour #15ACI-RPL. 2 . 2 RECEPTACLES: A. Finish: Receptacles shall be same exposed finish as switches, unless otherwise indicated. B. Duplex Receptacle: Straight parallel blade 15 amp or 20 amp as required by Code. 125 volt, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding; Hubbell 5252 , 5352 Series, or approved substi- tute. SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16140-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont Id) !1 2 .2 _R :PTACLES• (Cont'd) j! C. Damp and Wet Locations: Duplex receptacles installed in 1J damp locations shall be equipped with metallic self closing flip lid and weatherproof box. 1. Cord Capes: Utilization equ;.pment connected to wet location receptacles shall be equipped with barrel type plug similar to Hubbell 5266-•C. D. GFI Receptacles: Feed through type; Pass & Seymour 1591- FI, aqu.are-D GFSR-115R-I or approved substitute. f E. Isolated Ground Receptacles: Provide continuous insulated grounding conductor from receptacle to branch panel ground bar or grounding point. Isolated ground receptacles shall be orange; Hubbell IG5262 , IG5251 or approved substitute. 2 . 3 SPECIAL PURPOSF. O TLET: Install as noted on the Drawings. 2 .4 DEVIL_TLATES: A. Flush Finigh P ates: Thermoplastic, grey finish. 2 . 5 MULTI-OUTLET RA9 AYS: Wiremold as specified on Drawings, grey finish. 2 . 6 OCCUPANCY SENSORS: Ultrasonic motion sensor, minimum g00 square foot coverage, adjustable sensitivity, adjustable off delay 0. 5 to 12 minutes, UL listed, minimum three year warranty, 800 watt capacity. Novitas Light-O-Matic 01-072 . Watt Stopper W-1000A. U PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: A. Install wiring devices where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable require- ments of NEC and National Electrical Contractors Associa- tion's "Standard of Installation" , and in accordance with 11 recognized industry practices to assure that products serve intended function. B. Devices and finish plates to be installed plumb with building lines. All outlet plates to be aligned with structural lines. i iSECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16140-3 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 1 INSTALLATIQP: (Cont'd) 1 C. Wall mounted receptacles shall be installed vertically at centerline height shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere herein unless otherwise noted fat special conditions. D. Where more than one outlet is shown on the Drawings in close proximity to each other, but at different elevations, align the outlets on a common vertical center line for best appearance. 3 . 2 PROTECTION: A. Upon installation of wall plates and receptacles, advise General Contractor regarding proper and cautious use of convenience outlets. At time of Substantial Completion, replace those items which have been damaged, including those burned and scored by faulty plugs. B. Finish plates and devices nct to be installed until finish 4 painting is complete. Scratched or splattered finish plates and devices will not be acceptable. 3 . 3 TESTING: IA. Test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding connections, and after energizing circuitry, to demonstrate compliance with requirements. B. Receptacles shall be tested for line to neutral, line to ground and neutral to ground faults. Correct any defective wiring. { END OF SECTION 16140 I f i i i 1 I SECTION 16170 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS 16170-1 i PART I.-GENERAL 1. 1 ASCRIPTION. A. Provide switches of proper characteristics as disconnecting means. B. Motor starters by Division 15 Contractor unless noted otherwise. 1. 2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: I A. Division 15. B. Hardware 8710. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MA UAL MOTOR STARTERS: A. Mamlal starters not provided by Division 15, quick-make, qui_k-break, with thermal overload protection; NEMA 1 indoors and NEMA 3R raintiaht outdoors. Switches shall be clearlv marked for maximum voltage, current and horsepower. Provide fractional horsepower manual ocarters similar to Square-D Class 2510 thermal units ioordinated with actual motor nameplate electrical characteristics. B. Manufacturers: Square-D, Siemens or approved substitute. 2 . 2 DISCONNECTS A. Safety and disconnect switches shall be NEMA type HD (heavy duty) , quick-make, quick-break, dual rated with electrical ' characteristics as required by the system voltage and the load served. Switches shall be equipped with a defeatable cover interlock. B. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1 for indoor use unless specifi- cally noted otherwise and NEMA 3R where installed exposed to the weather or designated by the subscript "W.P. " Disconnects shall be approved for location and use. t DI 16170-2 gE 70 CTTON 161C (cont d) i 2 .2 DISCONNE_Cm: (Cont d) C. Disconnects shall be fusible. Equip all fusible d �sccn- nects with dual element fuses required by the quipment e r served. Coordinate fuse sizes at the time equipment is connected. Should fuse sizes require changing from what .is shown due to variance between the original des�yi1 ;nformi3- tion and actual equipment installed, fuses shall be sized in accordance with Bussmann Fusetron 40 degree C. recommen- dations. In no case shall fuses be sized smaller than the starter ori all aason motor circuits.sfused switches, foracceptance) of rejection feature R fuses only. D. Manufacturers: Square-D, Siemens or approved substitute. I _} FAQ'__BXKg JTION 3 . 1 nTGCONNEM: A. Provide allospecifically d e i fic ]. y shownired norcnotWitches under this work, whetherP B. Install disconnect switches used with motor-driven „ appliancesmotors position unless gcontrollers within ht of the ess otherwi a indicated. contr ccntP C. P12duct Delivery.,-Storacte and Handling: 1.1 1. Deliver switches in factory-fabricated typo con- tainers. 2 . Handle switches carefully to avoid damage to material components, enclosure and finish. Do not install damaged switches; remove from project site. 3 . Store switches in water anddry physical damage switches from dirt, fumes, END OF SECTION 16170 ] U KNIUM SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 SCOPE: This section specifies materials and methods for support of electrical equipment includinq fixtures, panels, outlets, conduits and cabinets. An independent system of support from structure is required for all electrical equipment and wiring. Refer to other sections for additional requirements for specific equipment. PARS 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 GENERAL• A. Hangers and supports shall be approved for location and use. B. Manufacturers: Kindorf, Unistrut or approved substitute. 2 . 2 FASTENING DEVICES: Gun powder driven or actuated fastening devices are unacceptable as a supporting method or device except when requested in writing and specifically approved by the Architect. 2 . 3 WET LOCATIONS: All supports, bolts, straps, screws, etc. shall be of coriusi.on-resistant materials or protected against corrosicn by corrosion-resistant materials approved for the purpose. 9 . 4 tuNDUI, SUPPORTS: Screw type straps required, nail straps not allowed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: A. Install conduit supports to comply with NEC, seismic state and local Codes, and local requirements. Support suspended conduits with metal ring or trapeze hanger and threaded steel rod having safety factor of 4 unless Code requires a higher safety factor. B. Vertical support members for equipment and fixtures shall be straight and parallel to building walls. t qW 1.� rig SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190-2 SF;CTIdN ,x,61" PART 3 ION xr T (Cont Id) 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: (Cont Id) C. Every fastening device and support for electrical equipment i (including fixtures, panels, outlets, conduits and cabi- ne}a) shall be capable of sustaining not less than four (4) times the ultimate,: weight of the object or objects. Fasten supports to the building or building structural member. Use non-corroding hardware in damp, wet, outdoor. tend/or corrosive atmospheres. Use brass in contact with aluminum; stainless or monel for steel, copper, brass, etc. D. Provide independent supports to the building or building structural member for electrical fixtures, materials, or equipment installed in or on ceiling, walls, in void spaces and/or over the furred or suspended ceil � E. Lighting Fixture Support: Refer to Uniform uiic,_Lateral standard Section 47 . 1813 and Architectural Datail Bracing for Suspended Ceiling" . Ceiling Contractor to wires as required. Electrical to provide fixture supporty connect support wires to fixtures. F. junction boxes, pull boxes or other coterminating housings located the suspended ceiling hall be i securely suspended from the floo?: above, roof or penthouse j floor structure to prevent sagging or swaying. G. Hgw Concrete. Instailati2II: Use cast-in concrete inserts for support fasteners. Kindorf #D-255 or better if load conditions over s00 pounds. H. Do not penetrate roof membranes except where specifically shown on the Drawings. All roof penetrations, required or accidental, as a result of work in this Division shall be repaired, flashed and scaled as shown on Architect penetra- tion detail. ' fastening devices for supporting I. Do not use other crafts g ' means if electrical equipment materials or fixtures. J. Do nct use supports and/or fastening devices to support other than one particular :tem. K. Provide all seismic bracing and supports as required by f City and State. END OF SECTION 16190 r� SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1619K-1 PAR'S 1 GEL49R L 1. 1 SCOPE: Engraved labels shall be provided for identification of electrical equipment enclosures, control devices, transformers and override switches and elsewhere as specified herein or indicated on the Drawings. PART_ 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 ENGRAVED LABBla: A. Provide melamine plastic laminate engraved with Engraver's Standard Letter Style, 3/16 inch high letters, all capital letters. B. Plastic laminate shall be black with white core, 1/16 inch thick. C. Red plastic laminate for main disconnect and emergency. Refer to Section 16400. D. Labels may be attached with either mechanical fasteners or Renanent adhesives. Adhesives must be suitable for the environment of the installed equipment. E. For mechanical fastening, drill or punch labels. Fasteners shall be self tapping steel screws. Stainless to be used for exterior applications or locations subject to corrosion or moisture. 2 . 2 GRA H CS,: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designa- tions used in the electrical identification work. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or recommended by manufacturers or as required fog proper identification and operation of the electrical systems and equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 COORDINATION: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install label. after completion of painting. 3 . 2 EQUIPMENT IDE,JTIFICATION LABELS: A. Provide individual labels for each service feeder and distribution switch to clearly indicate the load served and equipment voltage. +erNil SECTION 6195 EL CT'A'rr IDENTTFTCATION 16195-2 ' PART 3 EXEC rm 0 � 3 . 2 -QUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LAD S; (Cont'd) B. Similar signs on each panel. C. Identify all disconnects, relays, contactors, time switches, override switches, etc. ' END OF SECTION 16195 r i �1 �I �l SECTION 16450 GROUNDING 16450-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1. 1 DESCRIPTION: In addition to special grounding described herein, conform with the requirements stated in Article 250 of the National Electrical Code, latest edition enforced by local jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS• A. Grounding conductors shall be copper. B. Unless ot.ierwise indicated grounding conductors shall be insulated conductors. C. Grounding bushings, clamps and connectors shall be approved for the purpose intended. PART 3 __EXECUTION 3 . 1 INSTALLA_TIION_: A. Bonding: NEC 250G. A1.1 non-current-carrying metal parts of the electrical distribution system shall be effectively bonded together. Bond the neutral bus to the service ground terminal at the same location on the Main Distribu- tion Switchboard ground bus.. B. Grounding Electrode System: NEC 250H. Bond together, where available on the premises, the following: 1. Metal water pipe. 2 . Building steel frame. 3 . Concrete encased electrode. 4 . Main Distribution Switchboard ground bus. C. Grounding Conductors: NEC 250J. All equipment grounding conductors are to be terminated on a ground bus bar in the panel or switchboard. D. For isolated ground outlets, install a green wire grounding conductor with the circuit conductors from the grounding bus in the panel. Ground wire to be sized as indicated on the Drawings or specified in another Section. END OF SECTION 16450 IVA-, w �_'ILQN 16470 PANET ROAR. 16470-1 PART DESC ON: A. The contractor shall furnish all incidentals and materials and install a complete operating system. B. Manufacturers: Square-D, Siemens, General Electric or subst.it:ite approved by Engineer. C. Provide Shop Drawings for panelboards. PARI' 2 pRC,QUCTS 2 . 1 SERIALS: A. Branch panelboards and circuit breakers shall have short circuit rating equal to or greater than the rating showy, on the plans. Panel shall be bolt to bus, with copper or aluminum bus and ground bar. B. Each circuit breakers to have a permanently fixed number, engraved or stamped in a steel dead front panel. numbers not acceptable. Stuck on C. Panels to have hinged doors with flush lift latch and lock. 2 • 3 PArJELBOAED: A. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater integrated equipment rating shown on the anen the P Schedule or on the Plans. This rating shall be established by testing with the overcurrent devices mounted in the panelboard. Method of testing shall be per Underwriters Laboratories Steindard UL 67, Panelboards Jbe hall with their maximum short circuit current rating marked supply voltage and shall be UL listed. g at the B. The panelboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The rigidity and gauge of steel to be specified in UL Standard 5o for cabinets. Gated from The box shall be fabri- galva,nized steel. or equivalent rust re_zistant steel. Each front shall include a hinged door and have a flush, stainless steel, cylinder t pe lock with spring-loaded door pull . All pane lboards locks catch shallabe keyed alike. Fronts shall also have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely concealed when the doors are closed. (cont. ) I SECTION 16470 PANELBQARDS 16470-2 I PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont Id) 2 . 3 gANELBOARR : (Cont'd) B. (cont'dl Doors shall be mounted by completely concealed steel hinges. Front shall not be removable with door in the locked position. A circuit directory frame and typed circuit identification directory card with a clear plastic ' covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. Fronts shall be of code gauge, full finished steel with rust-inhibiting iron phosphate sealer and gray baked enamel finish. ' C. Install nameplate with self tapping steel screws or permanent adhesive on front of panel for easy identifica- tion. Refer to Section 16195 for label. PART 3 EXECUTION f 3 . 1 INSTALLATION: A. Install branch circuit panels in accessible locations as shown on Drawings. B. Provide lugs or landing pads for feed through feeders as required. C. Where two or more panels in finished areas occur side by side, all shall have same physical height and depth for best appearance; such panels in Electric Rooms or unfinished apaces need not be the same size. , D. Do not install panels more than 6 ' -6" to top from floor. E. Provide typewritten Circuit Schedule on inside door in ' metal frame at each panel . Print information on furnished card with typewriter. . Identify areas and equipment items served. Refer to room names and room numbers assigned by , Owner, not Architect's construction numbers. F. Panels to have smooth painted finish applied at the ' factory. G. Install grounding bus in panels. It. "Tree" conductors in panel in neat manner. END OF SECTION 16470 r SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PRO'J'ECTIVE DEVICES 16475-1 i ' PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 1 DESCRIPTION: A. The Contractor shall furnish all. incidentals and materials and instal a complete operating system. ' B. Provide non-renewable type dual element fuses except where indicated otherwise. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2 . 1 CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Molded case, thermal magnetic circuit breakers of 10, 000 amperes minimum interrupting capability, unless noted otherwise on plans, are to be totally front accessible and front connectible. The circuit breakers are to be mounted in the switchboard or panelboards to permit installa- tion, maintenance and testing without reaching over any line side bussing. Line side circuit breaker connections are to be bolt-on type. All 2 and 3 pole breakers shall be internal common trip type. See Panel Schedules for number of breakers, trip rating in amperes, and pole arrangement. 2 . 2 FUS : A. General: Non-renewable Class "R" rejection type with dual elements (current limiting) , unless otherwise indicated. Bussmann Company "Low-Peak" RK1 on all Mains and RK5 on feeders, motors, HVAC un-its, etc. B. cbove 600 Amus: Hussmann Company Class "L" , KRP-C Hi-Cap. I C. Manufacturer: Bussmann Company, Littelfuse, or approved i substitute. PART_3 EXECUTION Not Used. I + END OF SECTION 16475 �u s I SECTION 16504 LIGHTING 16500-1 PART 1 GENE�L 1. 1 ES -OU: A. Some fixtures have been pre-ordered to expedite delivary, however, the materials shall be a part of this Contract. Refer to Light Fixture Schedule and Section 16040 . B. All light outlets shall be supplied with a fixture. Outlet symbols on the Drawings without a type designation shall have a fixture the same as those used in similar or like locations. Verify type with Engineer if it is not obvious. C. Contractor shall verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and all other construction details prior to release of fixture for shipment. Plaster frame shall be provided for all fixtures where required. Where discrepancies occur, the Architect shall be notified immediatell The Contractor shall take all responsibility for additional cost due to errors arising after fixtures are released for shipment. Coordinate catalog numbers listed with descrip- tion of fixture prior to ordering. D. All fixtures shall be properly modified and UL labeled by the manufacturer for the ccnditions of use, such as, but not limited to: Wet locations Damp locations Area coverage requirements Low density ceiling Recessed installation Hazardous requirements Emergency uses Thermal protection required by Code 1 . 2 SUBMITTALS: Provide Shop Drawings for all light fixture types. FART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 FIXTURES: A, htinq Fixture Schedule: See Electrical Drawings for Lighting Fixture Schedule. SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 16500-2 r PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont Id) , 2 . 2 LAMPS: A. All chroma 50 lamps will be furnished by Owner. Contractor is to provide a complete fixture count together with material submittals and shall notify Owner in writing 45 ' days prior to required delivery. B. Other Fluorescent Lamps: Warm White, T12 energy saving, or a3 noted in Luminaire Schedule. General Electric, Sylvania, Philips. C. Incandescent: Inside frosted, 130V rated or as noted in , Luminaire Schedule; General Electric, Sylvania, Philips. D. H. I.D. : Lamp types as specified in Luminaire Schedule; ' General Electric, Sylvania, Philips. 2 . 3 MATERIALS: A. Metal Finishes: ' 1. The manufacturer standard Finish (unless otherwise indicated) over a corrosion resistant primer, after cleaning to free the metal surfaces of rust, grease, dirt and other deposits. Fixture finish, free of ' stains or evidence of rusting, blistering or flaking. 2 . Interior light reflecting finishes, white with not less than 85 percent reflectances except where other- wise indicated. 3 . Prismatic acrylic, extruded unless otherwise noted, , flat lenses, 0. 156 inch overall thickness, maximum penetration 0. 080 inches. 2 . 3 BALLASTS: ' A. Fluor scent: I. UL labeled Class P, electronic, high power factor (above 90 percent) , certified by ET-',, as built to Specifications adopted by certified ballast manufac- ' turers. Capable of maintaining constant light output thro>>gh input voltage of 90 to 145 volts (12C volt ballast) . Input current third harmonic content must be held below 13 percent of current output. Crest factor maintained below 1.4. Operation frequency of 20 KMz or greater with no visible flicker. Advance Mark V. ' SECTjJN 16500 LIGHTING 16500-3 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Cont Id) 2 . 3 BALLASTS: (Cont'a) A. Fluorescent: (Cont'd) 2 . Compact fluorescent lamp ballasts to be high power factor. B. High Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts: High power factor. Outdoor ballasts shall start lamps at -20 degrees F. Ballasts 100 watt. and larger shall be constant wattage type, auto-transformer or double winding type, individually a cased or built-in with starting current not more than load current, and shall provide not more than plus or minus 5 percent lamp wattage variation with plus or minus 10 percent line voltage variation (Advance or approved substitute) . C. Ballasts shall be of the quietest type as normally manufac- tured for lamp characteristic. Ballasts shall meet ANSI standards for sound level . Ballasts deemed noisier than like ballasts of any given type shall be replaced. D. Ballasts shall be date stamped and warranted by the manufacturer for a period of two years to be free of defects in workmanship. Failures shall be immediately replaced without charge during the first year, and with a minimum $20.00 per ballast labor credit during the second year. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 1 FIXTURE HANGINQ: A. Surface Fluorescent Fixtures: Unless otherwise detailed on Drawings, shall be mounted to outlet box and securely fastened to ceiling and/or backing within one foot of each end of the fixture. Supports shall be: 1. On osed T-Bar Ceilings: With approved T-bar clip. Refer^ to Section 16190 for additional support. err+m70 16500 LIGHTING 16500-4 PART 3 ExECUTION (Cont'd) 3 . 1 EjXTUgj HANGING: (Cont'd) A. Surface Fhtorescent Fixtures: (Cont'd) 2 . On Hung plaster or plasterboard Ceilings: With sheet metal screws and washers into wood or sheet metal backing, or "toggle bolts" (expansion bolts which positively expand above the plaster or plasterboard) , with large diameter (fender) washer inside the fixture, with large hole in the fixture channel to pass the largest diameter of the toggle bolt, and while fixture is in place drill hole for 1/4 inch fj toggle bolt through ceiling. (� 3 . Other Types of Ceilinus.: Adequate supports approved by the Engineer. 4 . All Sur ace Fixture Supports: Shall support fixture plus 150 pounds. Refer to Section 16190. 3 . 2 FjxTURE INSTALIUTIQN: A. Fixtures shall be eft c can at the time of acceptance he Wor? ate_ ve _ tem shall be n o enation. The ,responsibility or ci eanina or ,protectinn_ _o�xtures from !dirt dust, saint. debris etc. . shall rest _with tY!e ���tractor. If fixtures re dirty at com eta, on of the Proiect the Contractor shall. clean them at no additional cha .g_eto Uwner. B. Remove all labels and marks from exposed parts of fixtures, which must be clean when the work is completed. Install fixtures carefully and neatly and consult with other Contractors to ensure proper installation in regard to ceiling pattern. Handle all fixtures, glassware and lamps safely, replace without charge all such items broken or damaged prior to final acceptance. Fixture mounting and rough-in shall be carefully coordinated with Architectural features, mechanical equipment, store fixtures, refrigera- tion equipment and like materials furnished and installed by others so as to not conflict with fixture mounting or light. distribution. If conflicts arise, they shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer and a solution shall be rendered prior to rough-in or installation. (cont. ) SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 16500-5 PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 2 FIXTURE'S INSTALLATION: (Cont'd) B. (Cont'd) Failure to so comply shall result in rimoval and re- installation. All outlets in ceiling tile shall be centered on the tile or tile joints except when aligning with cases below. All fixtures shall be left in clean condition at job completion. Flex conduit to all recessed fixtures except as noted in other Divisions of this work. 3 . 3 LAMP INSTALLATION: Lamp installation, troubleshooting and replacement labor by Electrical Contractor. Same lamps may be supplied to fixture ma..iufacturer for factory installation as noted on fixture schedule. 'END OF SECTION 16500 t l I I 4 I t ag jjDE 16740 TELEIIHONE SYSTEM 16740-1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 Q Provide raceways, outlets and device plates for the telephone servico and other empty conduits for future wiring• Outexceltts to where be same E,,s specifid indicat-d of erwise. foProvide ha circrit device wiring, P plate on each outlet. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 . 1 MATERIALS: A. Wall outlet Boxes: 4 inches square minimum with single gang device cover and single gang device plate. B. �ynduits: 3/4 inch minimum trade size unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. C, ev' c plate: Telephone system outlet and other cable buehe ; all other plates blankdevicexcepts shall as not . ReferdtoP"Wiringa P Devices" Section. D. Back oards: 3/4 inch fir fire retardant treated plywood; 8 -foot; assemble to provide covered wall space as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 EXECI�T_ ION 3 . 1 GGEE IERAL INSTALLATION: A. Provide a pull wire/cord in all conduits for others' use; secure both ends. B. Outlets with conduits elled up or down to above ceiling spaces shall be terminated at readily accessible locations with bushings. D. Conduits installed to terminal backboards shall terminate with bushings within 1 ' -0" of the perimeter of the board unless otherwise noted. E. Provide power connections, receptacles and insulated isolated equipment grounding as specified herein and shown on the Drawings. A A SECTION 16740 TELEPHONE SYSTEM 16740-2 �. PART 3 EXECUTION (Cont Id) 3 . 2 TELEplig E SERVICE: A. install underground conduit with pull wire for telephone service as shown on the Drawings. B, Entire installation shall conform to serving Telephone Utility Company rules and requirements; verify requirements !or telephone ground. C. provide a minimum of one #6 copper ground per utility requirements. 3 . 3 TELEEUOONZ_Sy_$U : Provide raceways, outlets and device plates, equipment space, teminal. and boards, for the telephone system as indicatied. Outlets to be same as specified for branch circuit wiring, except where indicated otherwise. Provide a device plate on each outlet. Coordinate with supplier prior to roughing-in. END OF SECTION 16740 f